»;!;:;. ilpfc /&* jt^i-fH'iHiiyj ■■■■' ttittW***W' 'Mis: t». •:■ • : JU^Mi^lkliE- MANUAL HOMCEOPATHIC PRACTICE, FOB THE USE OF FAMILIES AND.PKUATE MMKMLS*'"' s» «y «m • v- A. E. sis^AirBrAr-MTrivrrt)., Professor of Homoeopathic Institutes, Pathology and the Practice of Medicine in Um Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania, and late Professor of Physiology and Medical Jurisprudence in the same Institution, and formerly one of the Consulting Physicians of the Homoeopathic Hospital in Philadelphia. SEVENTH ENLARGED EDITION. PHILADELPHIA: PUBLISHED BY WILLIAM EADDB, No. 6 35 ARCH STREET. 1857. IS 5 7 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the tear 1854, by Rade. $ hacher & Sheer, in the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States, in and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. KUTG k BAIRD, PRINTERS, 8AN80M STREET, PfflLA. CONTENTS. ——— Introduction,...............................................................Page 1 ;• CHAPTER I. t' 1. Observations on Diet,..................................................... 6 Rules to be observed in the selection of aliments,............ 6 The proper times for eating, &c,................................. 6 Practical remarks,..................................................... 7 Classification of the aliments,....................................... 9 2. Articles of diet that r?>ay be allowed when under Homoeopathic treatment,............................................................ 9 Remarks concerning exceptions,................................... 11 3. Articles of diet that may sometimes be allowed................... 11 Practical remarks,..................................................... H 4. Articles of diet that cannot be allowed under Homoeopathic treatment,............................................................... 1° 5. Table showing the time required for the digestion of some of the prominent aliments,............................................. 14 6. Nutrition table—vegetable and animal,.............................. 16 7. t)bservations on air and exercise...................................... 17 Simple rules to beobserved,....................................... 19 8. Ablutions and bathing,................................. ................. 24 Practical remarks,..................................................... 24 Rules to be observed with reference to bathing............... 25 9. Clothing—rules in reference to........................................ 28 10. Observations on sleep,................................................... 30 Disposition of time, with simple rules, &c....................... 30 Time required for repose,........................................... 33 11. Observations on occupations and professions,..................... 33 1 5 Vi CONTENTS. CHAPTER II. A General Viev» of the Bodily Organs,............................... 34 1. Digestive organs,........................................................... 34 Mastication and insalivation,....................................... 85 Operations of the stomach,.......................................... 35 " " bile.................................................... 36 " " Pancreatic juice,.................................. 36 " " Duodenum, &c,................................... 36 '« " Absorbent vessels,............................... 36 2. Organs of respiration,..................................................... 37 Changes effected in the blood by the function,................ 38 3. Circulatory organs,........................................................ 39 Harmonious operation of digestion, respiration and circu- lation.................................................................. 39 4. Urinary organs—kidneys, bladder and appendages,.............. 40 5. Biliary organs—liver and gall-bladder................................ 40 The liver a purificatory organ,.................................,... 41 6. The nervous system—the brain, spinal cord and appendages, 41 7. Temperaments—definition of,........................................... 44 Sanguine, bilious, nervous, melancholic and mixed,.......... 44 Constitutions and habits,....................................:....... 46 Distinction of moral characteristics,.............................. 46 CHAPTER III. 1. List of remedies—principle of applying them, &c,................ 47 2. Medicines best adapted to different temperaments, habits, &c, 48 CHAPTER IV. Observations on the Method of noting Diseases.................. 49 1. Examination of patients,................................................. 60 Constitutions—varieties and predispositions,................... 50 Periods of life,.......................................................... 50 2. Special examination of disease,......................................... 65 Rules requiring strict attention..............................;..... 55 A correct interpretation of facts,.................................. 65 3. Rules for the administration and repetition of remedies,.......... 65 4. The form of medicines designed for domestic use,................. 66 5. Of preserving the purity of medicines,................................ 67 6. Antidotes and changing of medicines,................................. 67 7 External applications,..................................................... 68 8. Remedies acting beneficially after the employment of others, 68 CONTENTS. Vll CHAPTER V. Diseases involvinj the various Organs and their treatment, 69 1. Fevers—General characteristics of,.................................... 69 General classification,.......................................... 70 2. Conditions of treatment in fevers, apartments, diet, &c,........ 71 Simple fever............................................................. 72 Inflammatory (synochal) fever,.................................... 73 Cause and treatment,................................................. 74 Nervous fevers—causes and treatment, (slow fever,)........ 76 Putrid fevers—malignant typhus, abdominal typhus, &c.,. 77 Bilious remittent or gastric fevers—causes and treatment,. 87 Intermittent fevers—quotidian, tertian and quartan, &c.,.. 97 Remarks on diet and regimen,..................................... 109 Yellow fever, &c,..................................................... 110 Eruptive fevers,...................................... ................. 118 Nettle rash, hives, urticaria,...................................... 118 Scarlet rash,............................................................ 121 Scarlet fever, scarlatina, three kinds,............................ 123 Measles, rubeola,...................................................... 131 Erysipelas, St. Anthony's fire, rose,............................. 138 Chicken-pox,........................................................... 141 Varioloid,................................................................ 143 Small-pox, (variola,)................................................. 143 Arthritic fevers,........................................................ 148 Gout, (arthritis,)...................................................... 148 Rheumatic fever, inflammatory rheumatism, acute do.,... 153 Chronic rheumatism,................................................. 157 Lumbago, pain in the small of the back, neck, &c,......... 159 Rheumatism of the neck, kink of the neck,.................... 160 Sciatic rheumatism, sciatica,....................................... 160 CHAPTER VI. Diseases of the Digestive Organs, or of the Alimentary Canal, 162 1. Diseases of the teeth—toothache, odontalgia,..................... 162 Ulceration of the gums,............................................. 162 2. Quinsy—sore throat, inflammation of tonsils,..................... 166 3. Malignant Quinsy, or putrid sore throat,........................... 172 4. Scurvy, or canker of the mouth, cancrum oris,................... 178 5. Inflammation of the tongue, (glossitis,)............................. 181 6. Mumps, parotitis,......................................................... 183 7. Affections of the stomach,.............................................. 184 viii CONTENTS. 8. Indigestion, dyspepsia,.................................................. 185 9. Chronic dyspepsia,....................................................... 189 10. Bilious or stomachic headache, neuralgic pains, &c,........... 192 Medicines required for the various ages and uonstitutions, 199 Suffering from dyspepsia, diet, &c,.............................. 199 11. Heartburn, waterbrash pyrosis,...................................... 201 12. Spasm of the stomach, cardialgia gastralgia,..................... 202 13. Sea-sickness, or from riding in a coach,............................ 208 14. Vomiting of mucus,...................................................... 209 15. Vomiting of blood,........................................................ 210 16. Constipation, costiveness,............................................... 212 17. Diarrhoea, looseness of the bowels,................................... 219 18. Dysentery, bloody flux,................................................. 226 19. Cholera morbus,......................................................... 231 20. Asiatic cholera—causes and treatment,............................. 235 21. Cholerine,................................................................... 241 22. Colic, Enteralgia,......................................................... 241 Wind colic,............................................................. 242 Painters' colic,......................................................... 242 23. Flatulency,................................................................. 248 24. Inflammation of the stomach, (gastritis,).......................... 248 25. Inflammation of the bowels, enteritis,............................... 253 26. Chronic inflammation of the bowels,................................. 261 27. Inflammation of the Peritonaeum, (peritonitis,)................... 262 28. Worms, invermination, &c,........................................... 263 29. Itching of the anus,...................................................... 270 30. Determination of blood to the abdomen, ............................ 274 31. Piles or haemorrhoids,................................................... 276 32. Prolapsus ani, protrusion of the intestine,......................... 282 33. Liver complaint,........................................................... 284 34. Acute inflammation of the liv.er, hepatitis,........................ 284 35. Chronic inflammation of liver,......................................... 289 36. Jaundice, icterus,......................................................... 291 37. Inflammation of the spleen, splenitis,................................ 294 CHAPTER VII. Diseases of the Urinary and Genital Organs,...................... 298 1. Inflammation of the kidneys, (hepatitis,)........................... 298 2. " " bladder, (cystitis,)............................. 801 3. Chronic inflammation of the bladder,................................ 304 Irritability of the bladder,.......................................... 304 CONTENTS. IX 4. Gravel, stone,.............................................................. 305 5. Retention of urine,...................................................... 307 6. Difficulty in discharging urine, (strangury,)...................... 311 7. Suppression of urine, (anury,).........................................' 314 8. Incontinence of urine,.................................................. 316 9. Wetting the bed, nocturnal eneuresis................................ 318 10. Immoderate secretion of urine, (diabetes,)......................... 319 11. Haemorrhage with the urine, (haematuria,)........................ 323 12. Inflammation of the urethra, clap, gleet, &c....................... 327 13. " " glans, penis, balanitis, &c,.................. 331 14. Swelled testicle, inflammation of the testes......................... 334 16. Dropsy of the scrotum, (hydrocele,)................................. 334 16. Venereal disease, syphilis, &c,....................................... 334 CHAPTER VIII. Diseases of the Skin, Cutaneous Affections......................... 338 1. Boil, furunculus,........................................................ 338 2. Carbuncle, anthrax, &c,................................................ 340 3. Chilblains,...................................>.............................. 342 4. Corns ........................................................................ 344 5. Abscesses, lymphatic tumours, diseases of the conglobate glands,................................................................ 345 Chronic abscess, scrofula, &c....................................... 6. Itch, scabies psora,....................................................... 350 7. Whitlow, panaris, &c,................................................... 35? 8. Itching of the skin, prurigo,........................................... 355 9. Ringworm,.................................................................. 35"? 10. Ringworm of the scalp,.................................................. 358 11. Ulcers,....................................................................... 362 12. Hives or rash in children,.............................................. 368 CHAPTER IX. Organs of Respiration and their Diseases,.......................... 368 1. General description of the organs of respiration,................. 368 2. Diseases of the respiratory organs, general remarks,........... 376 3. Of colds in general,...................................................... 378 4. Cold in the head, coryza,............................................... 379 Loss of taste and smell,.............................................. 5. Cold on the chest, catarrhal fever,.................................... 385 6. Tussis, cough.............................................................. 393 7. Hoarseness raucitas....................................................... 401 8. Laryngitis, acute,......................................................... 404 1* X CONTENTS. 9. Croup, (cyanche laryngitis, cyanchu trachietis,)................. 414 10. Asthma of Millar,......................................................... 421 11. Throat consumption, chronic inflammation of larynx,......... 424 12. Pharyngitis, inflammation ofthe pharynx, common sore throat, 430 13. Simple inflammation of the throat,................................... 431 14. Common sore throat, Quinsy,.......................................... 432 15. Chronic diseases of the pharynx, chronic sore throat,........... 437 16. Hooping cough,............................................................ 442 17. Bronchitis, Influenza, grippe,.......................................... 447 18. Inflammation ofthe lungs, lung fever, pneumonia,.............. 450 19. Spurious pneumonia, peripneumonia,............................... 455 20. Typhoid or congestive pneumonia.................................... 456 21. Pleurisy...................................................................... 458 22. Asthma,...................................................................... 461 23. Determination of blood to the chest,................................. 466 24. Spitting of blood, haemoptisis,......................................... 468 25. Consumption of the lungs, phthisis1 pulmonalis,.................. 473 CHAPTER X. Diseases of the Circulatory Apparatus,............................... 482 1. Angina Pectoris,.......................................................... 482 2. Inflammation of the pericardium, pericarditis,.................... 485 3. " of the lining membrane of the heart,.............. 489 4. Carditis, inflammation of the heart,................................. 493 5. Anuerism of the Aorta,................................................. 495 6. Inflammation ofthe Arteries,.......................................... 496 7. Inflammation of the veins,.............................................. 496 CHAPTER XL Diseases of the Nervous System, including the Brain and Spinal Cord. 1. Rush of blood to the nead,............................................. 497 2. Inflammation of the brain, (brain fever,).......................... 501 3. Apoplexy,................................................................... 507 4. Acute inflammation of the spinal cord and its membranes,.... 511 5. Chronic " " " " coverings,...... 513 6. Palsy, (paralysis,)........................................................ 516 7. Tetanus, (spasm,)......................................................... 517 8. Delirium tremens, (mania € potu,)................................... 521 9. Epilepsy, (fits,)............................................................ 524 10. Neuralgia, (nerve pain, face ache, tic doloreux,)................ 630 11. Chorea, (St. Vitus'dance,)............................................. 532 CONTENTS. XI 12. Stammering,................................................................ 532 13. Headache, (cephalagia, hemicranea,)............................... 535 14. Sick headache............................................................. 538 15. Giddiness, (vertigo,).......................~.......................... 538 16. Weakness or loss of memory,.......................................... 538 CHAPTER XII. Diseases involving various Organs and Regions. 1 Inflammation of the psoas muscle, (psoitis,)....................... 539 2. Pain in the hip, hip gout, rheumatism of the hip................ 540 3. Affections of the knee,................................................... 544 4. " organs of sense,..................................... 545 Diseases of the eyes,................................................. 545 Stye—Hordeolum,...................................................... 547 Inflammation of the eye, (iritis,)................................. 548 Rheumatism affecting the eyes,.................................... 549 Gout " " ...................................... 550 Scrofulous sore eyes, scrofulous opthalmia,.................... 551 Catarrhal inflammation of the eyes,............................... 553 Syphilitic sore eyes,.................................... .............. 553 Gonorrhoeal inflammation of the eyes............................ 553 Cataract,.................................................................. 554 Specks on the cornea, opacity ofthe cornea.................... 554 Squinting, strabismus,................................................ 554 Weeping or watery eye,.............................................. 554 Bloodshot eyes,......................................................... 555 Short or near-sightedness, (myopia,)............................. 555 Attacks of blindness,.................................................. 556 5. Inflammation of the ear, (earache,).................................. 556 Running of the ears, (otorrhoea,)................................. 558 Suppression ofthe discharge from the ear,..................... 559 Deafness, hardness of hearing, (dysecoia,)..................... 559 Buzzing or noises in the ear,....................................... 560 6. Bleeding at the nose, (epistaxis,)..................................... 561 Swelling of the nose,................................................. 563 Baldness or loss of hair.............................................. 565 Dandruff,................................................................ 566 7. Offensive breath,......................................................... 566 8. Cramps in the legs,...................................................... 567 9. Goitre, (Derbyshire neck,)............................................. 567 Sweating feet................................................... - • • 568 Xli CONTENTS. 10. Sleeplessness, (vigilance, agrypina.................>................. "69 Nightmare, (incubus,)............................................... "7U 11. Rupture, (hernia,)........................................................ "71 Strangulated hernia,................................................. °'* 12. Fainting, (syncope, swooning,)........................................ 5/4 13. Pain in the loins, (notalgia,)........................................... 575 14. Dropsy,..................................................................... 576 Anasarca,.............................................................. 5(7 Dropsy of the abdomen, (ascites,)............................... 580 " " chest, (hydrothorax,)............................ 582 " " brain, (hydrocephalus,)......................... 584 Acute dropsy of the brain,.......................................... 584 Chronic " " " .......................................... 586 Dropsy ofthe testicle, (hydrocele,)............................... 591 " " womb, (hydrometra,)............................... 591 CHAPTER XIII. Casualties. Concussions, wounds, dislocations, bruises, sprains, fractures, &c.,. 592 Sprains............................................................................... 594 Strains,.............................................................................. 595 Wounds,.............................................................................. 595 " lacerated,................................................................ 598 " contused, and bruises,................................................ 599 " punctured,............................................................... 600 " gunshot,.................................................................. 601 " poisoned,...........................s.................................... 602 Dislocation, luxations,........................................................... 603 Fractures,.......................................................................... 603 Burns and scalds,.................................................................. 605 Exposure to heat, (overheating,).............................................. 607 Stings of insects,................................................................... 608 Fatigue,.............................................................................. 609 Apparent death, (asphyxia,).................................................... 610 " *' from hunger,.................................................. 610 « " " a fall,................................................... 610 " " *' suffocation, hanging or choking,.................. 611 " " " lightning,............................................... 611 " " " drowning,............................................... 612 " " " cold or being frozen,................................. 613 " " " noxious vapours,...................................... 614 CONTENTS. Xlll Hydrophobia,............................. ...................................... 614 Mental emotion,.................................................................... 618 CHAPTER XIV. Women and their Diseases, or, Diseases of Women. Menstruation,...................................................................... 621 " obstructed, (delay of the first menses,).................... 622 Chlorosis, (greensickness,).................................................... 623 Tardy menstruation,.............................................................. 625 Suppression of the menses, (amenorrhoea,)................................. 627 Menstruation too soon or too frequent,...................................... 631 " " profuse,....................................................... 632 " " painful, (menstrual colic,................................ 634 Cessation ofthe menses, (change of life,)................................... 635 Hysterics, (hysteria,)............................................................. 638 Leucorrhoea, (whites,)........................................................... 641 Falling ofthe womb, (prolapsus uteri,)..................................... 643 Swelling ofthe womb, (physometra,)........................................ 647 Dropsy of " (hydrometra,)........................................ 648 Inflammation ofthe ovaries, (ovaritis,)...................................... 653 Dropsy, " " ...................................... 666 Inflammation of the labia and vagina,....................................... 656 Pregnancy,.......................................................................... 657 Exercise during pregnancy,..................................................... 658 Dress " " ..................................................... 659 Care of health,..................................................................... 660 Ofthe mental habits,............................................................. 660 Continued menstruation during pregnancy,................................ 663 Vertigo and headache............................................................ 664 Morning sickness,................................................................. 666 Constipation,........................................................................ 667 Diarrhoea,.......................................................................... 667 Itchings, (pruritus,).............................................................. 668 Fainting and hysteric fits,...................................................... 669 Toothache during pregnancy,.................................................. 670 Pains in the back and side during pregnancy,............................. 670 Cramps, during pregnancy,..................................................... 671 Incontinence of urine,............................................................ 671 Hemorrhoids or piles,........................................................... 671 Swelling ofthe veins, varicose veins,........................................ 672 Depression of spirits,............................................................. 673 XIV CONTENTS. Flooding, (menorrhagia,)........................................................ "'4 Miscarriage, (abortion,).......................................................... "'' Care ofthe breasts and nipples before confinement,..................... 680 False pains,......................................................................... G81 Childbirth, labor, parturition,.................................................. 683 Protracted labors,................................................................. 684 Cramps, convulsions, spasmodic pains,...................................... 685 Treatment after delivery,........................................................ 68b Flooding " " ........................................................ 687 After pains,......................................................................... 687 Remarks after delivery,.......................................................... 688 Ofthe lochia,....................................................................... 689 Coming ofthe milk, milk fever,................................................ 691 Suppression of the milk,......................................................... 692 Excessive secretion of milk,.................................................... 692 Diarrhoea,........................................................................... 693 Constipation,........................................................................ 693 Retention of urine, or painful urination,.................................... 694 Sore nipples,.........................................•.............................. 694 Gathered breasts, abscess in the breasts,................................... 695 Falling off of the hair............................................................ 696 CHAPTER XV. Diseases of New Born Infants and Young Children. Introductory remarks,........................................................... 696 Treatment of the child, immediately after birth,.......................... 697 Apparent death of new born infants, (asphyxia,)......................... 698 Swelling of the head, (blood spots,).......................................... 700 Of the meconium,.................................................................. 700 Of nursing,......................................................................... 701 Obstacles to nursing,................... ......................................... 702 Mental emotions affecting the milk,.......................................... 703 Deficiency or suppression of the secretion of milk,...................... 703 Deterioration of the quality of the milk,.................................... 704 Treatment of mothers who do not nurse their children.................. 704 The choice of a nurse,........................................................... 705 Diet during nursing,............................................................ 706 Supplementary diet of infants,............................................... 707 Weaning, or period of suckling,.............................................. 709 Sleep.................................................................................. 710 Exercise,............................................................................ 711 CONTENTS. XV Maternal marks, (neavi)........................................................ 714 Deformities, monstrosities, &c,............................................... 714 Cyanosis, (blue disease,)........................................................ 715 Rupture, (Hernia,)............................................................... 715 Sore eyes, (opthalmia neonatorum,)...................................... 716 Crying,............................................................................... 716 Sleeplessness,....................................................................... 718 Regurgitation of milk,........................................................... 71rf Obstruction of the nose, coryza, cold in the head,........................ 719 Inflammation of the eyes,...................................................... ^20 Apthae, or thrush,................................................................. 721 Excoriation, intertrigo,.......................................................... 722 The gum,............................................................................. 722 Heatspots, prickly heat,...................................................... 723 Scruf in the head,................................................................. 723 Soreness behind the ears,....................................................... 724 Milk crust,.......................................................................... 724 Erysipelas, (induration ofthe skin,)......................................... 725 Running from the ears, abscess in the ear,................................. 727 Rupture ofthe navel, umbilical hernia,..................................... 727 Soreness of the navel,............................................................ 728 Swelling ofthe breasts of infants, .........................................=. 728 White discharge from the private parts, (leucorrhoea,).................. 729 Inflammation ofthe private parts, (inflammation ofthe labia,)....... 729 Itchings and burnings in the private parts, (pruritus,)................. 729 Inflammation of the foreskin, swelling of the prepuce, (phimosis,).. 730 Retention of urine, scanty and painful urination......................... 730 Wetting the bed, nocturnal urination,....................................... 730 Discharge of blood from the anus or rectum................................ 731 Jaundice,............................................................................ 731 Constipation,....................................................................... 732 Diarrhoea,........................................................................... 732 Summer Complaint, (cholera infantum,).................................... 734 Colic,................................................................................. 736 Infantile remittent fever,....................................................... 737 Spasms or convulsions,.......................................................... 739 Lock jaw............................................................................ 742 Spasms in the chest, (spasmodic asthma.).................................. 743 Asthma of Millar.................................................................. 743 Hiccough,........................................................................... 74o Loss of flesh, (atrophy, marasmus,)......................................... 745 xvi CONTENTS. Head fall,........................................................................... ^ , Dentition,........................................................................... TO . .......................... 749 Weaning,........................................................... Vaccination,.......................................................................... CHAPTER XVI. Range of use of the more Prominent Remedies used in this Work. 1. Aconitum,................................................................... 755 2. Arnica montana,........................................................... 3. Arsenicum album,...................................................... 75/ 4. Belladonna,................................................................ J_59 5. Bryonia,..................................................................... 762 6. Calcarea carbonica,....................................................... '64 7. Carbo vegetabilis,......................................................... 766 8. Chamomilla,..........................................»..................... 767 9. Cina,.......................................................................... 770 10. Coffea cruda,............................................................... 771 11. Colocynthis,................................................................ 772 12. Drosera...................................................................... 772 13. Dulcamara,............................................. ................... 773 14. Heleborus niger,........................................................... 774 15. Hepar sulphuris calcis,................................................. 774 16. Hyoscyamus niger,....................................................... 7/5 17. Ignatia amara,............................................................. 776 18. Ipecacuanha,............................................................... 777 19. Lycopodium................................................................. 778 20. Mercurius vivus,.......................................................... 77'J 21. Nux vomica,............................................................... 781 22 Opium........................................................................ 783 23. Phosphorus................................................................ 785 24. Pulsatilla.................................................................... 786 25. Rhus tox.................................................................... 787 26. Sepia succus,.............................................................. 788 27. Silicea,...................................................................... 790 28. Spongia tosta,.............................................................. 791 29. Sulphur,..................................................................... 791! 30. Tartar emetic,............................................................. 794 31. Veratrum album,.......................................................... 795 Appendix.—Scrofula,............................................................ 79/ Tetter,.............................................................. 782 List of remedies, their antidotes, English and German names, 806 PREFACE. In offering to the public the following Manual of Homoeopathic Practice, the author is by no means unmindful of the responsibility he has incurred. For more than half a century the science of Homceopathia has been gaining access to the more intelligent and reflecting classes of the community—and did not his convictions assure him of its entire truth and its perfect and satisfactory reliability, he would shudder at the thought of offering such a work as this to a patronizing people; and, moreover, he would lament that others of a like character had preceded this. But, without a shadow of doubt of the truthfulness of Homoeopathy, and its adaptation to the wants of mankind, he hesitates not to add something to the stock of popular knowledge upon the subject. The Manual of Homoeopathic Practice is herewith offered. It must pass for what it merits. It has been the endeavor of the author to point out, in a systematic way, a useful code of hygienic rules, and an explicit treatment for most of the diseases incident to the human family. It will be perceived that extensive dietetic rules are taid down for general consideration, while at the 2 (xvii) XV111 PREFACE. conclusion of the given treatment for each malady, the specific diet for the case is noted. It is quite likely errors may be found, in this diet arrangement, when an application is made in particular cases; under such circumstances, any particular idiosyncrasies of the patient must be taken into account, as, for instance: some persons have a particular relish for cabbage, while a cracker or other kinds of bread would not be relished at all. "When such a patient is sick, the cabbage may not be denied, if still craved, as in health. Numerous cases of this kind may be found, all of which will require an extempore prescription of diet to suit the individual, as well as the case. It will be perceived also that the dose of each remedy is explicitly stated when prescribed. In most cases the medicines are prescribed both in dilutions and globules, and in order to avoid all confusion with regard to the matter, it may be stated that the globules are generally the most convenient and useful form. They are for the most part prescribed to be dissolved in water; but it is proper to remark, that this is the most prefer- able way, but it is not always necessary, nor always to be commended. For convenience sake, powders are often required ; when such is the case, about two grains of sugar of milk and three globules may serve to make a powder, and a dose of this kind may be given dry upon the tongue under all circumstances, where any medicine is otherwise prescribed, if preferred in this way—Never PREFACE. XLX the less in acute cases a solution of the medicine in water is considered to be the best. It is better to make no rapid changes from one medicine to another; for this is not generally attended with good results. Those who have an implicit faith in Homoeopathy cannot fail of regarding it the providential means of affording them relief from suffering, and when a remedy is taken, it is with a confident reliance, that induces the patient to wait a sufficient length of time to obtain its legitimate effects; and to those who have less faith in the practice, we would caution to exercise patience and make a fair and critical trial of the remedies as prescribed. Many of the diseases described, and the mode of treatment given, have been the result of the author's experience; others have been taken from reliable sources, and put into form, so as to obviate confusion where ever the manual is used ; and it is believed that the work will give positive satisfaction where ever it is put to a practical test. The object having been to impart information in popular language a glossary of medical terms has been deemed unnecessary and is therefore omitted. For the sake of plainness, the most common names of the various diseases have been given, as well as those per- taining to the same in nosological works. The work has been divided into chapters, so as to XX PREFACE. preserve a distinctness of classification favourable to the design of the book. Constant reference has been had in the preparation of this Manual to what is of the most positively practical value. With the hope that the book will fulfil its design and answer the requirements of the iay-practitioner as well as the novitiate members of the profession, if not, the more experienced practitioners, and, also, that it may tend to disseminate the true idea of disease and its treatment, and prove a source of benefit to the human race, the work is commended for careful perusal. It is the sincere desire of the author that it may prove acceptable and useful. INTRODUCTION. The modern achievements of science, are fast ridding the world of that exclusiveness which has so long been upheld and practised in the medical profession; and light begins to break in from all directions, enlightening society in general upon such matters, as really pertain to the solid comforts of life. It is obvious that medicine has not kept pace with other improvements since the revival of learning; and the reason is, the medical profession has labored to impress its patrons with the idea, that no one should study medicine except those who intend to follow it as a calling. For a long time it was thought that the honor and dignity of the profession required this course ; that it would prove ruinous to its interests, and the interests of mankind, to make medical learning so plain and accessible that all classes of society might study it; and the consequence has been, the stifling of medicine itself, because kept in worse than Mahomedan seclusion.— There has not been that free strife for advancement, that usually characterizes those who lead the van of the intelligent classes in the community—there has been indolence, bigotry and intolerance hoarded up among the few, under the idea that the ignorance of the com- munity did not render it necessary for them to strive for new attainments;—but that time has passed away; and th? patrons as well as the profession of medicine itself seem disposed to inform themselves about the matter, 2 (1) 2 INTRODUCTION. and the result is, new life is being instilled into the profession, and every effort consistent with reason and common sense is being made to promote its correspond- ing advancement; for is it not evident that it only requires that the patrons of medicine should be kept in ignorance, in order that its condition should remain stationary? But let the people become intelligent about the matter—yea, as intelligent as books can make them, and then the profession must start; it must advance or sink into insignificance. A school master cares about knowing but little when his pupils are ignorant,—place him over a class of intelligent pupils, and he wakes up; he strives for advancement. Therefore it may be said to the public, if a good intelligent class of physicians is desired, the people must inform themselves as correctly as possible concerning the very matters they are to preside over, and then they will be upon the lookout to keep themselves a little ahead of their customers; this is the only apology for offering another domestic work on the Homoeopathic Practice of Medicine. It matters not how fast works of the kind multiply, provided they are well calculated to impart proper instruction to those who read them. Frequent objections are' urged against Domestic Manuals because they interfere so much with the legiti- mate uses of the profession; but men willing to rest on real worth will hardly offer this complaint, and those who have too much indolence to keep in advance of their patrons in the knowledge and requirements of their own profession, deserve all the obstacles that the intelligence of their patrons can throw in their way. When we look back upon the past to see the mistaken zeal that has been manifest for the honor of medicine INTRODUCTION. 3 and the disguise and concealment of an art so much needed among men; we have not wondered that authors wrote in a foreign tongue and tried to conceal the nature of their prescriptions. Their strife was not to gain additional knowledge, but to keep away from their patrons what they had. Therefore they wrote their medical disquisitions in an unknown tongue except to themselves ; studied them in the same tongue, carefully prohibiting the promulgation of any of those secrets thus locked up from the common people: was there ever a scheme better calculated to interqept all progress in medicine ? It may be laid down as a settled rule, that intelligence among the masses, will tend to enoble and dignify the learned professions; and the better common people understand medicine the stronger will be the impetus for the profession to improve, and the same is eminently true of theology and law. There was a time when every branch of human learning was regarded the privilege of a chosen few, but now nearly every branch of science is universally studied and open to all, and we see no reason why the science of anatomy or physiology or any of the collateral branches of medicine, may not be as accessible to all, as any branch of science that tends to ameliorate the condition of the human race. In the present work every effort will be made to avoid all ambiguous terms, and to present a Manual of the Practice of Homoeopathy in plain English : and instead of being governed by the fear, that remedies will be tampered with, an effort will be made to be so explicit, that any one who attentively reads, may be led to adopt a correct course. 4 INTRODUCTION. A brief exposition of disease and its mode of treatment may be regarded as a piece of useful information for every man, woman or child in the community, and in order to facilitate the study, the work will be divided into chap- ters, with the headings rendered palpable and distinct, and moreover every paragraph will be duly marked so as to avoid confusion. In concluding our Introduction we are free to express our regret that so many entertain views adverse to medicine as a popular science. There is certainly no valid reason why valuable knowledge should be confined to a few, while all the rest are taught to wholly neglect it, if not to despise it; and it is a matter of regret, that such futile objections have been raised as the following: " That people who dip into medical knowledge become fanciful and believe themselves afflicted with every disease of which they read." This is certainly a mistake with regard to sensible people, who seldom attempt a mode of procedure until duly informed. To render the most acceptable service to mankind, is to impart to them that kind of knowledge that will aid them in well meant endeavours to eradicate dangerous and hurtful practices; that will tend to extinguish unwarrantable prejudices, and afford security against quacks and impostors, and, lastly, to show what measures are at hand to preserve health, to prevent or cure disease, and to promote in the best manner the humane and benevolent operations of society. CHAPTER I. OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, &c. 1.—Observations on Diet. It is manifest from observation that health in a great measure depends upon a judicious and well selected diet, that must be regularly supplied, and taken into the system with great care. To prevent disease or promote health is certainly as desirable as to restore it when lost. One of the efficient means of preserving health is a well regulated diet. This can only be brought about by attending to a few simple rules, such as the following : 1. The first consideration that should influence every one is, that he "eats to live" and that he merely requires such aliments as will best promote the general health and strength of the body; he should always con- sult the real wants of the system, instead of the tempo rary gratification of the appetite. 2. In the selection of food, such articles as may be included among the common aliments, may always be regarded the best, because experience has sanctioned their use. 3. The manner in which food should be cooked in order to preserve its nourishing properties should be attentively studied. 2* (5) 6 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND 4. The mode of seasoning food should be such as to avoid any unnatural stimulation of the stomach, or such as will tend by any irritating or corroding property to impair its tone. Strong acids, peppers, mustard, and articles of kindred properties, afford no nourishment, and a craving for them only argues some morbid derangement of the appetite, which, if it does not fore- warn the approach of more serious disease, ought to be resisted. The use of such articles ought to be tolerated only in great moderation, and never unless the stomach can receive them without the remotest inconvenience or derangement. 5. The proper times for eating should be established, and regularly observed. It is usual in this country to subsist upon three meals a day, and this from experience has been found amply sufficient to sustain the vigor and tone of the bodily health. It is not merely the taking of three meals a day that is required, but the taking of them in a proper way, and at proper hours, allowing sufficient length of time to elapse between each meal. 6. The exercise of eating should be performed in accordance with the indications of nature. The teeth are the proper organs of mastication, and every particle of food that requires mastication should be subjected to this operation; not a particle, susceptible of being further reduced by the teeth should be taken into the stomach, for it is evident that the economy of the system requires that the teeth should perform faithfully their proper office, without leaving any of their appropriate work to be done in the stomach. It is true that a vigor- ous, healthy stomach will for a time perform a service that in reality should have been performed by the teeth, but it is hazarding considerable to tax this useful organ EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 7 in this way; for when it becomes thus burthened by labor not properly its own, it may refuse to perform any labor at all, and the consequence is a disordered con- dition of the stomach and bowels. 7. There is no practice more to be deplored on the- account of the injury which it inflicts than rapid eating ; it is therefore requisite that food should be taken into the system no faster than it can be thoroughly com- minuated by the teeth, and even then it would be better if a short interval were to elapse between the times of supplying the masticatory organs. To the foregoing rules we may append a few practical remarks. It is not best to be confined to any one kind of food a great length of time, for no creature is capable of subsisting on so great a variety of food as man. He inhabits all climates, and is capable of subsisting upon the productions of them all; and if they do not suit the particular tastes which by habit he has acquired, the art of cooking is called into requisition to divest them of disagreeable qualities. The art of cooking is especially designed to prepare food, so that what is crude and hurt- ful may be rendered wholesome and salutary. As much that serves for food is derived from the animal kingdom, and much from the vegetable, it may be regarded unsafe in the present state of the world to be confined to either. Man's habits are such that he requires a mixture, duly adjusted, with regard to the proportion of each. To be confined exclusively to a diet of animal food would fever the system, and sometimes render putrescent the contents of the stomach and bowels; and bring on violent colics, dysenteries, and diarrhoeas. On the other hand, to be confined exclu- sively to a vegetable diet would deteriorate the powers 8 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND of the whole system, unless the habit of being restricted to this kind of diet had been formed from childhood. It is difficult to give any definite directions with regard to the proportion of the two kinds of aliments necessary. It cannot have escaped observation that the laboring man requires more animal food than the seden- tary man, and one that labors in the open air than one in confined apartments. Therefore, we may lay it down as a rule, that a hard laboring man requires animal food at every meal he eats, and the sedentary not so often; not exceeding perhaps once or twice in twenty-four hours. Animal food is a great deal more stimulating than vegetable, and on this account it is prone to give rise to diseased conditions, such as scurvy. We have no better proof of the baneful effects of an exclusively animal diet, or perhaps a diet confined to bread and meat, than what is furnished by scorbutic affections, and it is well known that we have no means of curing the malady, unless the patient is allowed the free use of vegetables. Perhaps it might be regarded a safe rule to observe, not to eat animal food except with potatoes or other vegetables; there is nothing at all necessary, to fix, with regard to proportion, for this may vary according to circumstances, climate, and weather; less animal food being required in warm weather and warm climates, than in cold weather and cold climates. Certain descriptions of animal food are less to be com- mended than others, and the same remark may be made about certain kinds of vegetable food. Some are more nutritious—some are easier of digestion—some are too stimulating, while others excite unhealthy activities in the system. EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 9 It therefore becomes necessary to classify the aliments in such a way as to facilitate the selecting of those the best adapted for common use, either in sickness or in health. Most of the nutritious aliments taken when in the enjoyment of sound health, may be used as articles of diet when under homoeopathic treatment, provided they are served up without condiments, and are found not to disagree. But in preparing any article of diet for the sick, it should be a settled rule to make no use of any of the condiments except salt, and also, all flavors that savor in the least of a medicinal character should be avoided and let the cooking be of that character, the best calculated to adapt the food for the capacity and wants of the body. 2.—Articles of Diet that may be allowed under Homoeopathic Treatment. Gruel, made of oatmeal, wheat flour, corn starch, farina, powdered crackers, rice, corn meal, sago, tapioca, pearl barley. Soup or broth, made of the lean of fat mutton, beef, or chicken, to which may be added rice, vermicelli, macca- roni, young peas, pearl barley, or any other farinaceous material, but it must have no seasoning except a moderate quantity of salt. Cooked meats. Broiled beef or mutton steaks, roasted tender loin of beef, roast mutton; roasted or broiled chickens, pigeons, larks, rabbits, venison, reed birds, and quail, may be partaken of in moderation. Cooked fish. Boiled rock fish, trout, smelts, perch, and flounders, may be partaken of in great moderation, pro- vided none of them are found to disagree with the patient. The same kinds of fish fried are not so easy of 10 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND digestion, nor so well suited for invalids; yet, in some instances where the preference for the fried is very great, it may be partaken of if found to relish and agree with the stomach. Shellfish. Oysters, roasted in the shell, or stewed in a little water, boiled with their liquor and a few crumbs of bread for a few minutes only, are not only nutritious, but easy of digestion. Vegetables. Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes, green peas, French beans, tomatoes, cauliflower, spinach, rice, ho- miny, carrots, and every kind of bean raised in gardens, when young and tender; all kinds of vegetables must be well cooked ; potatoes, if boiled, should not remain in the water after being sufficiently cooked, and, if baked, care should be exercised to remove them from the oven when they are done. French beans and peas may be cooked and served up in the gravy of meats, or with butter, or milk instead of butter. Puddings. Made of water crackers, (powdered) and of tapioca, sago, arrow root, corn starch, rice, farina, bread, and even with eggs and milk, merely sweetened with sugar. Bread and cakes. Made of wheat flour, not recently baked, and bread made of the unbolted wheat flour, simple cakes, (composed of flour or meal, eggs, sugar, and good new butter,) sponge cakes and fritters. Eggs. Served up in several ways, by being lightly boiled, poached, or made into custards. Sometimes, when the stomach has been known to reject almost every form of food, a gruel made of the flour of the yolks of hard boiled eggs has not only proved palatable, but so nutritive as to impart much vigor and strength. Fruit. Roasted apples, or apples made into sauce, or EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 11 preserved or baked pears, raspberries, strawberries, grapes, plumbs, or any wholesome fruit not of an acid quality fully ripe, prepared in any of the usual forms of serving up fruits. Beverages. Water, milk, cocoa, unspiced chocolate, rice water, toast water, (provided the toast is not charred) sugar and water, and any other non-medicinal beverage. Any thing mentioned in the above list that is known to disagree, must not be used. So differently constituted are individuals, that oftentimes, what is one's meat is another's poison, and besides, some people have certain peculiarities that give them an antipathy to some one or more of the most wholesome aliments. Some aliments will in some persons induce a state of disease, owing to certain congenital peculiarities. Any article known to have this effect should be avoided. Any article not relished by a patient on account of some disagreeable sensation it imparts, ought not to be forced upon him. It is impossible to form a regimen free from all excep- tions ; variations will have to be made to suit particular cases, with due reference to the circumstances that sur- round them. 3.—Articles of Diet that may sometimes be allowed under Homoeopathic Treatment. Meats. Ham, veal, tripe, the dark meat of the turkey, and other poultry, (either roasted or boiled.) Fruits. Watermelons, cantelopes, muskmelons, goose- berries, currants, whortleberries, oranges and lemons. Beverages. Tea, coffee, and bromer. It sometimes happens, that individuals have been so long accustomed to a single course of diet, that a depri- vation of it, even when under homoeopathic treatment, proves more injurious than useful. Those who have 12 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND formed the habit of drinking tea at breakfast and supper, and have never found it to disagree with them, may still be allowed it, when under treatment. Others who have always been accustomed to drink coffee in the morning and have never found it to disagree or produce any departure from sound health, may still be allowed it in moderation, provided they suffer for the want of it. And so with regard to meats, some persons accustomed to eat ham, and always find it to agree with them, need not be deprived of it, unless it is found to derange the stomach. And the same remark is true of veal, tripe, and poultry. As none of the meats can be regarded injurious, only because they are more difficult of digestion, they have no property that interferes with the action of remedies, except the tax they lay upon the organs of digestion, for a little more force. Thus it will appear evident, if the stomach receives them with impunity, and suffers no inconvenience or derangement, they may be allowed; Watermelons, Cantelopes, and Muskmelons have often been allowed in certain febrile diseases with no inconvenience or injury to the patient, and some are led to believe that nature has furnished these watery materials for this purpose. Facts elicited by observation go very far to prove that ripe melons very rarely if ever prove a source of injury or disease when persons are so situated as to enjoy them; the same remark may be made in relation to all ripe fruits. They may be enjoyed with impunity in the season of them; they neither induce disease nor prove an obstacle to a return to health, provided the patient has no ailment that would render them incompa- tible. As fruits and ice cream are so nearly allied, it may be mentioned here, that the latter may very generally be allowed in fevers, provided it is not flavored with any- EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 13 thing of a medicinal property. That flavored with the orange or strawberry is regarded the best, but those base imitations and colorings resorted to for gain, are always to be avoided as pernicious. 4.—Articles of diet that cannot be allowed under Homoeopathic Treatment. Meats. Fat pork, ducks, geese, calves' head, sausages, kidney, and every kind of salted, or fat meat. Soups. Every description of seasoned soups, such as turtle, pepper-pot, and mock-turtle. Fish. Salt codfish, pickled salmon, salt shad and mackerel, eels, smoked herring, and all smoked or fer- mented fish whatever. Shellfish. Crabs, lobsters, clams. Vegetables. Cucumbers, onions, celery, asparagus, greens, cabbage, radishes, parsley, horse-radish, leeks, garlic, and every description of pickles, salads and raw vegetables of every description. Pastry of every description, whether boiled, baked, or fried. All artificial Sauces, such as catsup, pickles, condiments mustard and vinegar; spices, aromatics, distilled and fermented liquors. Rancid cheese and butter. All kinds of nuts, such as chestnuts, filberts, walnuts, almonds, peanuts, cocoa nuts, and all others of a kindred character. 5. Sometimes invalids may be allowed chestnuts, roasted or boiled, but under certain restrictions. There may be some articles in the prohibited list that under certain circumstances may be permitted—and perhaps the regulations of diet as given may be subjected to 14 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND other modifications. The design of the tables being to point out in a general way the most reasonable course to be pursued, in the absence of direct experience. For the sake of imparting further practical knowledge concerning diet we will now insert what has been ascertained by experiment, with regard to the time required for the digestion of many of the prominent aliments. These results were obtained by experiments made by Doctor Beaumont on St. Martin, who had an opportunity of observing the process through a fistulous opening into the stomach, under such circumstances as enabled him to note very accurately the time required for digesting the aliments noted in the list. h. m. Apples—sweet, raw, di{ jested in 1 50 sour, hard, raw, u " 2 50 Barley—boiled, « " 2 Broiled rock fish, « " 3 Beans boiled in pod, u ' 2 30 Beans and green corn boiled (suckertash,) u ' 3 45 Beef, roasted or boiled, u 1 3 Beef, dried or salted, boiled, (( ' 4 15 Beets, boiled, (( ' 3 45 Bread made of wheat, u ' 3 30 Bread made of corn, u ' 3 15 Butter, melted, (( ' 3 30 Cabbage, raw, (( ' 2 50 Cabbage in vinegar, « ' 2 Cabbage, boiled, U j ' 4 30 Cheese, old and strong, u ( 1 3 30 Chicken, stewed, u ' 2 45 Cod fish, dry, boiled, (( ' 2 EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 15 h. m, Duck, roasted, digested in 4 Eejgs, hard boiled, " ' ' 3 30 " soft " " ' 1 3 " raw, " ' ' 2 Goose, wild, roasted, " ' 1 2 30 Lamb, broiled, " ' ' 2 30 Liver, beef's, broiled, " ' ' 2 Meat and vegetables, hashed, " ' 1 2 30 Milk, " « ' 2 Mutton, " ' ' 3 Oysters, raw, " ' 1 2 55 Oysters, stewed, " ' ' 3 30 Pork, roasted, " ' ' 5 15 Pork, stewed, " ' ' 3 Potatoes, Irish, boiled, " ' ' 3 30 Potatoes, roasted, baked, " ' 1 2 30 Rice, boiled, " ' 1 1 Sago, " ' 1 1 15 Salmon, salted, " ' 1 4 Tapioca, boiled, " ' ' 2 Tripe, " " ' ' 1 Trout, " " ' c 1 30 Turkey, " " ' ' 3 55 Turnips, " " ' ' 2 30 Veal, broiled, " ' ' 4 Yenison steak, " ' ' 1 35 Although we have in this table the comparative time required for the digestion of the aliments named, yet we are not to be governed by this consideration, but by the nature and quantity of nutritive material which each contains, as well as its adaptation to the wants of the body. A table which affords explicit information as to the 16 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND time required for the digestion of the various kinds of food, is in some respects valuable as a reference in select- ing a diet for a given case. Nevertheless, an appeal to experience with regard to the particular aliments known to relish the best, and agree the best with the individual, is the criterion, the most to be commended. The relative proportion of nutritious properties of the several kinds of aliment may be interesting to observe; the following table will show the relative amount of nitrogen contained in the aliments named, taken from Carpenter's Physiology. In the table human milk is taken as the standard of comparison.==100. In regard to the nutritious properties of different articles of food, they are to be estimated by the propor- tion of nitrogen they contain. The food of man consists in general of two distinct kinds. 1. That which contributes to the formation of animal heat,—compound of oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon; the aliments containing these properties in abundance, are termed non-nitrongenized. 2. That which serves for nutrition, is composed mainly of nitrogen, and termed Nitrogenized or azotized. Nearly all kinds of food may be regarded a mixture of that which produces animal heat, and that which serves for nutrition. 6—Nutrition Table. Vegetable. Barley, 125 Brown bread, 166 Oats, 138 Peas, 239 Wheat bread, 142 Lentils, 276 Wheat, 119, 144 Mushroom, 289 Carrots, 150 Beans, 320 Rice, 81 Potatoes, 84 Turnips, 106 Rye, 106 Maize, 100-125 EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 17 Animal. Human milk, 100 Skate, boiled, 956 Cow's milk, 237 Herring, raw, 910 Oysters, 305 -------boiled, 808 Yolk of eggs, 305 -------milt of, 924 Cheese, 331 ,447 Haddock, raw, 920 Eel, raw, 434 --------boiled, 816 ----boiled, 428 Flounder, raw, 898 Mussel, raw, 570 --------boiled, 954 ■------boiled, 663 Pigeon, raw, 756 Ox liver, raw, 570 ------ boiled, 827 Pork, ham, raw, 570 Lamb, raw, 833 ,809 Mutton, raw, 773 Salmon, raw, 776 -------boiled, 852 ■------boiled, 610 Veal, raw, 873 Portable soup, 764 ---- boiled, 911 White of egg, 845 Beef, raw, 880 Crab, boiled, 859 ----boiled, 941 Skate, raw, 859 Ox lung, 931 7.—Observations on Air and Exercise. It is well known from observation that an ample supply of good food, without the benefit of a pure atmosphere and exercise, avails but little in the way of promoting health. An atmosphere, contaminated with noxious vapors, may frequently prove the source of disease in despite of all the resistance that the best of food and exercise can offer. We respire nearly twenty thousand times in twenty- four hours, and at each inspiration we imbibe a fresh portion of the air, and if this vast quantity possesses in the least degree any deleterious property, is it not evi- dent that the delicate and sensitive tissues of the lungs 3* 18 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND which it permeates, may become impaired, so as to pour the seeds of disease into the circulation, and thus throughout the whole body? It is by the aid of the atmosphere, that venous blood, which is, in the main, formed from the food taken into the stomach, becomes changed into arterial, and fitted to perform its use in the body. The atmosphere is com- posed of one part of oxygen and four parts of nitrogen, and a small quantity of carbonic acid. That part, the most essential to life is the oxygen, and if this becomes diminished in quantity, the consequences are fatal, be- cause the proportion of the three elements entering into the composition of the atmosphere cannot be altered in the least, without rendering it totally unfit for respiration. It is therefore of the utmost importance to preserve the air, as nearly as possible, in that condition which promotes healthy respiration. It is at once evident, that this cannot be accomplished except by a thorough sys- tem of ventilation. When several persons are together in a closed room, the air after a while becomes vitiated; by ventilating the room the vitiated air passes out, and permits fresh air to take its place. The apartments of the sick are not to be regarded as exceptions to this rule, for no influence is more needed to facilitate restoration to health than that of fresh air. But every precaution should be exercised to prevent a draught from passing over the patient, or coming in contact with the head or any part of the body. So important is it, that a well digested system of ventilation should be observed in all departments of life, that the study of works upon the subject may be com- mended. A very ingenious apparatus for ventilating confined apartments has been invented by Prof. Espy, EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 19 which has proved of immense service in ventilating our naval ships, as well as public halls, churches, and other resorts, where the people are accustomed to come together in masses. Ventilation should always be had from the top of a room if possible. It is true that it can be had by open- ing a window from the side, but this is liable to an objection on the account of its being difficult to avoid at all times the influence which a draught might occasion by being admitted from the side. This is particularly the case in rooms for public gatherings; and many are the instances where persons, heated and perspiring, in public assemblages, have suddenly had a window opened upon them, admitting a draught of cold air that has made them uncomfortable at the time, and subjected them to serious disease afterwards as the consequence. The tendency of heated air in a room is to rise to the top, while that which is colder sinks to the bottom; therefore it will be seen that ventilation from the top of a room appears to be the most natural way of disposing of a heated and rarified air in the apartments of the sick. Whether in the house, or out of doors, it is incumbent on every one to seek pure air; whether in sickness or in health, he must inevitably suffer without it. Every thing that has a tendency to vitiate or corrupt the atmosphere, ought to be studiously avoided as far as possible, at all times, under all circumstances, and in all places. A few simple rules might aid in securing the blessing of a pure air, when otherwise it might be over- looked or heedlessly disregarded. 1. In sleeping apartments, or in apartments occupied during the day, let everything that has a tendency to deteriorate the air be removed; let them be kept clean and free from filth of every description. 20 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND 2. In the apartments of the sick, avoid perfumery o\ every description, such as cologne, otto of roses, musk, camphor, scent bags, and everything that modifies in the least degree, the pure, clean, fresh, and invigorating effects of the atmosphere. 3. Always avoid attempting to extinguish one un- pleasant odor by producing another. Some burn linen rags, some pour vinegar upon a hot shovel, others burn aromatic substances, hoping thereby to get rid of some unpleasant odor, but all these practices are pernicious. It is far better to provide for a due supply of fresh air, and if this does not prove sufficient, some disinfecting agent, as a solution of chloride of soda or lime, may have a decided preference. 4. It should always be observed as a rule, not to allow bouquets or flowers in a sick room, for it is manifest, that they soon begin to change after being plucked, and the perfume they then impart has a ten- dency to so corrupt the air as to exert a depressing, and sickening influence upon the patient. The atmosphere is often made the vehicle of convey- ing deleterious matters from bogs, swamps, or marshes, that so diffuse themselves around, as to be the occasion of much disease; therefore, it is well to avoid an atmo- sphere tainted with such miasms as these locations may engender. Damp cellars may corrupt the air of all the apartments of a house. Animal or vegetable decompo- sition will do the same for a whole neighborhood, or region of country, and prove the frequent source of disease and death. Without particularizing further, it may be remarked in general terms, that everything must be avoided that renders the air moist, and damp, or prevents its free EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 21 circulation all about us; the more pure the air, the better. In childhood, it is instinctively craved, because it pro- motes a healthy development of the system. Infants ever delight to be tossed about where they can breathe the invigorating atmosphere. It will be seen from the foregoing that exercise pro- motes health, and particularly when it is indulged in at the same time we are in the enjoyment of pure air. Gentle exercise, and a pure atmosphere, go hand in hand, in preserving man from evil; and, besides, exercise may be regarded the chief condition of animal life. It is exercise that causes the muscle to increase in size, strength, and power, the joints to become flexible and easy of motion; that invigorates the nerves, and imparts to the blood a vigorous movement. It creates a stimulus of demand for food, and brings life and activity to every part of the system. As an example, look at the muscles of the feet of opera dancers, and the muscles of the blacksmith's arm, and behold how strong, healthy and firm they appear. Bodily exercise is required of all, whether high or low, rich or poor, in order to promote health and strength. But notwithstanding so great importance is attached to exercise, and particularly that in the open air, it may be indulged in to excess, and at improper seasons, when such conditions are present as will render it a positive evil. It therefore seems requisite to regard exercise useful only within certain bounds, and these may be set by a few appropriate rules. 1. Violent exercise should never take place either immediately before or after eating; for in the former case the system becomes too violently agitated to receive food into the stomach with impunity, and in the latter 22 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND instance the power that goes to sustain the upper and lower extremities during violent exercise, is in a measure abstracted from the power of digestion. 2. Exercise in the open air should take place at an interval of one hour after eating, provided it is prac- ticable. 3. Exercise in any violent way should not be in- dulged in after the system has been reduced to a state of fatigue, for under such circumstances it induces fever, prostration, and rheumatic difficulties. 4. When the health is infirm, and the physical energies are prostrated by disease, it is highly detrimental to force an indulgence in exercise; by so doing, more injury can be done in one half hour, than can be repaired in weeks. When the system is laboring under the influence of fever, rest is better than exercise. 5. It should always be a rule to avoid that kind of exercise that aggravates any local irritation, such as prolapsus uteri, or falling of the womb, or any other local difficulty. 6. For persons of feeble constitution and feeble digestion, gentle walking is an exercise sufficiently vigo- rous, but those of strong constitution and feeble digestion may indulge in more active exercise. 7. Always exercise at regular intervals, if acustomed to sedentary employment, for this will regularly tend to keep the system in order. 8. It is better to exercise moderately in the morning before eating and if possible in the open air. It is not good to exercise immediately after dinner, especially after dining upon roast beef, mutton, turkey or other solid aliments: at least one hour should elapse before any considerable amount of exercise should be permitted. EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 23 9. During childhood and youth, running, romping, dancing, and other exercises of a vivacious character are not only requisite, but absolutely indispensable. 10. But in more advanced life, when the mind has to be exercised more intensely and with greater precision in the cares of life, these vivacious exercises may be supplanted by those of a more grave character, yet serving to promote the' same or similar purposes. The sedentary student should regularly seek gymnastic exercises. The accountant should do the same. The operator bound up to a single kind of exercise, and one that requires sameness of position, should seek counter- acting exercises for relaxation. Violent exercises, throwing the whole system into an intense heat, and perspiration, are of but little service under any circum- stances, and should be avoided; because they too frequently become the source of rheumatic difficulties, and the occasion of exposures, fraught with serious, consequences. 11. There is an appropriate time of day for exercise, it is in the morning, before noon, because in the afternoon, towards evening, the air is damper and not so healthy, as at an earlier hour of the day. 12. Finally, it may be said that exercise must be so regulated as to accord exactly with the condition and capacity of the subject, and so must the temperature of the atmosphere; a cold air, ever so fresh, will not suit every one, neither will a hot one. A dense invigorating atmosphere may be the very thing for nervous weaknesses and debility after acute affections, but it is not beneficial for consumptives; it is too bracing and too likely to produce cough; neither is exercise always good for all descriptions of chronic ailments; some will derive 24 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND benefit and some will not; a very little exertion, beyond the capacity of the system to endure, is certainly worse than no exercise at all. Gymnastic exercises are reduced to a system; and every kind of subject may find such an one, as will suit his capacity and strength. The com- mencement should always be with light and moderate feats, gradually preparing the way, for becoming accus- tomed to those, which are more difficult and laborious 8.—Ablutions and Bathing. None of the elements of hygiene are superfluous or of inferior consideration. Water was not only designed as a beverage, but for ablutions, and its use in this respect is as indispensable as in the other; "cleanliness promotes health" is as true as any proverb recorded in the book, and this is the chief use of water as an external agent.—While considering the various modes of employ- ing water to promote cleanliness of the body, we by no means shall render ourselves obnoxious to those who style themselves hydropathists; for although we do not prize water so highly as some do, as a therapeutic agent, yet we are willing to recommend its use, either cold, tepid, or warm, wherever it can perform a use,—but in one or the other of these forms it is requisite, under every possible circumstance in which a person can be placed, whether sick or well. The common practice of washing the face and hands after a season of repose, is so natural that it may almost be considered an instinctive act; but even in the perform- ance of this common ablution a few suggestions may not be inappropriate. During the warm weather the water coming from the hydrants or house-wells, without under- going any change of temperature, other than what the EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 25 atmosphere may occasion, is all that is required for the performance of this ablution; soap may be used to soften the water, provided there are no tetters or eruptions upon the skin; otherwise it is better that it should be dispensed with. In cold weather, when the atmosphere is cold and bracing, and the water from the hydrants is cold also, there are many persons who cannot stand washing even the face and hands in it, on rising in the morning, with- out becoming chilled and thrown into paroxysms of fever; under such circumstances, common sense dictates that the water should be warmed, so as to be of a tepid tempera- ture. The same rule with reference to the use of soaps, may be observed, as above. Bathing has begun to be looked upon in the light which it merits; baths are now regarded indispensable in homoeopathy, because they aid materially in preparing patients for the more certain and salutary action of remedies. There- are only two of the modern appliances called baths, that can safely be recommended as being consonant with homoeopathic treatment: viz. The Fresh water bath and the Salt water bath. The former may be either cold or tepid, and the latter, only to be indulged in during the heat of summer, may be of the temperature of the salt water of the ocean. The use of these baths may form a subject of study,—how often, when to be avoided, when to be cold, and when to be warm, are severally to be determined by proper rules. 1. A cold bath should never be taken during the presence of an eruption or rash. The sponge filled with water and gently pressed, may be passed quickly over the body in such a condition, but nothing approxi- mating nearer to a bath can be recommended. 4 26 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND 2. Cold baths should be avoided if they produce headache, or any other constitutional disturbance; if they are followed by chilliness instead of a glow, or if the body is in a perspiration, or suffering from any inflam- matory disease. They should be avoided when the temperature of the atmosphere is declining, as in the evening; and when the water feels warm and the air cold, and in cold and chilling weather. 3. Cold bathing is beneficial when it is followed by a glow, in affections of a nervous character, in nearly all affections arising from indigestion, or from debility of the stomach. 4. The appropriate time for the cold bath is in the early part of the day, because the air becomes warmer than the water. In-door bathing may be kept up during the year, provided it is done in a moderately warm room. Persons that can swim may indulge in this exercise during warm weather. 5. In going into the water to swim, immerse the whole body at first, and not the lower extremities merely. It is better to lay down in the water, than to plunge, because this latter method of immersing the body, may induce headache or temporary deafness, by the shock which it occasions. 6. Do not remain in the water without exercising the limbs; do not stand still or remain too long in the water. About six minutes is allowed for a bath, and this is quite long enough to secure all the benefits to be derived. It defeats the object to remain so lono- as to become chilled. 7. If cramps ensue when bathing, leave the water at once, and apply a rough coarse towel, as briskly as possi- ble over the body until it becomes perfectly dry, and EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 27 then, dress immediately. Gentle exercise, after bathing, is'commendable. 8. Sea-bathing is found beneficial for those who h&ve J yd a sedentary life, and are somewhat inclined to dys pepsia; but if it produces anything like nausea, or derangement of the stomach, it had better be avoided. Whenever any one finds himself invariably afflicted witk some constitutional disturbance when indulging in sea- bathing, it is an indication for him to refrain altogether. 9. Warm baths are generally debilitating, and should seldom be indulged in. In cold weather, they are very apt to enervate the frame, and predispose the system to colds. Under some circumstances, however, a tepid bath may be preferable to a cold one, provided it be resorted to in warm weather or in a warm room. 10. Persons should not avail themselves of the bath oftener than once a day, and then in the early part of the day. 11. It is a safe rule to observe, not to bathe when the habit produces, invariably, some constitutional disturb- ance, or gives rise to a debilitated feeling not easily overcome. 12. The cold bath for very young children should never be countenanced; generally the temperature of the water should be such as to communicate a slight sensation of warmth to the hand; for older children a bath more nearly approaching the temperature of the cold may be used with impunity, provided great caution is used to wipe them thoroughly dry, and to supply them with warm clothing immediately after. It is very probable that experience may suggest many modifica- *-'ons with regard to the use of the baths not hinted at in the above rules. 28 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND So far as ablutions are necessary to promote thorough cleanliness of the body, they are always to be com- mended. The wet sponge or towel may be used very generally for this purpose, provided care is always taken to dry the body with dry towels immediately, and then resume the clothing; with regard to partial bathing, the same or similar rules are to be observed. The shower bath is so frequently attended with bad consequences that but little can be said in its favor. Vapor baths are still more objectionable, as being enervating and liable to be followed by bad results. Medicated baths may be looked upon with distrust by the patrons of homoeo- pathy ; they are strictly prohibited as belonging to that kind of practice which deserves only, to be classed among the merest quackeries of the day. 9— Clothing. Under the head of clothing there is considerable worthy of particular remark. That which is designed for the protection of the body should be of such a character as to answer the purpose; and in despite of fashion, which is too frequently regardless of the pro- tection which clothing should afford, we may lay down a few simple rules. 1. The body should be warmly clad during cold weather, and thinly clad during warm weather; this rule is imperative for the promotion of health. 2. The fashion of clothing the feet with thin soled boots or shoes in cold, damp weather, should be dis- countenanced as being destructive to health, and a fell destroyer of human life. 3. Linen or cotton fabrics may be regarded the most suitable clothing for warm and dry weather, and woolen EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 29 for cold weather; the same that is worn next to the skin in warm weather, may be continued in cold weather, provided a thicker and warmer suit of woolen clothing is worn as an external covering. 4. Persons exposed to the extremes of temperature should wear woolen flannel next to the skin, because this fabric is known to possess the power of stimulating the skin to greater action, and at the same time absorbs the perspiration; and besides, wool is a bad conductor of caloric, and on this account is better calculated to retain the natural warmth of the body in cold weather. 5. In regulating the quantity of clothing to corres- pond with the seasons, great care should be exercised not to make a change in advance of the coming season, but only after the season has fully made its appearance. It is by no means safe to dispense with the under-cloth- ing until the warm weather has fully set in. The summer clothing may be worn, until the fall weather fully justifies a change. 6. Clothing should be so constructed as to allow the greatest freedom of movement, and so as not to incom- mode the body, whether in motion or otherwise. This is particularly required for the comfort of the feet; tight boots or shoes, by hampering the feet, may cause them to smart and ache with pain, while corns, and other excrescences, may make their appearance, inflicting a severe chastisement, as well as a good and wholesome admonition to refrain from wearing them. Tight lacing is another foul practice indulged in by some ladies, for the purpose of enhancing the symmetry of the form ; but this practice embitters their enjoyment, and too fre- quently engenders consumption or other lung difficulties. 7. The feet should be kept warm, and when wet 4* 30 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND from exposure, the sooner a change is made the better. The same may be remarked of the other clothing; a neglect on this score may be the cause of lingering disease or even death. 8. Young ladies, as they approach the period of puberty cannot be too careful in protecting the feet, and the body in general, from exposure to damp and cold. 9. Clothing should never be removed suddenly after violent exercise ; neither should any attempt be made to cool off, except in the most gradual way, keeping the body duly covered as the temperature diminishes. 10.—Observations on Sleep. When the voluntary activity of the body has been kept up a given time, it requires an interval of repose, or otherwise the organs would soon become worn out or disabled by disease. It is therefore provided in the economy of life, that a certain proportion of every twenty-four hours should constitute a season of repose. The legitimate design of sleep is to afford an opportunity for the bodily powers to become renovated and strengthened; on this account the poet has styled the phenomenon, " Tired nature's sweet restorer." When in the performance of manual labor the bodily powers gradually waste; but during sleep they become repaired, as no counteracting waste prevents. The hours of life, whether we are in wakefulness or sleep, whether feasting, in motion, or at rest, should be carefully disposed of with due regularity and order. 1. Labor of body and mind is requisite for every individual when in the enjoyment of health. EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 31 2. Bating is required to furnish materials for nutrition; and the chief meal should be taken in the after part of the day. 3. Sleep should follow eating at a given period, so as to afford an opportunity for the blood, which contains all the essential elements, to be incorporated into the diffe- rent organs of the body. ■ Doctor Franklin recommended that the season of sleep should be between the hours of 8 p. m. and 4 A. m., but no definite rule can be laid down of this character. 4. With regard to the number of hours required for repose, they vary according to age and habits of life. It may be laid down, however, that the normal condition of certain classes requires as follows,— 1. Infants require eighteen hours of repose in every twenty-four, until they are three months old; from three to six months, about fifteen; from six months to a year, about fourteen; and for the first seven years of life, children require about thirteen hours of sleep in every twenty-four; and from seven to fourteen years of age, they require about twelve. 2. After the age of puberty, males require less sleep a? a general rule than females. The former require, between the ages of fourteen and twenty-one, about nine hours in every twenty four, and the latter about ten. 3. Those that have attained adult age will require an amount of sleep corresponding to constitution, tempera- ture, and employment. Sedentary men and wome*i do not require so many hours for sleep, as those who are subject to constant and severe exercise of body and mind; because the nervous energy becomes more exhausted in these, and of course the system requires longer inter\ lis of repose, to repair the waste. In fleshy and lymphatic 32 OBSERVATIONS ON DIET, AIR AND persons there is not so great a demand for sleep, although in the opinion of some there is more. 4. Nervous, sanguine, or muscular constitutions may require from six to eight hours of sleep, from nine or ten o'clock in the evening, till four, five or six o'clock in the morning. Females perhaps may require an additional hour. For persons of bilious and sympathetic constitu- tions, six hours, or at most seven, of sound repose, are all that are required; but it should be the effort of every one to ascertain for himself what number of hours in every twenty-four is required for repose. 5. The time for sleep is evidently a matter worthy of consideration; the best period for lying in bed is during the middle portion of the night, from nine or ten o'clock in the evening to four or five in the morning. Early rising has so many advantages that it is hardly worth while to recount them; it contributes to health and happiness, and, in a certain sense, adds much to life that otherwise would be lost. 6. Sleeping rooms should not be upon the lower floor of a house, if it can be avoided, because the con- fined air during the night, in such apartments, is not so suitable for respiration. 7. Sleeping rooms should be large and well venti- lated ; during the day, their windows should be open, and the bed-clothing must be well aired. 8. Cots or beds should be, if possible, made of hair, because the hair-mattrass affords the best surface to sleep upon, and combines all the necessary qualities for the purpose. During sleep the covering ought to be suf- ficient, and so constructed as to be easy of regulation. 9. The best position for sleep is lying upon the side. This is the most healthy and natural posture; either side EXERCISE, ABLUTIONS, ETC. 33 will suffice, though many believe the right side the best; —with the head slightly elevated by one pillow. It is impossible to lay down explicit rules in relation to sleep, without remarking as many exceptions as rules. While too little sleep does not promote the due support of the organs, too much deteriorates them ; it is therefore enjoined upon every one to ascertain if possible the measure of sleep his system requires. 11.—Observations on Occupations and Professions. The particular employment or occupation of a man may have a greater or less effect on his health, mentally as well as bodily. Statistical tables have shown that the comparative longevity of persons of some occupations or professions is greater than others. We present a table of statistics made at Berlin, 1834, which we find also inserted in a work entitled, " Sources of Health" by Dr. Tarbell. Of 100 Clergymen,.......only 42 attained the age of 70 yrs. and upwards. " Farmers,............"...40........."........."........."........."........... " Commercial men,.."...35........."........."........."........."........... " Military men,......."...33 ........"........."........."........."........... " Lawyers,............"...29........."..... "........."........."........... " Artists,...........:...". ..28........".........»........."........."........... « Teachers,............"...27........."........."........."........."........... " Physicians,........."...24........."........."........."........."........... We would infer from the above, that the quiet pur- suits of life, such as contribute to an evenness of temper, and a constancy of a moderate degree of mental and bodily activity, are most conducive to longevity. It will be seen that the average age attained by the clergy is the greatest of all, and the reason is, the labors of a minister of the gospel, though constant and unremitting, are by no means attended with so many irregularities 34 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. and excitements as those of the physician, which, it will be perceived, stands lowest on the list. The table is interesting as showing the tendency of anxieties and ambitious enterprises to abridge the duration of life. A sterner adherence to duty, and less unchecked passion and ambition may often prove efficient in prolonging life. CHAPTER II. A GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 1.—Digestive Organs. As the derangement of the digestive organs is a fruit- ful source of many of our physical sufferings, a concise account of them is manifestly proper. The succession of distinct changes that occur after food is taken into the mouth, before it is suitable for the nourishment of the various parts of the body, is worthy of being well understood. 1. The food is masticated, or chewed; by this pro- cess, it becomes broken up, and finely comminated. The teeth are furnished for the consummation of this work. 2. During mastication, the food becomes intimately mixed with the saliva or spittle of the mouth, and this fluid is furnished by six glands, situated about the mouth, viz.: the parotid, one under each ear; the sub- maxillary, one under each side of the under jaw, and the sub-lingual, two small glands under the tongue. Each GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 35 of these glands has small ducts, that empty themselves into the mouth ; the motion of the jaws, and the stimulus of the food, during mastication, excites these glands to pour forth the saliva or spittle into the mouth, to mingle with the food. 3. The mastication and insalivation of the food, by the aid of the tongue, forms it into a ball, and then, by the act of swallowing, it passes into the oesophagus, or gullet, which is the passage, or tube, through which the food passes from the mouth into the stomach. 4. The stomach receives the food in the form of balls from the mouth; every mouthful of food taken at a meal forms one of these balls. As soon as received, the stomach begins to perform the work of digestion; it assumes a churning motion, that keeps the balls moving about, so as to come in contact with the walls of the stomach. In the lining coats of the stomach are numerous little glands, called the gastric follicles, because they furnish the gastric fluid in the stomach, that dissolves the food. The motion of the balls, coming in contact with these little glands, excites them to pour this fluid into the stomach, and it acts upon the food as a solvent, and reduces the balls to a pulp, or homogenious mass of chyme, of a thick, pappy appearance. By this process, the different kinds of food and materials taken into the stomach at a single meal, become mingled together, so as to scarcely admit of recognition. 5. The stomach is a membranous bag, containing two openings; one for the ingress of the food from the mouth, the other for its egress into the intestines. The former is termed the cardiac orifice, because it is near the heart, and the latter is called the pylorus or pyloric orifice, 36 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. because it closes the entrance into the intestinal canal. After a meal, both of these orifices become closed; the former to prevent the return of the food into the gullet, and the latter, to prevent its entrance into the intestinal canal, until the stomach has reduced it to chyme. After this is accomplished, the pyloric orifice opens, and the food passes into the upper portion of the intestinal canal; this, portion is called the duodenum, or second stomach. 6. In the duodenum the chyme received from the stomach, is acted upon by the bile and fluid secretion of the pancreas, (a gland that furnishes a fluid secretion resembling saliva, and on this account has been styled the salivary gland of the stomach.) The chyme is also acted upon by the secretions of several small glands embedded in the lining membrane of the intestines. 7. The change that takes place in the chyme in consequence of the action of the bile and the other secretions, is that of separation into the nutritious and non-nutritious portions. The former resembles milk, and is taken up by the absorbent vessels and conveyed into the veins, while the latter mingled with the bile, is carried off or ejected in fasces. This process is always taking place when the body is in health, and with so much ease as to produce no sensa- tion that would lead to its detection, but if anything interrupts the progress of the work, the digestive system is thrown into derangement, and pain and suffering is the result. The great variety of diseases that assail the digestive system, renders it inexpedient to give a catalogue of them in this place. Numerous are the affections arising from over-eating and drinking — of eating improper GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 87 food — of eating at improper times, &c, while many others arise from the careless use of cathartics, and others from stimulants, and others from other sources of disease, coming in contact with the body. As the process of digestion merely prepares the food for being imbibed into the system, or rather into the blood, it has to undergo other changes through the agency of other organs before it is fully prepared to become flesh and bone. One of the most important of these, is effected by respiration, the organs of which we will now consider. 2.—Respiratory Organs. 1. We accomplish the act of breathing through the aid of the lungs. The whole cavity walled in by the ribs and breast-bone, is filled with the lungs and heart. Every time we draw in a breath, the ribs rise and expand the chest, just in proportion to the quantity of air inhaled. The air is received through the nose and mouth, and passes through the wind-pipe into the lungs. 2. The atmosphere taken into the lungs, parts with its oxygen, in exchange for carbonic acid, and this being heavier than common air, falls every time the breath is exhaled. This prevents its return into the lungs at the next breath, so it will be seen that oxygen is supplied from the air at every breath, which is exchanged for carbonic acid given off in the lungs. 3. The benefit that is done to the system by this process, is this: the food, that by the process of diges- tion, became changed so as to enter into the veins, is conveyed first to a chamber in the heart, called the right auricle, and from this, to another chamber called the right ventricle, and from this chamber it is forced through a large artery into the lungs; this artery 5 38 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. divides and subdivides continually—spreading like a tree, until branches of it permeate every part of the lungs. The blood that is sent through this artery, is unsuited to the wants of the body, it contains too many impurities—it contains carbonic acid, which, if suffered to accumulate, will so burthen the system, as to cause disease and death. Now it will be seen that respiration is the act by which these impurities are abstracted from the blood. The quantity of air taken into the lungs, and the quantity of carbonic acid thrown off, at every breath, keeps up a perpetual renovation of the blood, and fashions it into pure blood, such as can be made to lay open its bosom and furnish material for the nourish- ment of every part of our frames. After the blood is thus prepared in the lungs, it is returned through other channels to a chamber upon the left side of the heart, called the left auricle, and from this it is forced into another, called the left ventricle, and from the left ven- tricle it is forced into the main artery of the body, which furnishes a channel for the ascent and descent of the blood throughout every part of the body. The great artery after it leaves the heart, divides into ascending and descending branches, and these branches divide and subdivide continually until millions of little branches may be counted supplying every organ; penetrating every structure; supplying a portion of the blood to bone; a portion to muscle; a portion to nerve; a por- tion to skin, &c, &c. 4. The blood thus prepared in the lungs, and returned to the heart, to be sent forth through arteries to replenish the body, is not all converted into' the solid parts during its first round. A portion of it, after parting with what assimilates with the different tissues, is returned a^ain GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 89 through the veins, which receive and mingle with it fresh supplies of the nutritive portion of the food from the intestinal canal, reconveying it to the heart, and thence to the lungs, to be sent on the same round as before. This is what is termed the circulation of the blood, holding an intermediate relation between diges- tion, respiration and nutrition. 3.—Circulatory Organs. The heart is the centre of the circulatory system in man. It has a double structure; one portion may be considered as the starting point of the circulation through the lungs, called pulmonic circulation; the other is the starting point of the circulation throughout the whole system, called systemic circulation. The blood is con- veyed from the heart through arteries, and conveyed to the heart through veins. The heart, the arteries, and the veins, are considered the circulatory organs. When digestion, respiration and circulation are severally going on in an orderly manner, there is com- plete harmony in their operations; when the organs of digestion are impaired, the supply of nutritive materials becomes obstructed; when the respiratory organs are impaired, the blood does not become duly renovated and vitalized; and when the circulatory organs are the seat of disease, the body fails of receiving throughout the equible distribution of the blood. The various diseases incident to these organs will be described, and the mode of treating them will be pointed out in the following chapters of this work. *U GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 4.—Urinary Organs. The urinary organs are the kidneys, bladder and appendages; they hold an important relation to the other organs. The kidneys secrete the urine from the blood, and by this process the blood is relieved of many impurities, that if not abstracted by this defecatory process, would prove a source of disease in the system. The secretion of the kidneys is passed into the bladder, through little ducts, called the ureters, and when the bladder is filled, the urine is passed off through the urinary canal. When nature dictates, that the act of urinating should be performed, it is dangerous to dis- obey. An effort to retain, throws back upon the system, what it has attempted to reject as worthless, and derange- ment and disease may be the consequence. 5.—Biliary Organs. The liver, and the gall bladder, the largest gland of the body, located in the right hypochondrium, or right side of the abdomen beneath the right lung; the office of this gland is to secrete the bile;—it is a purificatory organ, it separates impurities from the nutritious part of the food received from the stomach and intestines. 1. It also separates impurities from the venous blood. It acts in concert with so many organs, in its work of defecation, that it will be impossible to impart more than a general idea of its office. 2. The gall bladder is the reservoir into which the dirty, black, and acrid materials, separated from the blood by the liver, are collected; this reservoir empties itself mto the duodenum, where, by a peculiar affinity, it unites with the innutritious part of the chyme, and both GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 41 together, are ejected from the system, through the intestinal canal. 3. If the functions of the liver or gall bladder are in anywise interrupted, it is manifest that impurities will remain in the blood, productive of the most serious consequences. 4. The most inveterate diseases known to humanity, result from an interruption of the defacatory process of the liver. When such interruption occurs, it is shown in the color of the skin, under the eyes, sometimes occasion- ing a dark sallow, and sunken expression of the counte- nance. 5. Biliary diseases often prove the most prostrating and violent, because the system being so burthened, is aroused to the most violent struggle to compensate for the interruption. A more particular account will be given in succeeding chapters. 6. The liver, pancreas and spleen, appear to be a class of organs associated together in the work of purifying the blood, and when the office of either is interrupted, it is reasonable to suppose that disease will be the inevitable result. The proper performance of the office of any of the organs that have been named, depends upon another class of organs which we have yet to consider. 6.—The Nervous System. This system being the central source of all the vital movements of the body, is worthy of a concise descrip- tion. 1. The nervous system in man, includes the great nervous centres, and all the nerves that proceed from them. The brain and spinal cord, are the great centres 5* 42 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. where the nervous force is generated, that communicates through nerves, the vital endowment of all the organs. 2. The ganglionic or sympathetic system, which is dependant on the two great centres named in the prece- ding paragraph, presides over the functions of digestion, respiration and defecation. This system is sometimes called the pneumogastric or lung and stomach nerve, hence, 3. The brain is divided into the cerebrum or large brain, the cerebellum or small brain, and the medulla oblongata, by which is understood the nervous system of the senses and actions. The large brain includes all the top of the head, the small brain lies at the bottom below the point even with the top of the ears, and the medulla oblongata is the commencement of the spinal cord in the cranium. 4. There are twelve pairs of nerves that issue from the brain. One pair is the olfactory that goes to the nose and contributes to form the sense of smell; another paii supplies the eyes with power of being impressed with light; another supplies the ears; another the face; another the tongue, &c.; thus showing that the nervous system is the source from whence the special organs derive their vigor and life. 5. The spine is but a continuation of the brain all down the back, and from this centre all the nerves that supply the muscles with life and animation are derived; and the power of locomotion is promoted by this appara- tus, and the power of standing, walking, or running, is also promoted by it. 6. The skin also is endowed from the nerves with the sense of touch. Therefore it is plain that the nervous system is the source from whence we derive the senses of sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch; that it is the GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 43 power that makes the muscles act, and sets the limbs in motion; that enables us to walk, work with the hands, &c.; that causes the digestive organs to digest our food, or that causes the lungs to breathe, the heart to beat, the liver to secrete the bile and purify the blood, that causes the kidneys to perform their office. The nervous system is so perfectly present in the whole body, that if all the rest of the material of which the body is composed were abstracted, still the human shape would not be destroyed. It must be perceived from this account of the nerves, that any violence done to them, will derange the system very much. Any disease in the nervous system cuts off the supply of healthy nervous force from the body. If the optic nerve is diseased, the sense of sight is impaired; if the olfactory, the sense of smell; if the nerves that supply the stomach,—as a matter of course, the stomach is diseased; and so with every organ and func- tion of the body. An insight into diseases of the nervous system, will constitute a valuable piece of information, and a chapter will be devoted to the special consideration of them. There are other organs and apparatus that might be remarked upon concisely, but it is not in accordance with the plan of this work to give anything more than a mere outline of the organs and their functions, that the range of diseases might be better comprehended. Those who would like a farther insight into these matters, will find themselves amply repaid by perusing Esreys' Anatomy and Physiology, for sale by Rademacher & Sheek. 44 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 7.—Temperaments. As occasionally certain temperaments will be referred to in detailing the treatment of disease, it is proper to define what is meant by temperament. 1. By temperament is meant the modification or influence that any one of the class of organs or humors may exert, when it predominates in the system. Thus, when the blood-vessels are of large capacity, and the quantity of blood so great in the system as to show its modifying influence upon all the other parts of the body, it is called the sanguine temperament. When the biliary organs predominate, the subject is of the bilious tempera- ment. When the nervous system predominates, it is termed the nervous temperament. When the lymphatic system predominates, it is termed the lymphatic tempera- ment. We will proceed to explain each as follows :— 1. Sanguine temperament.—This may be known by the great activity of the circulation, with rather a full habit, florid complexion, blue eyes, red, auburn, or yellowish red hair, great activity of mind and body, somewhat restless and fond of change. 2. Bilious temperament.—This may be known by great firmness of the flesh, black hair, dark eyes, dark skin, sometimes of a yellow appearance, moderately full habit; a determined expression of the countenance, indicating firmness and energy of character, violent and lasting ill- will, when crossed ; strong pulse, of moderate frequency; not easily turned aside from any undertaking. Nervous temperament—This is indicated by the pre- dominant activity of the brain and entire nervous system ; fine hair, thin skin, small muscular frame, rapid GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. 45 speech and walk, quick of decision, and somewhat changeable; head rather large, in proportion to the rest of the frame ; hasty movements, and of quick perception and judgment. Lymphatic temperament is indicated by softness of the muscular system, inactive brain, slow movement, an abundance of fatty substance throughout the entire body, fair hair, pale skin, sluggish expression of the coun- tenance, dull and inanimate expression of the eyes, quiet, and prone to lazy habits, and the circulation is cor- respondingly of a sluggish character. Besides these temperaments, others have been noted, which do not appear to be pure, but of a mixed cha- racter, as Melancholic temperament.—We see persons having all the characteristics of the bilious; black hair, dark eyes and complexion. Though less active in body and mind, of a very grave disposition, suspicious, wearing what is commonly called a long face, and very meditative. These persons may be said to be of the melancholic temperament, and they are perpetually subject to derangement of the biliary system, prone to constipation of the bowels, feeble pulse, of a wiry slow beat, and a dry skin. Other forms of mixed temperaments are very frequently found, indeed, it may be said that temperaments are oftener found of a mixed character than pure. There is the nervous-sanguine, which partakes of the character of the two, as expressed in the term. The lymphatic-sanguine, characterised by a robust constitution, sometimes termed nutritive, because the subjects are fond of good living, and care but little about an) thing aside from the gratification of the appe- 46 GENERAL VIEW OF THE BODILY ORGANS. tite. Such persons, appear to be characterised by selfishness, conceit, are sanguine that they can perform a great deal, but have so little perseverance, that frequently nothing is accomplished. The nervous lymphatic is indicated by large brain, and at the same time an abundance of the fatty material; somewhat active, easily fatigued, and prone to seek long intervals of rest. The nervous-bilious is indicated by large brain, active nervous system, with all the other indications of the pure bilious. There are other mixtures of the temperaments; we have only named the more frequent and prominent, but, in a practical point of view, other terms, distinguishing the variety of habits or constitutions, are preferable, as follows:— Debilitated constitution, is one characterised by feeble- ness of frame, capable of but little physical endurance. Plethoric constitution, is indicated by corpulence, full, hale and hearty appearance. Lean habit as the term implies, denotes the reverse of the plethoric. In the same manner, we make use of terms to express the predominant moral characteristics, as Melancholly disposition, mild disposition, sensitive, &c, as indicating that, which is prominent in the character. The practical utility of becoming familiar with the classification of temperaments, habits and dispositions, is with reference to the adaptation of remedies in cases of sickness. Remedies adapted to the sanguine tem- perament are not always adapted to the bilious &c. And remedies well suited to persons of a mild disposi- PRINCIPLE OF APPLYING REMEDIES. 47 tion, are often found less serviceable to those more passionate and irritable. Medicines that act speedily upon persons of a full habit, are often found inactive upon those of spare and lean habit, even if the indications for their use in both cases are otherwise the same. The following chapter upon medicines, will contain an account of the remedies best adapted to the different temperaments, habits and dispositions, so arranged as to facilitate reference. CHAPTER III. 1.—List of remedies ; principle of applying them, &c. The following list, comprises all the medicines used in this work. It is remarked that every medicine has a certain range of action in the body. Some will act upon one kind of organs in a peculiar way, and some on others;—or some medicines will always direct their energies to one locality, and others to another, therefore, it must first be ascertained, how a remedy will effect the healthy system, and this will determine the locality of its action, or in other words, it will manifest the symptoms of its effect; it is a record of these symptoms that gives us an idea of the range of a medicine. In the following list, we shall only place such medi- cines as have been thus tried, and their range of use ascertained. In the concluding chapter of this work, will be found a concise statement of the range of use of each medicine. 48 LIST OF REMEDIES. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 79. 80. 81. List of remedies. 27. Digitalis purpurea, 53. Petroleum, 28. Drosera rotundifolia. 54. Phosphorus, 29. Dulcamara, 55. Phosphoric acid, 30. Eupatorium, 56. Platina, 31. Euphrasia off. 57. Pulsatilla, 32. Ferrum metallicum, 58. Rheum, 33. Graphites, 59. Rhus toxicodendron, 34. Helleborus, 60. Ruta graveolens, 35. Hepar sulph. calc, 61. Sabina, 36. Hyoscyamus niger, 62. Sambucus nigra 37. Hamameli3, 63. Sanguinaria. 38. Ignatia amara, 64. Secale cornutuin, 39. Iodine, 65. Senega, 40. Ipecacuanha, 66. Sepia succus, 41. Kali carbonicum, 67. Siiicea, 42. Kali bichromicum, 68. Spigelia anthelmin., 43. Lachesis, 69. Spongia marina tosta, 44. Lycopodium, 70. Stannura, 45. Mercurius subl. corr., 71. Staphysagria, 46. Mercurius vivus, 72. Stramonium, 47. Mezereum, 73. Sulphur. 48. Moschus, 74. Sulphuric acid, 49. Natrum muriaticum, 75. Tartarus emeticus, Conium maculatum, 50. Nitric acid, 76. Uva ursi, Crocus sativus, 51. Nux vomica, 77. Veratrum album, Cuprum metallicum, 52. Opium, 78. Zincum metallicum. Tinctures for External Use. Arnica, 82. Cnusticum, 85. Staphysagria, Calendula, 83. Hypericum, 86. Urtica urens, Cantharis, 84. Ruta graveolens, Aconitum napellus, Alumina, Ammonium carb., Antimonium crud., Apis melifica, Arnica montana, Arsenicum album, Aurum metallicum, Belladonna, Bromine, Bryonia alba, Calcarea carb. Cannabis sativa, Cantharis, Carbo vegetabilisj Causticum, Chamomilla, China officinalis, Cina, Cocculus, Coffea cruda, Colchicum, Colocynthis, 2.—Medicines the best adapted to the different temperaments, habits, &c. 1. For the sanguine temperament.—Aeon., Arn., Bell., Bry., Calc, Hep., Merc, Cham., Nux v., Phos., &c. 2. Bilious temperament.—Bry., Nux v., Ars., Sulph., Merc, Cocculus, &c. 3. Nervous temperament.—Sepia, Coff., Platina, Ignatia, Puis., Nux v., Cham., &c. METHOD OF NOTING DISEASES. 49 4. Lymphatic temperament.—Ant., Am., Ars., Nit acid., Calc, Puis., Sulph., Con., Clematis. 5. Melancholic temperament.—Aurum, Ars., Nux v., Verat., Ipec, Chin., &c 6. For plethoric habit. — Aeon., Bell., Calc, Puis., Merc, Sep., &c. 7. Debilitated habit.—Ars., Chin., Bry., Lachesis, Arn. 8. Lean habit.—Sil., Lach., Graph. 9. Melancholy disposition.—Ars., Verat., Aurum., Puis., Aeon., Bry. 10. Mild disposition.—Puis., Sep., Calc, Ignat. 11. Sensitive disposition.—Calc, Ignat., Plat., Bell., Bry., Graphites. Note.—The above affords only a partial view of the distribution of remedies according to temperaments, habits, &c.; reference will be had more fully to the subject, in detailing the treatment of specific diseases, in the following chapters. CHAPTER IV. OBSERVATIONS ON THE METHOD OF NOTING DISEASES. In order to determine upon the appropriate adminis- tration of remedies, it is necessary to ascertain correctly, the condition of the patient and the nature of his malady. It is, therefore, requisite to observe certain regulations that will tend to consummate the object. 1. In learning the character of disease, the first thing requisite is, to know the general condition of the patient—the constitution and temperament—and if prac- ticable, it would be well to ascertain the hereditary constitutional character. 6 50 OBSERVATIONS ON THE 2. After noting the sex, age, and whatever is indi- vidually peculiar to the patient, inquire into the relative state of the secretions, and into the circumstances by which they become modified; and then for the part most affected,—whether of long standing, or of recent date ;— and also inquire into the general habits, occupation, mode of living, diet, and other influences to which the patient has been exposed. 1.—Examination of Patients. 1. If a patient possess a full habit of body—an active circulation, great animation and energy when in health, florid complexion, full frame, and general appearance of being warm, ardent and active, we recognise a plethoric or sanguine constitution, and one peculiarly subject to inflammatory influences, and predisposed to local inflammatory difficulties. Proceeding then, from this consideration, an inquiry for the affected parts, will next be in order, and wherever an extreme local suffering is manifest, an inflammation or congestion may be appre- hended, and the treatment may be directed accordingly. 2. If on the other hand, a patient possesses & feeble constitution, unable to bear exertion; if the breath is easily exhausted by rapid motion, or there appears to be deficiency of warmth and animation in the system; it is not difficult to infer a retarded performance of the bodily functions, and such a patient would be liable to diseases of a torpid character. The digestion might be difficult, the circulation feeble, the liver inactive, or there might be alternations of condition in the secretory organs, varying from excess to deficiency. In making further inquiry into any specific ailment, it is of course necessary to bear the tendency of the constitution in mind. METHOD OF NOTING DISEASES. 51 3. When the liver is the most susceptible of any organ of the body, the skin will often wear a yellow tinge, and almost any exposure will contribute to biliary derangement, with numerous concomitant symptoms. Persons of this habit, generally have dark skin, and are subject to ■ dark colored urine and stools, and a wiry pulse ; costiveness and piles, or else diarrhoea and pros- tration, affect the bilious constitution more readily, perhaps, than other difficulties. 4. When a person of short neck, high shoulders, thick set, or full frame, subject to flushes of blood to the brain, comes under our notice, we cannot avoid recognising an apoplectic subject. 5. And also we recognise a nervous constitution, when we come in contact with a person whose body and mind are prone to be excitable;—whose ideas, habits, or inclina- tions, are extremely variable; with such, the pulse is also variable, and purely nervous difficulties may assume every variety of form; the slightest touch may prove sufficient to aggravate suffering, almost beyond endur- ance, and spasmodic affections and fits may occur, which cannot be referred to any definite cause. 6. Were a patient of firm, wiry muscles and tendons, swarthy complexion, sharp set features, searching glance, persistent expression of the countenance, to be presented for treatment, there would be no difficulty in recognising a fibrous constitution, and the distinct, wiry pulse, the deficiency of flesh, the want of perspiration, the scanty urine and hard stools, that under other circumstances, might indicate disease, are viewed only, as the character- istics of this kind of constitution. But a patient of this description is prone to inflammatory affections, more par- ticularly of the intestines. Yet also, any other disease 52 OBSERVATIONS ON THE may befal this constitution, as a consequence of super- abundant activity. 7. On the other hand, we find opposed to the fibrous constitution, a lax or lymphatic constitution, characterised by a fleshy, flabby appearance. Not lean, but fat; not active, but dull; fair skin, rounded frame, the whole appearance lazy, as if all the muscles and tendons were relaxed or unstrung. Such an individual is subject to chilly sensations, because sensitive to cold. Such a nor- mal condition, is sufficient to impart to every disease a sluggish character: hence, in such, we are more apt to find chronic difficulties, as persistent in their features, as the constitution is slow of action. 8. It is always well, to know something of a patient's hereditary constitution. This can only be ascertained by reference to the' antecedents of the family. If he is of scrofulous or consumptive parents, whatever afflicts him may strongly tend in this direction,—and even a gouty or psoric diathesis may be inherited from parents. There- fore, in the treatment of such maladies as may afflict a patient of the kind, reference must be had to the restrain- ing or counteracting of the hereditary tendency. 9. The investigation of disease in a psoric constitution, would lead us to perceive that almost every form would be strongly attracted to the skin,—and every acute malady would be preceded or followed by general foul- ness of the skin, ulcerative sores, &c 10. Persons of 'a .consumptive-habit,'which, is easily determined by the clear transparent skin, bright flush E.—Dissolve six globules, or one drop, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, until the patient is mani- festly better, or there is a change. Arsenicum, when the vomiting of blood is in persons of weak constitution, and when there is intense burning in the stomach, and great prostration. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until a change. China is useful when a quantity of blood has already been vomited, in restoring the weakened energies of the system from the loss. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given every four hours, until there is evident restoration of strength. Ipecacuanha is indicated when nausea and sickness of the stomach remain after an attack, or it may be used in alternation with Aconite at the commencement, when there is the presence of febrile symptoms, and also when there is vomiting of bile with the blood. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until a change. Nux vomica is particularly useful when vomiting blood occurs in persons of full and plethoric habit, with a strong tendency of blood to the stomach; when there is tendency to constipation, particularly arising from suppression of piles, or suppression of the menses; or from indulgence in stimulating drinks, such as wine or beer; and also when the patient is of an irritable temper. DOSE..—One drop, or four globules, every four hours, until better. 212 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; Pulsatilla is particularly serviceable when the vom- iting is from suppressed menses, and also in males of the lymphatic temperament and mild disposition it is more suitable than Nux vom. DOSE.—Precisely the same in all respects as for Nux vom. Sulphur is indicated when the symptoms occur after the suppression of an eruption or piles, or when there are evident signs of the vomiting of blood being but a trans- fer of some other flux to the stomach. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, three times a day. Diet.—The rules to be observed in adapting a diet in this affection are nearly the same as in spasm of the stomach, only greater strictness is required. No solid food should be taken; all drinks should be cold. Preparations of milk, light puddings or broths may be allowed, but not for several hours after an attack, and then very cautiously and in small quantity, observing that every article taken should be cold, or at least only tepid or lukewarm. From the very nature of the affec- tion, rest and quietness of mind and body must be inferred as absolutely essential. 16.—Constipation. ( Costiveness.) There is not, perhaps, any abdominal difficulty that occasions so much attention on the part of those wedded to old opinions and unenlightened notions, as costive- ness, and it may also be remarked that there is nothing of a moderately dangerous character that more frequently baffles the efforts of allopathy. The reason is, such efforts, arising from mistaken views, are directly opposed to the operations of nature. Constipation is generally dependent upon some other derangement of the organism, and on this account it is OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 213 frequently alluded to as a symptom of other derange- ments. The very means that have been resorted to obviate this difficulty have too frequently operated to fasten it upon the system. A cathartic only relieves for the time being, and then the difficulty is apt to occur in a more stubborn form. This certainly cannot have escaped observation, and the result of this course, of flying to a dose of Magnesia, Epsom salts, Castor oil, or to some one of the many kinds of pills, is a weakening of the natural force of the bowels, and constipation becomes an habitual thing. Mothers, acting upon the idea that the bowels must be kept open, frequently give their children aperient medi- cines, for the purpose, as they suppose, of keeping them from getting sick; and the result frequently is the derangement of their delicate systems, to a degree, that subjects them to dyspepsia and constipation throughout life. It is far better to leave slight cases of consti- pation to nature, or if medicines are needed, those which only force evacuations of the bowels are by no means the ones that operate a cure; these at best only remove the effect and not the cause, and this only temporarily; but as constipation results from a morbid condition of the system, reason would dictate that the successful use of remedies would overcome this condition. It is found that remedies which correct deranged conditions ot tne stomach, will often remove constipation, though they possess no cathartic property. We must look upon constipation as the mere result of a peculiar condition, or want of balance in the general system; it is to the changing of this that our attention should be directed, if we wish to cure constipation, instead of effecting a mere temporary palliation. 214 diseases of this digestive organs; Causes.—Constipation results from derangement of the digestive or biliary organs, secondarily, and these may be primarily operated upon, either by disease, or deleterious medicines, or cathartics. Treatment.—A mere arrangement of a judicious diet will often prove sufficient to remove mild forms of constipation, provided great care is taken to masticate the food well before taking it into the stomach. The remedies employed are Alumina, Antim. crud., Bryonia, China, Calcarea carb., Cocculus, Lycopodium, Lachesis, Nux vomica, Opium, Pulsatilla, Plumbum, Sepia, Sulphur and Veratrum. Alumina is indicated when there is dry, hard faeces, evacuated with considerable difficulty and exertion of the abdominal muscles, sometimes streaked with blood, and which appears to result from want of motion or activit}7- in the intestinal canal, such as may result from travelling. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every twenty-four hours. The best time for taking it is in the evening, half an hour before retiring. Antimonium crud. is serviceable when the constipa- tion is preceded by diarrhoea, or when there is a feeling of slight derangement of the stomach, and nausea. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, once a day, at night. Bryonia is a remedy that may be employed with advantage in warm weather, when the affection occurs in persons of dark complexion and irritable or obstinate dispositions, with a tendency to chills and rheumatism; and further, it may be employed to remove the difficulty when it arises from a disordered stomach, and is attended with determination of blood to the head and severe headache. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful morning and evening, and continue until ;omplete relief is obtained. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 215 China is a remedy that may be called into requisition when the constipation arises from debilitating losses, as in miscarriage, or from diarrhoea, or from violent pur- gation, or when occurring after a protracted season of looseness and the like. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, to be taken every twelve hours, until better or a change. Calcarea carb. is one of the remedies to be called into use after a journey, when the constipation appears to result from travelling. It is better suited to persons of sanguine temperament. Cocculus is another remedy found exceedingly useful for costiveness resulting from sea-sickness, or from riding in a coach or in the cars, and especially if the affection is preceded by nausea or vomiting. Conium is another of the same class of remedies, and is more particularly indicated if the constipation is accom- panied with painful piles. DOSES.—It is not necessary to repeat either of the above remedies more than once a day. Calc. c. may be taken at night, one drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water. Cocculus, perhaps, it would be better to take in the morning in the same way; and Conium either at night or in the morning. Lycopodium is one of the very best remedies in chronic constipation, as proved by clinical experience, when there is determination of blood to the head, colic, flatulence, sense of weight in the lower part of the bowels. DOSE. —One drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water; to be taken every night. Lachesis is indicated after the use of Nux vomica in chronic constipation, and particularly if this latter remedy has failed of fulfilling its indications. It is especially suited to those who take wine freely as a habit, and who 216 diseases of the digestive organs ; feel a flatulent distention after meals, and ineffectual efforts to eructate. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, every evening until amelioration or change. Nux vomica is, for the most part, indicated when con- stipation results from too heavy a meal, or from partaking of indigestible food, or wine, or other stimulating drinks, or when it has resulted from the reaction after pro- longed diarrhoea, or after the use of cathartics; when persons have taken aperients until the bowels have become so torpid as not to move without them, this remedy in alternation with opium may sometimes over- come the difficulty. In the most obstinate cases of con- stipation which afflict coffee drinkers, or those who have been somewhat given to the use of wine or brandy, Nux vom. may be considered one of the best of remedies; it is particularly adapted to persons of irascible and vivacious temperaments, with strong tendencies of blood to the head, and headache; unfitness for exercise; disturbed sleep, and a feeling of general oppression or heaviness; frequent and ineffectual efforts to relieve the bowels, attended with a sensation of a stricture, and sometimes painful difficulty in passing urine. It is an excellent remedy for persons suffering from piles, or are subject to them. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every night, until amelioration or change. Opium.—It is thought that this remedy is chiefly to be selected in recent cases of constipation, which do not occur as being peculiar or habitual; but its use is by no means confined to cases of this kind; it is equally useful when the disease occurs in vigorous, plethoric, well- nourished subjects, and arising from inactivity in the OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 217 intestinal canal or from sedentary habits; when it occurs in aged subjects in alternation with diarrhoea, it is also an exceedingly useful remedy; and also when there is want of power to relieve the bowels, with a feeling of constriction in the anus; pulsation and sense of weight in the abdomen; dull, heavy pain in the stomach; parched mouth, and want of appetite; determination of blood to the head, with redness of the face and headache. This remedy is highly recommended for the constipation of pregnant females, which arises from pressure of the womb or abdominal tumors upon the rectum. DOSE.—Dissolve four globules in a tablespoonful of water, and take morning and evening. Pulsatilla is indicated when the patient is morose, taciturn, or soured, after eating fatty substances, and when there is constipation from sedentary habits and from drinking ardent spirits, or from eating too many kinds of food at a meal, or in consequence of surfeit or after a diarrhoea; want of appetite; disagreeable taste; the tongue coated; sickness of the stomach; tightness of the abdomen, and particularly when the constipation attends difficult menstruation. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water; give one half at night, and the other in the morning. Plumbum is indicated for the most obstinate constipa- tion, as from palsy of the bowels; when it may be attended by agonizing colics, contraction of the abdomen about the navel, with throbbing; sensations of heat or coldness in the abdomen; ineffectual efforts to evacuate, with painful constriction of the anus; for persons of a paralytic diathe- sis, affected with palsy, epilepsy, dropsy or emaciation, &c, DOSE.—Give a drop, or four globules, every six hours, until relieved. 20 218 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; Sepia succus is particularly indicated for constipation in females, or for persons addicted to rheumatism; and in some cases it may be regarded a useful remedy after Nux vomica or Sulphur, when either of them has proved inefficacious. DOSE—Of a solution of one drop, or four globules, in two tablespoon- fuls of water; give a tablespoonful morning and eveningi Sulphur is useful in most cases of constipation, espe- cially after the use of Nux vom., for persons of a melan- choly disposition, who are subject to piles, and also when there is frequent and ineffectual effort to evacuate, with confined flatus, distention of the abdomen, and unfit- ness for intellectual labor. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, night and morning. Veratrum is useful for obstinate constipation, with ineffectual efforts to evacuate, on account of deficient expulsive power of the large intestine; or torpidity of the rectum, attended with congestion of the head, and flushed face; or for nausea, with sour or bitter eructations, and tenderness of the abdomen to the touch; and also for bilious and gastric affections; for infants and young children, after having been drugged with quinine. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoon- fuls of water; give a spoonful three times a day, until there is an ameliora- tion or change. Diet.—Persons afflicted with costiveness should avoid all high seasoned food, and coffee, and green tea, and bread made of superfine flour. They may be allowed bran bread, crackers, apples and other fruits, tender beef and mutton, puddings made of rice or bread, and sauce made of prunes, peaches or plums. Patients should regularly go to stool, so as to establish the habit of regular evacuations. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 219 17.—Diarrhoea. This disease consists of lpose or watery evacuations from the bowels, brought on by various causes; some- times by fright, fear or vexation; from sudden check of perspiration; from taking cold; from disordered sto- mach and bowels, and from excessive heat. Some diseases terminate in diarrhoea, and some com- mence with the same difficulty; but in all cases it may be regarded a morbid state of the functions. It is not unfrequently the case that diarrhoea is connected with affections of the liver or kidneys. As in the treatment of constipation the use of cathar- tics or aperients is discouraged on account of the pros- tration they occasion, as well as on account of their failure in producing any good effect other than an ephemeral palliation. So in arresting diarrhoea, astrin- gent drinks and other artificial means should be laid aside as having a decidedly injurious effect. The sud- den arrest of diarrhoea very often causes the disease to tend strongly towards the head, and not unfrequently, fatal consequences result. The usual consequences of suppressed diarrhoea are dyspepsia, liver complaint, and other kindred difficulties, and these affections are by far more difficult to remove after suppressed diarrhoea than before, because impuri- ties that would have passed off are retained and thrown back upon the system. It will therefore be regarded in the utmost degree dangerous to thus throw back upon the system what may prove so injurious, by sud denly arresting a diarrhoea; besides arresting a diarrhoea is by no means curing it; it is only changing the disease into another form which may prove much more formi- dable than the diarrhoea itself. 220 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; Many have supposed that the alimentary canal is a tube smooth on its inner surface, through which can be forced whatever it contains without injury or violence, but this is an erroneous idea; the intestinal tube is a living organ and needs no activity to speed its contents on their way; no force can be applied with impunity. Its very structure indicates that nature is averse to forcible evacuations of any kind, either from disease or drugs, and there never is diarrhoea only when some diseased action, opposed to nature, is operative. When diarrhoea is produced by aperient medicines, in the attempt to rid the body of the poisonous materials, even if accomplished, it leaves the intestines very weak and relaxed. If the purgative were not a poison it would not purge at all, for only such things as the body cannot suffer, but ejects, acts as aperients. The poisonous effects of these medicines become most evi- dent when they remain in the body; for when the body has not the power to reject them they show their whole force as a poison. You will be told that it is the disease which produces these symptoms, but do not believe it, it is false; more persons die of magnesia or castor oil, or more children die of rhubarb, than of arsenic, of which every one is afraid. With costive evacuations the action of the intestines is greater, or the excrements could not be ejected, and consequently nothing can remain behind; for the hard excrements we find always to fill the intestines completely, which is never the case in diarrhoea. When the action of the intestine stops, it is true the contents remain stationary, but it can easily be excited again, as has been shown under "constipation? Doctors who dissect thousands of bodies almost always find impurities in those who have had diarrhoea, but never in those who have been constipated. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 221. When loose evacuations relieve a patient who is suffering from some complaint, wait awhile before giving him medicine, and resort to it only in case of its continuing so long as to be injurious. Although diarrhoea affords evidence of disordered action in the system somewhere, yet it does occur when it should not be meddled with, because it is nature's method of affording relief, and this obtained, the diarrhoea passes away without requiring any .medical aid. Such is the case with children when teething, and it is always better to wait a day or two when it occurs before giving any medicine. With respect to the treatment of the various kinds of diarrhoea, it is partly general and partly medicinal. Medical Treatment.—The remedies used, are Arse- nicum, Antimonium crud., Bryonia, Calcarea carb., Chamomilla, China, Colocynthis, Dulcamara, Ipeca- cuanha, Mercurius, Nux vomica, Phosphoric acid, Pulsatilla, Rhus tox., Secale, Sulphur, and Veratrum. Arsenicum is indicated when the diarrhoea is watery or slimy, whitish, greenish, or brownish, taking place principally at night, after midnight, or towards the morning, or else after eating or drinking, with grip- ing, burning, or tearing pains in the abdomen; vio- lent thirst, anorexia with nausea, or else vomiting; excessive emaciation; great weakness; sleeplessness and anxiety at night; distension of the abdomen; coldness of the extremities; paleness of the face, with sunken cheeks and hollow eyes, surrounded by a livid circle. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every two hours, and in some violent cases, every hour, until a reaction, or change. Antimonium crud. may be successfully employed when there is watery diarrhoea, with disordered stomach; 20* 222 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; tongue covered with a white coating; loss of appetite; belching and nausea. It is particularly adapted for aged persons, and for females during pregnancy, or when lying in; and in some cases of diarrhoea, during denti- tion in children. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful every two hours; or if the disease is not very violent, give a teaspoonful every three or four hours, until amelioration or change. Bryonia may be used in diarrhoea that occurs during the heat of summer, and more particularly when it is caused by cold drinks; or when it is brought on by vexation or fright, or a fit of passion, It is a valuable remedy to call into requisition after Chamomilla has proved inefficient. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Calcarea carb. is a useful remedy in diarrhoea of long standing, and especially if it occurs in scrofulous children, and seems to be attended with weakness emaciation, paleness of the face, and keen appetite. It is useful after the ineffectual employment of Sulphur. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, night and morning. Chamomilla is a most effectual remedy for watery slimy, bilious diarrhoea, of a greenish or yellow color, mingled frequently with undigested food, rumbling in the bowels, want of appetite, thirst, coated tongue, tearing colic, or griping fulness in the stomach, distension and hardness of the bowels, frequent eructations or bilious vomitings, bitter taste in the mouth. It is. a useful remedy for children, and in young children, when attended with crying, agitation, tossing, constant desire to be carried in the arms. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 223 DOSE.—Children may have two globules every three hours, until relieved. Adults may require a drop, or four globules, every three, four, or six hours, until better, or a change. China is indicated in profuse, watery, and brownish diarrhoea, mingled with undigested portions of the food; at night, or soon after eating, with violent pressive con- strictive colic. It is also useful in painless diarrhoea, and great weakness in the abdomen; rumbling in the bowels; eructations; burning pains in the arms; want of appetite; violent thirst; and general debility. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoon- fuls of water, give a teaspoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Colocynthis is more particularly useful in bilious or watery diarrhoea, with violent spasmodic colic, especially when caused by vexation or fits of passion, and when Chamomilla has previously been used with only partial success. Chamomilla is also a good remedy to be employed after Colocynthis, when the latter has provef insufficient. DOSE._Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of wate and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until mitigation, or change. Dulcamara is indicated when there are liquid yellowish, slimy, or bilious evacuations; or when thei/1 are evacuations at night, composed of slimy matter, ane1 crude undigested particles of food, with colic and griping especially around the navel; want of appetite, and violem thirst; nausea, or else vomiting; paleness of the face great lassitude and uneasiness; and particularly when th» diarrhoea has been brought on by a cold. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in half a tumble jf water, and a teaspoonful may be given every four hours, until relief v obtained, or there is necessity for a change. Ipecacuanha is a useful remedy when nausea, an to Belladonna and other remedies, if remaining, and distinct indications super-exist. Mercurius viv. is indicated in the most serious cases of enteritis after the use of Aconite, and other remedies. When there is foul tongue, dry, and with white or brown coating, or covered with mucus; intense thirst; hard, distended abdomen, tender to the touch; bilious and watery stools, of a fetid odor; or constant urging to stool, followed by severe straining, and meagre evacuations of mucus, tinged with blood, or of pure blood, in con- siderable quantity; great debility and prostration; chilliness and shivering, with tendency to perspire at night, which, however, is unattended with relief. This remedy may, in some cases, be used in alternation with Belladonna or Lachesis. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until the immediate symptoms are relieved, and then every twelve hours until a positive miti- gation, or change. After two days' treatment of twelve hour doses, if the disease should remain stationary, rest for twenty-four hours, and then select another remedy according to indications. Nux vomica is for the most part indicated when there is redness of the margin of the tongue, with whitish or yellowish coating upon the centre of the tongue; feeling of soreness with burning heat in the abdomen; loss of OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 259 appetite; indigestion, attended with vomiting, after par- taking of food, and aggravation of the abdominal pain after drinking; flatulence; costiveness; and sometimes alternating with looseness; stools watery, mucus, or scanty, and frequently tinged with blood, and attended with straining. When the above train of symptoms has been brought on by sudden check of the bleeding piles, this remedy is of the greatest service, and Sulphur is of great value to follow. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. lit may be used in alternation with Sulphur, every six hours, after suppression of the piles. Nitric acid is indicated if there is a group of symp- toms, such as those described for the use of Mercurius, and therefore it may be used in connection with this latter remedy, when necessary to complete a cure. It is more useful in chronic cases, attended with abdominal tenderness, and pains as in dysentery. It is also indicated when the disorder occurs in mercurialized patients. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, Bnd give a teaspoonful every night and morning, for a week ; after which, wait for a day, or perhaps two, and if the patient gradually improves, do not give any more, but if stationary, resort again to the remedy, as before directed, and so on, until convalescence is established. Pulsatilla is to be prescribed when acute inflamma- tory symptoms result from suppression of the catamenia, or bleeding piles, or occuring as the sequel of measles: provided Aconite proves insufficient, and particularly if the tongue is loaded with white, grayish, or yellow coating, without thirst, or on the contrary, with intense thirst; disordered digestion; loss of appetite; nausea and vomiting, after partaking of the smallest quantity of nourishment; and also if the abdomen is sensitive to touch, pressure, or movement and flatulence. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules may be given three times a day. 260 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; Rhus tox. is indicated when eruptions break out around the mouth, and there is redness of the tongue, with pain, as if from soreness or ulceration in the abdomen, and sensitiveness to contact or pressure; slimy, frothy, bloody, or watery stools; slow fever, with delirium at night; and therefore it will be seen that Rhus is better adapted to enteritis, when it is symptom- atic, as in typhus fever. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. , Silicea is indicated when the disorder has been excited by sudden suppression of perspiration of the feet, or the too sudden healing up of some sore or ulcer; or when there is dryness of the mouth; coated tongue; intense thirst; loss of appetite; and frequently disgust for animal food, or any kind of warm food; constant desire for cold food and drinks; hardness and tensely distended abdomen, hot, and painful to the touch; costiveness, or on the contrary, watery and fetid stools; rumbling in the bowels, especially on movement; skin dry and parched during the day, and covered with sweat towards morning; pulse quick and hard. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, night and morning. Tartar emetic is indicated when there is nausea and vomiting, or constipation, with painful tenderness of the abdomen, and burning and heat around the navel; and also when there is a wiry pulse and quick; cold extremi- ties ; great prostration and anxiety. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, for three doses, and then if there is mitigation of suffering, wait for several hours, and even a day; if not, give a teaspoonful every six hours, until amelioration or change. Veratrum is one of the principal remedies in enteritis, and should be used with great care with Arsenicum, OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 261 when there is coldness of the extremities; great prostra-» tion; severe burning in the hypogastrium, and around the navel; and also when there is nausea and vomiting; furred tongue; great thirst, &c. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water; give a teaspoonful every hour until amelioration or change, or in alterna- tion with Arsenicum, as directed under Arsenicum. 26.—Chronic Inflammation of the Bowels. This is only a degeneration of the usual form of the disease, and is denoted by fixed pain and a habitual fulness or uneasiness and oppression in the lower part of the abdomen, increased after meals or after cold drinks; appetite habitually impaired, or capricious; thirst usually after dinner, and at night; bowels con- stantly relaxed, or in the opposite condition, alternating with diarrhoea; skin hot, dry, harsh, and of an unhealthy hue; pulse rather quick; furred tongue, with redness of the lips and margins, and sometimes a slimy redness of the whole tongue; tendency to emaciation, weakness and languor. Among the remedies already considered under inflam- mation of the bowels, may be found those well adapted for the chronic stage, as Nitric acid, Sulphur, Arsenicum, Silicea, to which we may add Phosphorus. Each of these remedies may be employed in the chronic stage, if indicated. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, night and morning, ofthe remedy that may be indicated. Diet.—In acute cases of inflammation of the bowels the regimen must of course be the same as described in fever, and in the chronic stage the food should be very light and given in small quantities; raw fruit, green vegetables, and even potatoes are injurious, and 262 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; are prohibited; toast water, barley water, and rice gruel, &c, must constitute the drink. 27.—Inflammation ofthe Peritoneum. (Peritonitis.) There is a membrane that lines the cavity of the belly and invests the stomach and bowels, which sometimes becomes the seat of inflammation, and as this membrane is called Peritoneum the disease is called Peritonitis. Symptoms. — Painful tension and swelling of the abdomen, with a sensibility to the touch, even more acute than in enteritis, so much so that the patient cannot bear even the pressure of the bed clothes or the slighest covering; in other respects the symptoms are like enteritis. Causes. — External injury; parturition in females; chill of the abdomen, are the general causes of the inflammation. Treatment.—The remedies employed are Aconite, Arnica, Belladonna, Bryonia, Cantharides, Chamomilla, Colocynthis, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Rhus, &o. Aconite is the chief remedy in the commencement of the disease, until there is a mitigation of the fever and inflammation; and in many cases this remedy has proved sufficient to master the disease, and in all cases it materially modifies its violence. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours until the fever is more or less reduced, (a few doses generally proving sufficient,) after which consider the remaining medicines that make up the group, if further treatment is required. Arnica is indicated when the cause of Peritonitis is an external lesion, and it may be used internally and externally at the same time. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. If used as a lotion, add a teaspoon- ful of the Tincture of Arnica to a tumbler of water, and saturate linen OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 263 bandages and cover the affected part; frequently wet them as they become dry. Belladonna is a useful remedy to follow Aconite, when the inflammatory fever is high, with excessive local tendency. DOSE.—The same as directed for Aconite. Bryonia and Nux vomica are both indicated when the vomiting and other symptoms clearly resemble those of inflammation of the bowels; while at the same time there is extreme tenderness of the external part of the belly. DOSES, and administration.—The same as in inflammation ofthe bowels. Aconite and Bryonia can be employed in alterna- tion when the disease implicates the pleura and lungs. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, of either, in a spoonful of water, may be given, and followed by the same dose of the other in six hours, or in very acute cases every three hours. Cantharides may be employed when there is an implication of the bladder and stranguary. Colocynthis and Chamomilla, when there are violent colicky pains; and Lycopodium, when there is inveterate constipation, and Rhus and Arsenicum when symptomatic of puerperal fever. DOSE.—Of either medicine, as selected, dissolve six globules in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours. Diet and Regimen.—The same as observed in inflam- mation of the bowels. 28.—Worms. (Helminthiasis, Invermination.) The existence of worms in the intestines frequently arises from a peculiar constitutional taint, which diseases the lining membrane and gives rise to worms; infants and children are more frequently affected than adults, 264 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; and this arises from the excessive nutrition in early youth. When children have been fed upon sweet things, pap or cakes, and similar articles of a hurtful nature; or when mothers overload their stomachs when nursing with meat and fat things, or pies, their children become predisposed to worm difficulties. And when children are dosed with vermifuges and purgatives, the worms will increase and come away; but this is a pernicious practice and more frequently increases the difficulty than otherwise. The appearance of worms is often the symptom of derangement of the alimentary canal, which must be- relieved before the worms will cease to prosper and increase; a simple regulation of the diet is frequently all that is required to cause them to diminish, and if symptoms of their presence remain, the resort to reme- dies will prove effective. It is true that pink root, spirits of turpentine, worm seed, and other nostrum vermifuges may kill the worms, but these things will often kill the children also, or so derange the abdomen as to be the source of disease and difficulty long afterwards. Under homoeopathic treatment the various kinds of worm difficulties are easily cured without endangering life. There are three species of worms met with in the human subject, viz.:—The pin worms (ascarides); the long round worm (lumbrici); and the tape worm (taenia), which can be removed by appropriate treatment. The existence of ascarides or pin worms is indicated by itching of the anus, though sometimes the itching is pro- duced by other causes; to determine whether it is pro- OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 265 duced by the worms or not is an easy matter, for the worms will show themselve in some way, as in the stools. When the Lumbrici or long round worms are at work, there are certain symptoms that usually indi- cate their presence, especially in children, such as picking the nose, inordinate appetite, distension of the bowels, sometimes colic and inclination to vomit; parts around the navel are hard, and frequent ineffectual Btraining to evacuate, and nothing but slime passes. When persons are suffering from Taenia or tape worm, many symptoms are present that may characterise other difficulties, and therefore it is only when there is in connection with these symptoms portions of the worm discharged from time to time that we have any sure indication of its existence, and it has been observed that these portions usually pass away about the new and full of the moon. General Treatment.—Children who have worms should have enough to eat, but not too much bread; they should not be allowed cakes or confectionary, or pastry, unripe fruits, or sweatmeats, or raisins. The diet will be stated at the close of the medical treatment. Medical treatment.—The remedies found most use- ful are Aconite, Belladonna, Carbo veg., Chamomilla, China, Cina, Calcarea carb., Ipecacuanha, Lachesis, Mer- curius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Sulphur and Silicea. Aconite is indicated when there is considerable febrile irritation, with restlessness at night; fever and irritability of temper; continual itching and burning at the anus, and at times a sense of crawling in the throat. DOSE.—One drop, or twelve globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, until there is a mitigation of the symp- toms or an evident modification of them. When the fever has abated 24 266 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; m some under the use of this remedy, but not broken up, consult some other remedy. Belladonna is indicated when there is disturbance about the head; great nervous excitement; delirium at night; starting during sleep; easily started or frightened by merely trivial causes. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful three times a day, until there is apparent ameliora- tion or change. Should Belladonna fail of removing the symptoms for which indicated, recourse may be had to other remedies according to indications. Carbo veg. is indicated when children are habitually passing long round worms, and when the tongue is heavily coated and there is a fetid odor from the breath. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or eight globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours; if this should not prove sufficient in removing these symptoms, Pulsatilla is a suitable remedy to follow. Chamomilla is a useful remedy for childhood, either at the time of teething, or at a more advanced period when worm difficulties seem to occur as symptomatic of checked perspiration; it is particularly indicated when the evacua- tions are watery, slimy, bilious, green or yellow, or fetid, resembling the odor of rotten eggs, accompanied with fulness or distension of the stomach and bowels; severe colic or spasm; pain in the bowels; bitter taste in the mouth; foul tongue; thirst; want of appetite; bilious vomiting and flatulency, particularly in infants, with rest- lessness ; screaming and drawing up of the limbs towards the stomach. DOSE.—Of a solution often globules, or one drop, in half a tumbler of water; give a teaspoonful every time the bowels are moved, until positive amelioration or change; if in debilitated constitutions this remedy proves inefficient, Sulphur may be called into requisition; and even if Chamomilla partly relieves, Sulphur may be indicated to effect a cure. China is indicated in worm difficulties when there is looseness in consequence of indigestion, particularly if OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 267 occasioned by partaking of fruit or flatulent food, such as vegetables; profuse stools frequently attended with but little pain, for the most part occurring soon after par- taking of food, or during the night; watery and brownish evacuations, sometimes containing portions of undigested food; it is sometimes indicated when considerable spas- modic or griping pain is present, accompanied with want of appetite, thirst, flatulence and great weakness; it may be found useful after improper treatment or protracted cases of this affection, when considerable debility remains. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or ten globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every time the bowels are moved, until there is amelioration or change; this direction is better suited to casual adult cases. In similar cases for children, a double quantity of water may be employed, and given in the same manner. CiNA.—This is an eminently useful remedy in worm diseases, when there is boring of the nose; obstruction of the nOse; great waywardness of the temper; bashful- ness; heat and irritation; continual inquietude and restlessness; and in children, a desire for things which are rejected when offered; fits of crying when touched; paleness of the face, with livid circle round the eyes; constant inclination to take food, with craving appetite, even after meals; griping; distressive heat, and hardness in the abdomen, with discharge of thread and round worms; costiveness; constipation, or loose evacuations; fever; chills towards evening; hard, quick pulse; little sleep, restlessnes, or turning about; startings; talking, or calling out suddenly during sleep; transitory parox- ysms of delirium; heaviness of the limbs; changing of color, the face being at one time cold and pale, at another, red and hot; pupils dilated; tongue covered with tenacious mucus; disagreeable eructations; vomiting; itching in the anus, and crawling out of thread worms; 268 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; involuntary passing of the urine, which is white and turbid; occasional convulsive movements in the limbs; weakness and lassitude. This remedy is also indicated, when there is colic, produced by worms. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning until the six teaspoonfuls are consumed; after which, pause for two days, and then suspend or continue treatment, with the same, or other medicines, according to circumstances. Calcarea carb. is regarded one of the remedies indicated for the tape worm, and when there is any ground for apprehending the existence of taenia in the body. This remedy may be administered with advan tage. Sometimes the tape worm is discharged after taking a few doses. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or ten globules, in four tablespoon fuls of water, give a tablespoonful morning and evening. Should this prove efficient, it is well, but if not, prepare Sulphur in the same manner, and administer it in the same way. Ipecacuanha is only indicated when there is little or no certainty of the difficulty being from worms; when there is vomiting at frequent intervals, and no nourish ment seems to yield due support to the system, and the child seems to become emaciated. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in ten teaspoonfuls of watei, and give a teaspoonful every time the child vomits. If the tongue has a thick coating upon it, give Carbo veg. after, or else Pulsatilla. Lachesis is indicated when there is much thirst, sudden starting and fright. It may be used after Belladonna, in very bad cases. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given every morning and evening. Mercurius viv. is indicated when, in addition to the common symptoms of worms, there is especially a con- stant inclination to go to stool, and diarrhoea, with tenes- mus ; distension and hardness of the abdomen, and profuse flow of saliva. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANA^.. 269 DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful three times a day, for two days, after which pause for two days, and if the patient is better, suspend the treatment altogether, or continue if otherwise. Nux vomica is indicated in worm affections, after Chamomilla or Cina, if there is considerable derange- ment of the digestive functions; irritability of temper and constipation; or great distension of the stomach and bowels, with sensibility and tendency of heat to the abdomen; inclination to vomit; increase of symp- toms early in the morning. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every night at bedtime, for three days, then miss three and begin again, unless the patient is better. Pulsatilla is for the most part indicated when there has been want of success attending the use of other remedies, especially if Ipecacuanha or Carbo veg. have not had a beneficial effect when apparently indicated. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour until vomiting ceases, and the fetor from the breath begins to disappear. Sulphur and Silicea are indicated when there are vermicular difficulties in lymphatic children, who become frequently affected with attacks of cold, and in the head; bitter, slimy taste; aversion to meat; irresistible long- ing for sugar; variations of appetite, sometimes vora- cious, at others the reverse; frequent regurgitation of the food,' together with heartburn or waterbrash; hic- cough ; vomiting and rumbling in the stomach and bowels; and also soreness and itching of the anus. The Sulphur may be used first, and afterwards the Silicea, and even after this latter remedy Calcarea carb. may be administered, after allowing sufficient time to elapse after either of the others. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water; give a teaspoonful on retiring every night, until there is an evidence of improve- ment, then wait for the result. 24* 270 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; The symptoms must of course be our guide in the selection of a remedy, and moreover in the treatment of the different varieties of worm difficulties, we find nearly the same group of symptoms produced by the thread, long, or tape worms. Therefore we have some remedies that will be adapted to cure either variety, but in general, Aconite, Mercurius, Nux vomica, Sulphur, will be found the most suitable in removing (ascarides) or pin worms. Belladonna, Chamomilla, China, Cina, and Spigelia, for removing (lumbrici) long round worms. Calcarea carb., Sulphur, Lachesis and Silicea, against tape worms. In chronic cases of worms, (or invermi- nation,) great success has attended the use of Nux vomica, Mercurius, Sulphur and Calcarea. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, of each, in a spoonful of water, taken as follows : a dose night and morning of Nux vomica, to be followed the next night with Sulphur, the next with Mercurius, the next with Cal- carea, &c. Regimen.—The food in vermicular difficulties ought to be wholesome and nutritious, to consist mostly of meat, such as roast or boiled beef or mutton, sometimes chicken, and" occasionally a light pudding; vegetables and fruits are not allowed, neither is milk, pastry or sweetmeats of any kind, and the utmost care should be exercised to prevent children from eating raw herbs, roots, &c, which they are prone to do in their rambles. Exercise in the open air is essential, and must on no account be neglected. 29.—Itching of the Anns. This vexatious and troublesome affection arises from some peculiar state of the system, and often indicates OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 271 the incipient stage of piles, or the presence of seat worms, (ascarides.) If caused by ascarides, which can only be ascertained by discovering them, Aconite, Nux vomica, Sulphur and Silicea are the remedies to be employed. Aconite is indicated when the difficulty occurs in children, and renders them very uneasy during the night, and is attended with fever. Nux vomica is especially indicated when the itching is seated either internally or externally, and is worse after taking stimulating food and drink, attended with costiveness, and is caused by ascarides. Sulphur and Silicea are remedies that may be employed after Aconite or Nux vomica, when these reme- dies prove inefficient, and also when the trouble returns again after having been once removed by the use of Aconite and Nux vomica. DOSE, and administration.—Of Aconite, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, if partially relieved, or not all; after two days, resort to Nux vomica, pre- pared the same way, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, until com- pletely relieved. If a return of the disorder, dissolve one drop of Sulphur or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every night, until cured, or there is necessity for the use of another remedy. Prepare and administer Silicea in the same way. When the itching is caused by dry piles, or moist and bleeding piles, or strong liquors or beer, or coffee, or in people of sedentary habits. The remedies are Nux vomica, China, Sulphur or Ipecacuanha, and sometimes in connection with other remedies. Aconite may be employed when there is fever attend- ing the itching, and when there is pain in the funda- ment. DOSE_Thc same as before. Nux vomica is indicated when there is burning and 272 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; pricking sensation, and the anus appears to be so con- tracted that the natural discharges are effected with difficulty, accompanied by dull, shooting pains, and jerking in the small of the back, and around the anus, at every evacuation; or pain in the small of the back as if from a bruise, which makes the patient cry out and bend forward when walking or sitting. Ignatia is a good remedy to follow Nux vomica, if necessary, after an elapse of one or two days. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful three times a day, at intervals of six hours. If after two days there should not be decided relief, give Ignatia in the same way, after waiting twenty-four hours. Sulphur is a grand remedy in this complaint, after Nux vomica, and it may be used in alternation with this latter remedy. DOSE.—Of Sulphur alone, one drop, or six globules, in six tablespoon- fuls of water, and give a tablespoonful every morning for several mornings. Calcarea carb. may follow Sulphur, if necessary, and particularly if there is a return of the disorder after Sulphur has apparently removed it, or alter- nately with Nux vomica every morning. Ipecacuanha is indicated after the use of Aconite when in addition to the itching there is thick coating upon the tongue, nausea, and sometimes sickness at the stomach and vomiting. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, and continue as long as necessary. General treatment. — It often happens that this disorder is the occasion of so much annoyance to the patient, that immediate measures are necessary for relief. Under such circumstances such means should be em- ployed as comports well with the remedial agents. Sweet oil may be applied externally and internally to allay the itching, or a piece of fat bacon may be cut of suitable size to introduce into the rectum, attached to OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 273 a string; allowed to remain, however, only about fifteen minutes, and then to be removed. Cold water injections may be resorted to every evening in many cases, when there is not speedy abatement of the itching from the medicines; applications of this kind are not at variance with the remedies. Salt water injections, in small quantities, may be allowed when all other means fail, as may be the case in children who have an hereditary tendency to the disorder. Vinegar and water, in the form of a weak injection, has sometimes proved efficacious in allaying the itching. Lemon juice in water, in the form of an injection, has also proved efficacious, and may be resorted to twice a day. Urtica urens, given every morning, one drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, and continued for several days, is believed to be one of the best reme- dies for children. When the itching is caused by piles, swollen, red or bluish tumors in the anus, resort must be had to Nux vomica and Sulphur, which may be used in alternation. Sulphur at night, and Nux vomica in the morning, until complete relief is obtained. It is affirmed by some that eating asparagus in its season, which is usually the season when ascarides prove the most troublesome, is of great advantage, and often removes the disorder; and undoubtedly there is truth in the statement. Diet and Regimen.—The same as stated for vermi cular diseases. 274 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; 30.—Determination of Blood to the Abdomen. ( Congestio ad abdomen.) The symptoms that characterise this derangement are a disagreeable or painful sensation of weight, heat and burning, with hardness and tension in the lower portion of the bowels. Cause.—Sedentary habits, or piles; torpidity of the bowels; hypochondriacs are very often afflicted with the difficulty. The remedies found of service in removing the diffi- culty are Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Chamomilla, Pulsatilla, Nux vomica, Rhus tox., Sulphur and Vera- trum. Arsenicum is indicated when there is determination of blood to the lower bowels, attended with diarrhoea and extreme prostration. DOSE.— One drop, or six globules, in three spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every six hours, until the three doses are taken, then cease for twenty-four hours, and repeat again, prepared in the same way, every twelve hours, until amelioration, or change. Belladonna and Bryonia are indicated, the former when there is flushed appearance of the countenance; sensation of heat and burning in the stomach; hardness and tension, accompanied by dull pain in the bowels; and the latter when there is biliary derangement and dull pain in the lumbar region accompanying the usual symptoms, and considerable debility. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, of either, dissolved in three table- spoonfuls of water, give a teaspoonful every three hours, until relief is obtained, or a change is necessary. Chamomilla is suitable for children when they are prone to looseness of the bowels, and there has been a sudden check and constipation, and especially if there has been flatulency and other signs of indigestion. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, every four hours. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 275 Pulsatilla is indicated for congestion of the bowels in females when the usual symptoms are present, and particularly when there is difficult or suppressed men- struation. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until relieved. Sepia may follow Pulsatilla, if there is nausea and uncomfortable fulness and dull pain remaining. Nux vomica is particularly indicated, and is one of the most frequent sources of relief to those of sedentary life, or who are much addicted to indulgence of the plea- sures of the table, and particularly when there is hard- ness, tension and fixed pain in the abdomen; sense of great weakness or prostration, and difficult or almost impossible to walk about; constipation; pain in the loins; depressed spirits and irritability. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water every night at bed-time, until there is some manifest improvement, then cease for three or four days and repeat as at first; should there be little or no improve- ment after four days, resort to Sulphur as directed below. Rhus tox. is indicated when there is much hardness, burning and fulness of the abdomen, attended with great debility. DOSE.—The same as directed for Nux vomica. Sulphur may be regarded in connection with Nux vomica, one of the principal remedies, and will be found of great service in effecting a cure after Nux vom. has produced amelioration; and in cases of long standing it may be selected in preference, when there are dull pains and disagreeable sensation of distension in the bowels; constipation; tendency to obstinate attacks of piles; extreme digestion. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water every morn- ing for a week, or until there is perceived some general change, then wait for five or six days, and repeat again in the same manner, and continue aa before until there is manifest improvement or change 276 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; Veratrum may be administered when the indications are the same as for Arsenicum, when the latter remedy should fail of producing the desired relief. DOSE.—The same in all respects as for the use of Arsenicum. Diet and Regimen.—When it is practicable the patient should take daily exercise in the open air, and should be very careful to abstain from all food of difficult diges- tion, and subsist upon farinaceous gruels or toast and black tea, or weak cocoa. 31.—Piles. (Hemorrhoids.) Symptoms.—Discharge of blood from the anus every four or six weeks in small quantities, usually preceded by more or less sickness, and followed by a sensation as if relieved. The flux may often be regarded favorable, as prevent- ing more serious or dangerous diseases. Tumors are frequently formed in the anus, which become very painful when no blood is discharged; some- times when there is discharge it ceases in part or entirely, and at others the discharge is so profuse that it becomes alarming; very often when the bleeding from the tumors is suddenly arrested, disease of a more serious character takes its place. To relieve all these unpleasant symptoms requires a judicious treatment, both of a medicinal and dietetical character; the living should be such as to prevent the disease from assuming the dangerous form; the patient should take moderate exercise, not allowing himself to sit much on cushions, except when the tumors protrude. Persons afflicted with piles should abstain from all alcoholic drinks, wine, cider, porter, ale or coffee; water OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 277 should constitute the only beverage to be indulged in freely. The resort to the scissors for the purpose of excising the tumors can only be regarded with distrust, as it is evidently done through ignorance of the nature of the disease, although such an operation is easily per- formed; yet it is frequently attended with dangerous consequences; inordinate hemorrhages often result which cannot be arrested without recourse to the actual cautery or by the use of some powerful styptic, productive of incurable ulcers; and the only use that can under any circumstances result is temporary relief from pain, for the tumors almost universally reappear in a short time higher up in the rectum, when the pain is more violent than before, and when it is more difficult to excise them, and if the attempt is made the rectum is liable to sustain incurable injury; every operation causes their reappear- ance higher up till there is no possibility of reaching them, then the patient is obliged to be left in a worse condition than if no operations had been attempted. It is a matter of rejoicing that in homoeopathy there is for the most part a more safe and sure method of pro- curing entire relief, without the scissors; but not for those cases which have been frequently operated upon, because by the operations they have been made to assume a more obstinate and incurable character. Injections of cold water are sometimes a source of relief when the tumors are painful, but do not bleed: these may be resorted to once or twice a day, but cautiously when the tumors are in a bleeding condition, inasmuch as the discharge may be suddenly arrested by them; though when they bleed too freely the water may be applied, provided proper care is exercised with regard 25 278 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; to the administration of appropriate remedies at the same time. Syringes with gum-elastic tubes should be used in giving the injections, as these will be less liable to do violence to the affected parts; the water should not be too cold, and water of moderate warmth even under many circumstances is preferable. Washing the parts with cold water, or tepid water, is sometimes of service, and particularly when the tumors are too painful to allow of injections. Sitting over the steam of hot water when the tumors are much swollen, and painful; and also the sponge saturated with tepid water, may be used with advantage; and sometimes the application of moderately warm fomentations. Remedial treatment.—The remedies most employed are Aconite, Antimonium crud., Arnica, Belladonna, Carbo veg., Chamomilla, Colocynthis, China, Hamamelis, Ignatia, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, and Sulphur. Aconite is indicated, and frequently affords relief, when the blood is discharged, and there are shooting pains and pressure on the anus; fulness of the abdomen, with tension, pressure, and griping, and the small of the back feels as if it was broken. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Antimonium crud. is indicated when there is a discharge of mucus from the anus, that stains the linen. It may sometimes be given alternately with Pulsatilla. DOSE.—The same in all respects as directed for the use of Aconite. Arnica is particularly useful when the tumors are swollen and sore; and when there is pain in the small of the back, as if bruised. DOSE.—The same as directed for Aconite or Antimonium crud. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 279 Belladonna is chiefly employed against bleeding piles, with intense pain in the lumbar region, as if the back were breaking. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be taken morning and evening, if insufficient after three doses, give Hepar sulph. in the same way, and after an elapse of four days, Rhus tox. may be given without hesitation, and repeated twice, and then it is better to wait for the result. Carbo veg. is indicated when there is discharge of mucus with burning pain, and particularly when there is bleeding from the nose, and great determination of blood towards the head, especially in patients who are very weak; if this remedy proves inefficient, it should be followed with Arsenicum, or the remedies may be used in alternation. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of Water, and give a tablespoonful every morning and evening, or if in alternation, give Arsenicum in the morning, and Carbo veg. in the evening, for two days. Chamomilla may be used when the blood flows freely, with contractive pains in the bowels, and frequent straining to evacuate; occasional diarrhoea, particularly when attended with smarting and burning, with tearing pain in the back, especially at night. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given in a spoonful of water, every night and morning, until amelioration or change. Colocynthis is indicated if the piles are accompanied with colicky pains, very severe, and there are signs of determination of blood to the abdomen. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful at night, and the other in the morning; and after twenty-four hours, if the patient is not decidedly better, repeat again, and so continue until amelioration, or change. China is indicated when there has been profuse bleeding from the tumors, followed by great weakness. It is useful after either Aconite, Ipecacuanha, or Sulphur has been employed in the first stage. 280 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful morning and evening, or in alternation with Aconite, three times a day. If Sulphur is employed, give the Sulphur at night, an9* the China in the morning. Hamamelis is one of the most useful remedies in bleeding piles, and may be used also when there is merely a varicose condition of the hemorrhoidal veins, and particularly, if in females subject to varicose con- dition of the veins of the lower extremities. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given morning and evening, until amelioration, nr change. Ignatia is indicated in piles, against violent stitches which pass upwards, with itching, and crawling in the anus; when much blood is discharged; or there is pro- trusion of the rectum at each evacuation; or when, after an evacuation, there is painful soreness and contraction, particularly when accompanied by ineffectual straining to evacuate; or a discharge of blood and mucus. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful three times a day, at intervals of six or eight hours, until amelioration, or change. Mercurius viv. is particularly indicated when patients have been injured by taking Sulphur, or other drugs or nostrums, to rid themselves of the suffering consequent upon piles; but if patients have taken much Calomel and Sulphur, Lachesis may be given, first once or twice, and then if the symptoms seem to be aggravated again, Nux vomica may be given, two doses twelve hours apart, and then after a pause of twenty-four hours, Sulphur may be administered, and perhaps in alternation with Sepia, at intervals of twenty-four hours. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and £ive a spoonful every morning and evening, and if necessity requires a resort to the other remedies, prepare, and use them in the same manner, according to the directions above given. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 281 Nux vomica is useful when there is burning, pricking pain in the tumors; the symptoms resembling those mentioned of the same remedy under "Itching of the anus," when there is much light colored blood discharged after each evacuation; or where there is constant incli- nation to evacuate; also in constipation, and during pregnancy. If Nux vomica proves of little avail, or does not afford complete relief, give Ignatia, and afterwards if the complaint returns, give Sulphur. This latter remedy, given at night, and Nux vomica in the morning, will prove of service in a majority of instances, when patients are suffering from piles. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every morning, fasting, and every evening before retiring to rest. Or when there is alternation with Sulphur, give a spoonful of Nux vomica in the morning, and one of Sulphur, prepared in thf same manner, in the evening before retiring. Pulsatilla is of service when there is blood and mucus discharged with the fasces, with painful pressure on the tumors; pains in the back; pale countenance, and disposition to syncope. . Mercurius is a suitable remedy to follow Pulsatilla, if the latter remedy proves inefficient, and afterwards Sulphur. DOSE.—The same in all respects as directed for Nux vomica. Sulphur, as before remarked, is one of the principal remedies for bleeding piles. It is particularly indicated when there is constant urging to stool, with ineffectual straining; when there is an acute, sore pain in the anus, internally and externally; when the tumors burn, are moist, protrude considerably, and are pressed back with much difficulty; with violent shooting pains in the back and in the small of the back, with a feeling of contrac- tion, and burning or smarting pain on passing urine. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given every twenty-four 'liurs on retiring to rest at night, until 282 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; amelioration or change. It may be used in alternation with Nux vomica or Pulsatilla, as directed above. There are other remedies that have been advanta- geously employed in this painful affection. Conium may be given with advantage, when the tumors protrude and are swollen and painful, disabling the patient from walking about, but the remedy should not be repeated oftener than once in three days. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, dissolved in a spoonful of water. When in a case of excessive haemorrhage from the tumors, threatening life, there is call for immediate remedial measures, give Aconite; if this does not arrest the discharge at once, give Ipecacuanha in twenty minutes; and if this also fails of relief, in ten minutes, give Sulphur. DOSE.—Of each. One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water. Or in a similar case, Aconite, Belladonna and Calcarea carb. may follow each other in rapid succession. DOSE.—The same as above. Diet and Regimen.—As "the piles" seem to be a difficulty mainly dependent upon derangement of the digestive function, the diet 'and habits should be regu- lated in accordance with the injunctions which have i been explicitly set forth respecting derangements of | the digestive functions in general. Bread made of j superfine flour is not so good as that from the unbolted; and persons subject to piles should never take coffee or stimulating food or drinks of any kind. 32.—Protrusion of the Intestine. (Prolapsus ani.) This affection is sometimes termed by mothers and nurses, " the falling of the bowels," and consists of the protrusion of the mucus membrane of the rectum through OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 283 the anus. It occurs much more frequently in children than in adults, and invariably takes place from straining at stool, or when urinating. The reduction of the pro- truded portion is easily effected by pressing it gently with the thumb and fore finger, which have been softened with lard. Treatment.—The principal remedies in effecting a cure of this difficulty and of removing a tendency to the same, are Calcarea, Ignatia, Mercurius, Nux vomica, Lycopodium, Sepia and Sulphur. Calcarea is to be regarded a remedy for prolapsus ani in obstinate and inveterate cases where other reme- dies have failed, especially after Sulphur has proved inefficient. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give one of the spoonfuls every morning, and another every evening, until the four are taken. Give half the quantity to children under twelve years of age. Ignatia is particularly indicated when the difficulty occurs in children or persons of mild, sensitive tempera- ments, and is attended with constipation. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, (half the quantity for children,) every twelve hours, until amelioration or change. Mercurius is well suited to children in whom the disease is attended with hardness and swelling of the abdomen, and great distension. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, one to be taken every morning until amelioration or change. Nux vomica is more particularly indicated for persons of irritable or lively disposition, and addicted to high stimulating diet, with a tendency to haemorrhoids and constipation. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, give a teaspoonful night and morning, until better, or a change. Lycopodium and Sepia are amongst the remedies that are important in treating obstinate cases, when other 284 diseases of the digestive organs; remedies have not effected a cure, and particularly after a course of Sulphur. Sulphur is regarded as one of the best remedies to effect a cure. DOSE___One drop of either of the above remedies, or six globules, may be dissolved in six teaspoonfuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every morning, or the same quantity may be dissolved in twelve teaspoon- fuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every morning, for children under twelve years of age. Diet and Regimen.—As this disorder is often the result of derangement of the digestive organs, or piles, the same restriction as to diet should be observed as in derangements of the digestive function in general. 33.—Liver Complaint. Under this head is comprised the different diseases to which the liver is subject, both chronic and acute; the former is what is usually termed liver complaint, a careful discrimination will often disclose the fact that the real disease is a deranged condition of the stomach and bowels; the liver however is often impli- cated, and in itself deserves considerable attention; when the disease has been unchecked for a long time, and a torpid inflammation becomes deeply seated in the sub- stance of the liver, an abscess frequently forms, bursting either internally or externally; in the former case it often proves critical, and is attended with hectic fever in most cases. 34.—Acute Inflammation of the Liver. (Hepatitis.) This disease is comparatively of rare occurrence in temperate regions, being much more common in tropical chmates; and even in these regions a luxurious manner of living, and exposure to the tropical heat by day, and OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 285 to damps and dews of evening, may be recorded among the principal exciting causes; but even in our climate it may arise from violent mental emotions, stimulating drinks; suddenly suppressed evacuations; frequent use of the blue pill, or strong emetics or cathartics, or gall stones or injuries of the brain. Symptoms.—The principal symptoms of the acute form are pain in the right side under the ribs, sometimes acute and lancinating, and at others dull and heavy, often extending to the chest and under the shoulder blade of the right side; the pain is increased by coughing, draw- ing in the breath, and by pressure, or by lying on the left side; relief is often obtained by lying on the affected side; the stools are of a grayish or ash color, resembling clay, but for the most part the bowels are constipated, the urine high colored, and tinges the linen yellow; the skin and whites of the eyes are yellowish; there is gene- rally a high fever, with a full bounding pulse and hot skin; thirst; bitter taste in the mouth; yellow furred tongue; vomiting; pain and tension in the stomach; when the inflammation is seated in the convex surface of the fiver, which lies against the right wall of the abdominal cavity; the pain is acute and lancinating, and increased by coughing, drawing in the breath, and pres- sure ; when the convex surface is more effected, the pain is deeper situated and not liable to be at all augmented by pressure, and greatly aggravated by efforts at vomiting. Termination.—Acute inflammation of the liver may terminate in resolution, suppuration or gangrene, or it may merge into the chronic form ; when it terminates in resolution, the symptoms gradually disappear; when it terminates in suppuration, the fever usually becomes hectic, and the patient suffers from increased sense of 286 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; weight in the region of the liver; the enlargement of the organ may be distinctly felt, and if the abscess is about to make its way to the surface, a sense of fluctuation with pointing may be perceived; when the abscess is not discharged externally, or through the stomach or intes- tines, it usually proves fatal; the termination of the inflammation in gangrene is by no means of frequent occurrence, when such is the case it rapidly proves fatal; such a misfortune may be readily recognised by the sud- den cessation of the pain; sinking of the pulse; cold, clammy sweats; coldness of the extremities, and rapid change in the appearance of the countenance. Treatment.—The remedies employed are Aconite, Bryonia, Belladonna, Chamomilla, China, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica and Lachesis. Aconite is indicated in the commencement when the fever is high, with hot skin, with much thirst and whitish furred tongue, accompanied by moaning; great restless- ness, and dread of death; shooting pains in the region of the liver. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Bryonia is indicated when the pains are pressive, and when there is a sense of tension in the region of the liver, and when breathing, coughing, or movement of any kind aggravates the pains; when there is violent oppression of the chest with rapid and anxious respira- tion; thick yellowish coating on the tongue; constipation. DOSE.—The same as directed for Aconite. Belladonna may be employed against pains in the region of the liver, which extend to the chest and shoul- der, particularly of the right side; swelling and tightness at the pit of the stomach: oppressed and anxious respira- OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL 287 tion; congestion to the head; with giddiness; dimness of vision, and occasional fainting; intense thirst; restless- ness, sleeplessness and anxiety. It may be used in alter- nation with Aconite, at intervals of three hours, or it may be used after Aconite has been tried. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in six teaspoonfuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every three hours. Chamomilla is indicated when the pains are of a dull character, neither susceptible of aggravation, by respiration, pressure or movement; with a sense of pressure in the stomach; tension in the right hypo- chondrium; oppression of the chest; yellow skin; and yellow coating upon the tongue; bitter taste in the mouth; and intense anxiety at times. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a spoonful every three hours, until relieved, or there is necessity for a change. China is indicated when the disease appears to come on in paroxysms; or in other words, becomes manifest periodically, and is worse every other day; with shooting and pressive pains in the region of the liver; swelling, and hardness of the hypochondria, and epigastrum; pressive pain in the head; thickly coated tongue, and bitter taste in the mouth; yellowish eyes and skin. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give one of the spoonfuls every six hours until all are given, then wait for the result; if no better after three days, repeat the same, and so on, until amelioration or change. Mercurius viv. is of great service in hepatitis, when there are pains under the ribs of a pressive character, which do not allow the patient to lie long on the right side; bitter taste in the mouth; want of appetite; thirst; continued shivering, followed sometimes by clammy perspiration; yellowness of the skin, and the whites of the eyes; also in enlargement and hardening of the ** 288 diseases of the digestive organs; liver; or after the formation of abscesses. This remedy may be profitably used after Belladonna, or in alternation, at intervals of three hours between the doses. DOSE.—The same as directed for China. Nux vomica is to be employed against shooting, or pulsative pains; with great tenderness of the region of the liver when touched; nausea or vomiting; sour or bitter risings which leave the same taste in the mouth; shortness of breath; and sense of pressure under the short ribs of the right side, and upper portion of the stomach; pressive pain in the head; thirst; high colored urine; giddiness, and paroxysms of anguish; constipation. DOSE.__Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Lachesis is particularly serviceable in cases in which Mercurius viv. and Belladonna seem to be indicated, but afford but partial relief; and also in obstinate chronic cases, occurring in drunkards. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water, and a teaspoonful given every six hours, until amelioration or change. Sulphur is a most valuable remedy after any of the preceding remedies, whenever they fail of producing a favorable effect, or when the improvement is but temporary, and the disease still continues, though some- what diminished in violence. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, dissolved in a spoonful of water, may be given every night and morning. Diet.—The same as under fevers; modified of course, according to the violence of the disease. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 289 35.—Chronic Inflammation of the Liver. (Liver Complaint.) There are many symptoms, in the chronic and acute forms of liver affections, that have a close resemblance in every particular, except their duration. In liver complaint, or chronic inflammation of the liver, there is continued^ pains, and uneasiness in the right side, which Beldom leave the patient, who gradually becomes weakened in point of strength, and lean in flesh; not unfrequently there is cough, with expectoration, resembling very much, such as we find in pulmonary difficulties. By inspection of the right hypochondrium, we may see signs of considerable enlargement of the liver, which frequently remains for considerable time; or is continuous; or comes and goes periodically. attended with dyspeptic symptoms; high colored and red urine; yellow tinge of the skin and eyes; sometimes febrile symptoms; the pulse generally quick, but regu- lar, except during these attacks. The causes are chiefly those of the acute form of the disease, that perhaps as frequent as any other, may be found in the use of intoxicating drinks, and mercurial preparations, such as Calomel and the Blue pill. Treatment.—The remedies employed are Aurum, Alumina, Calcarea carb., China, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Silicea, and Sulphur. Aurum is particularly indicated, when the patient has taken much Blue pill, and has been frequently salivated, and there are pains in the bones, and soreness of the flesh, when pressed against the bones, and there is melancholy, and propensity to suicide. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, night and morning in a spoonful of water. Alumina is particularly indicated when there are uni- 26 290 diseases of the digestive organs; formly pains in the liver, when stooping, which become relieved on assuming the erect posture. DOSE.—The same as for Aurum. Calcarea carb. is indicated when there are pains in the liver, mostly stitching, or tensive aching, and dis- tension of the abdomen. DOSE—The same as for Alumina and Aurum. China is adapted when the pains are worse every other day. (See acute Hepatitis.) Lycopodium is indicated when there is great torpidity of the bowels attending continuous pain of the right side. (See Constipation.) DOSE.—One drop, of either of the last two remedies mentioned, or sis globules, may be taken every morning before eating. Nux vomica and Sulphur are among the best remedies employed in liver complaint. For the indi cations which require their administration, see the use of these medicines under "Acute Inflammation of the Liver." DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, once a day. Silicea is only indicated in certain cases, when the formation of abscess is the characteristic mark of the disease. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every night. Diet and Regimen.—The diet should be light, veal or chicken broth, with stale bread, roasted apples, also French beans, sago or tapioca made into plain puddings. The drink should be confined mostly to water; and bacon, butter, eggs, milk, wine, spirits, malt liquors, should, except in rare cases, be prohibited. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 291 36 Jaundice. (Icterus.) The main features of this disease are yellow color; whitish faeces; orange-colored urine; deranged diges- tion ; sometimes pain in the region of the liver. Gene- rally preceding an attack there is loss of appetite; giddi- ness; nausea; vomiting; flatulence, and some degree of tension in the region of the liver. There is also greater or less depression of spirits and loss of strength. There is for the most part but little fever attending the mild forms of this disease, but in bad cases there may be an unusual degree of fever, which more or less affects the brain, producing a sort of stupid sleep from which it is difficult to be aroused; when the disease assumes this form it is regarded dangerous, and death may follow in a short time from oppression of the brain. Sometimes the color of the skin changes from a yellow to a dark brown or black, giving rise to the appellation of " black jaundice." There is frequently a disagreeable itching or tingling before the discolora- tion of the skin appears. "When this disease arises from some undue emotion of the mind, it may come on suddenly, but generally it makes its appearance in a gradual and often in an unobserved manner. Causes.—These are various. It may arise either from the acute or chronic inflammation of the liver, or from diseases of the stomach and bowels, or from fevers. Blows upon the head, or on the region of the liver, often produce the disease; as may also moral emotions or inveterate fits of passion; we may enume- rate also among the causes, the inordinate use of quinine, rhubarb or calomel, in certain fevers, because these agents sometimes obstruct the biliary duct. Treatment.—The remedies the most frequently found 292 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; useful are Aconite, Belladonna, Chamomilla, China, Digi- talis, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla and Sul- phur. Aconite will be indicated when the jaundice is accom- panied with symptoms of acute inflammation and pain in the region of the liver, and also in the incipient stage of the fever attending the disease. It may be advantageously followed by Belladonna or Chamomilla. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given every four hours, until amelioration or change; but if after taking three or four doses, there is only a partial removal of the symptoms, wait three hours, and give Belladonna, as directed for Aconite. After four doses of Belladonna, if the symptoms still remain, proceed with Chamomilla four hours after, as directed for the Aconite and Belladonna, until amelioration or change. China is indicated when the inflammatory symptoms have abated, and also in case of there being little or no fever at the commencement, and especially if marsh miasm is the cause, or if the fever is intermittent, or if the appetite is impaired, or there is general derange- ment of the digestion, and if the patient has been weak- ened by vomiting blood or by diarrhoea. DOSE. —One drop, or six globules, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give one at night and the other in the morning, provided the disease is anti-periodic in its character. This course may be pursued until there is a positive change for the better, or there is indication for the use of another remedy; but if the disease be accompanied by a fever of an intermittent character, the same doses should be given every six hours during the respite, observing that the last dose should be given one hour before the expected attack. The remedy may be given in alternation with Arsenicum, if necessary, observing to give a dose of the former in the morning, and of the other in the evening, or China, soon after the paroxysm, and Arseni' cum about an hour before the anticipated attack. Digitalis is a useful remedy when there is nausea, retching or vomiting; tongue clean, or coated with a white fur; pressure at the pit of the stomach and region of the liver; sluggish state of the bowels, and clay- colored evacuations; alternate flushes of heat and chills. OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 293 DOSE. —Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, until there is some modifi- cation of the violence of the symptoms, and then every four hours, until there is decided improvement, or indication for change of remedy. Mercurius viv. is indicated when the disease appears to have arisen from derangement of the digestive organs, or from obstructions of the biliary duct, that have not been occasioned by the abuse of this drug, in which case China is preferable, and this in obstinate cases may be followed by Sulphur. DOSE—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water; give a tablespoonful every six hours, and China in the same way, and Sulphur every twelve hours. Nux vomica is indicated for persons of an irritable temperament, when the disease arises from a fit of passion, and when there is constipation, or alternately, costiveness and looseness of the bowels; and also when sedentary habits, protracted study, or over indulgence in stimulants appear to be the predisposing or exciting causes; and in alternation with Chamomilla. DOSE.__Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful every four hours, for two days, and then every eight hours, or in alternation with Chamomilla, at intervals of six hours between the remedies. Pulsatilla is especially indicated when there is great weakness and anxiety and lassitude towards evening; obscure pressure, and sometimes shooting or pricking pains in the region of the liver, occasionally extending upwards towards the right shoulder; and when the stools are clay-colored or white. DOSE—Precisely the same as directed for Nux vomica. Sulphur is indicated in inveterate cases, when other remedies have failed. It may be used in alternation with Nitric acid, or Calcarea, or Lachesis, according to indications. 26* 294 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; DOSES.—One drop, or four globules, may be given in a spoonful of water night and morning, for a week, or if in alternation with either of the other remedies, at intervals of twelve hours between each remedy. Diet.—rpne ^iet shouid be light and free from condi- ments or stimulants of any kind. Chicken or veal soup, with stale bread, tapioca or sago, or rice, and gruels made of arrow-root, corn starch or farina. The chief drink should be water, and all stimulating or tonic bit- ters made of cider, and barks or wine; and above all, avoid any indigestible food, and eggs, butter, fat meats, milk, &c. 37 Inflammation of the Spleen. (Splenitis.) The spleen is situated on the opposite side from the liver, near the spine, and immediately under the ribs on the left side. Aristotle termed the spleen the bastard liver, because it is perhaps associated with the liver in purifying the blood. When this organ becomes the seat of disease, the symptoms that become manifest are all that we can rely upon by which to judge of its nature. Inflammation of the spleen has the following symptoms, viz: Symptoms.—Sharp, pressing or shooting pains in the region of the spleen, with, in most cases, a high degree of fever; general derangement, and sometimes enlarge- ment and tumefaction of the organ; and when the dis- order is very severe there is vomiting of blood. The disease is not of frequent occurrence in temperate regions, appearing sometimes in hot seasons, and fre- quently mistaken for other affections. It may some- times arise in individuals of debilitated constitutions, and in children in consequence of marsh miasms, and particularly when added to this exposure there is con- tinual mental disquietude; improper nutriment and OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 295 insufficient clothing, and confinement without proper exercise. From the fact that we possess but a limited amount of knowledge concerning the physiology of the spleen, it is somewhat difficult to discriminate between what is properly a disease of the organ, and some of the contiguous parts, unless the disorder is presented in the most tangible form. The best indications we can have are tenderness or sensibility on pressure in the region of the organ, with general debility, paleness of the com- plexion ; whites of the eyes remarkably free from blood; languid circulation, and tendency of the extremities to become cold. Treatment. — The principal remedies employed in "this disorder are Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Baryta carb., Bryonia, China, Calcarea carb., Carbo veg., Fer- rum, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Plumbum, Platina, Ehus tox., Stannum and Sulphur. Aconite.—If there is fever present during the affec- tion, this remedy will prove of service. DOSE._Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful of the solution every two hours, when the febrile symptoms run high, or in less urgent cases, it may be given every six hours, until the fever abates ; then pause four hours, and proceed with such of the subjoined medicines as may appear the best indicated. Arnica is indicated when there is pressive pain in the left side under the ribs, causing difficult respiration, and when the vomiting of blood is excessive, and par- ticularly when any external violence has given rise to the difficulty. (See Rhus tox) DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, at first, and during the severer stage, for four doses, and then every six hours, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum is indicated when there is an inflammation of the spleen accompanying the ague, and also when the patient complains of violent burning pain in the region 296 DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS; of the spleen, and a constant pulsation at the cardiac portion of the stomach, attended with great anxiety; also vomiting a dark-colored fluid; watery or sanguinous diarrhoea, and burning at the anus; excessive weakness and swelling of the feet. (See China and Arsenicum under Intermittents) DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful once in twelve hours, if tbe disease presents no positive periodical character, and the symptoms do not appear violent. But if the symptoms are severe, the dose may be repeated every six hours. If the disease comes on at regular periods, the medicines should be admin- istered one hour before an anticipated paroxysm. Baryta carb. is particularly indicated in splenitis, when the mesentery is affected, or the mesenteric glands become involved. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every twelve hours, until ameliora- tion or change. Bryonia is indicated in very mild cases, when an aching, shooting pain is felt in the region of the spleen, that becomes aggravated by movement; or when the patient complains of a constant stitch in the side, or the left side under the ribs, and general gastric derangement with constipation. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in three tablespoon- fuls of water, and one spoonful may be given night and morning, until amelioration or change. China is requisite as being indicated when the inflam- matory symptoms have passed away; or it may be indi- cated at the commencement, particularly if the disease owes its origin to marsh miasm; or if the accompanying fever presents an intermittent type, in which case it should be administered between the paroxysms, or when the fever is not present; and also if there is impaired appetite and general derangement present. It is also par- ticularly useful when the patient has been weakened by OR, OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 297 vomiting blood, or diarrhoea. If the abuse of Quinine has been the cause of this disease, resort to Arsenicum, or Carbo veg. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given night and morning, twelve hours apart; if the disease appears to sustain nearly the same character from the commencement, and the symptoms are not violent; but if severe, give the medicine every six hours. If attended with paroxysms of fever, coming on at regular periods, give a dose one hour after each paroxysm, and one hour before an antici- pated return; in either case, continue the medicine, until amelioration, or change. Calcarea carb. and Carbo veg. are both indicated when there is a chronic enlargement of the spleen, or if there are indurations. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, of either, every morning for a week, and wait the result, if not favorable, proceed with the other. Ferrum, Lycopodium, and Sulphur may also be consulted for enlargement and indurations, when the mesenteric glands are implicated. DOSE.—Precisely the same as for Calcarea carb> and Carbo veg. Nux VOMICA is indicated when there is inflammation of the spleen, accompanied by symptoms of deranged digestion, constipation, &c, which remain after the more threatening symptoms are removed. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, and take, every night, half an hour before retiring, Plumbum, Platina, and Stannum may be consulted in chronic enlargements, or chronic inflammation and induration, and particularly if the mesenteric glands partake of the difficulty. DOSE.—The same in all respects as directed for Calcarea carb. Ehus tox. is indicated when severe corporeal exertions have been the cause of the disease, and there is difficulty of breathing. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, until amelioration or change. 298 DISEASES OF THE URINARY But if vomiting of blood occur, give the same dose every three hours. (See Bryonia and Arnica?) Diet.—Similar rules should be observed, with reference to food and drinks, while under treatment for diseases of the spleen, as were given for liver complaint. CHAPTEE VII. DISEASES OF THE URINARY AND GENITAL ORGANS. The urinary and genital organs embrace the kidneys, the bladder, the urethra, (the penis, the testes, and the scrotum in the male;) and the female organs of genera- tion, the ovary, the uterus, and the vaginum. 1.—Inflammation of the Kidneys. (Nephritis.) Symptoms.—Pressing, pungent pain in the back, each side of the spine in the lumbar region, shooting along the ureters to the bladder; difficulty in passing urine; a complete stoppage, or suppression of the urine; when both of the kidneys are involved; the urine hot, and highly colored red; swelling of the testicle on the affected side; numbness, and spasmodic difficulties about the foot of the affected side; nausea; vomiting; colic and straining; motion aggravates the pains; and also lying on the affected part. Causes.—Blows, falls, or strains, or other external injuries; immoderate use of wine, or alchoholic drinks; lying for a great length of time upon the back; abuse of Cantharides, or deleterious drugs; suppressed piles, or menstruation. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 299 Treatment.—The chief remedies in this affection, are Aconite, Arnica, Belladonna, Cannabis, Cantharides, Cocculus, Colchicum, Hepar sulph., Mercurius, Nux vomica, and Pulsatilla. Aconite is always useful in the febrile or inflammatory stage of this affection, and should be repeated frequently in the same manner as in inflammatory fever. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until the pulse becomes reduced in frequency, and the skin moist, or covered with profuse perspir- ation, or until a change. Arnica is indicated if the kidney inflammation is produced by mechanical injuries of any kind, but more particularly such as continuous or severe concussions. It should be employed at first, whatever be the remedies indicated by after development of the symptoms. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration, or change. But if only partial relief should ensue, in the course of twelve hours, it is better to seek an affiliation of other remedies. Belladonna may be indicated when shooting pains are experienced in the kidneys, extending to the bladder; and also when the disease is attended with colic, and pain around the region of the heart; heat and distension in the region of the kidneys; scanty emission of urine of an orange color, or bright red; depositing red sediment, or sometimes thick whitish sediment; anxiety; restlessness, and periodical aggravation; constipation. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until decidedly better, or a change. Cannabis is more particularly indicated when the pain is of a dragging, aching, or pressive character; or a sensation, as if from excoriation, is experienced, ex- tending from the region of the kidneys down towards the groin, accompanied by painful and difficult urination. DOSE.—As directed for Belladonna. 300 DISEASES OF THE URINARY Cantharides may be employed with advantage at the commencement of the attack, even when the accompany- ing fever is considerable, particularly when the urine passes off in drops, or is tinged with blood; or when it is exceedingly painful to pass the urine on account of the burning pain in the urethra; when there are general symptoms of shooting, cutting, and tearing pains in the region of the kidneys, and in the loins; or in cases of complete suppression of the urine. DOSE.__The same as directed for Belladonna and Cannabis. Cocculus and Arsenicum are remedies that may be required to complete a cure after other remedies have produced an amelioration, or Cocculus may be used alone after Nitx vomica. If both are employed, three doses of one should be given, and after an elapse of one day, a single dose of the other. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, and give every six hours, or one half every three hours, until there is decided improvement or change. If both remedies are used, twelve hours at least should elapse between the last dose of the first and the first dose of the last; if the patient is not relieved by the employment of these remedies, give Sulphur in the same way. Colchicum is indicated when in addition to the usual symptoms of this disease, there is excessive nausea with drum-like distension of the abdomen; painful urination, or scanty emission of urine of a bright red character. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration^ or change. Hepar sulph. is indicated in chronic inflammation of the kidneys, and particularly when there is induration of the glands as a consequence. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in six teaspoon- fuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given night and morning for a week, until there is some appearance of improvement or change, then pause for three days, resuming the former course again at the expiration if necessary. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 301 Mercurius viv. is also indicated in chronic inflamma: tion of the kidneys, when in a similar condition as noted under Hepar is present, and particularly if there is diar- rhoea and tenesmus. DOSE.— The same as directed for Belladonna. Nux vomica is especially useful when the difficulty can be traced to a suppression of a hemorrhoidal dis- charge ; determination of blood to the abdomen; excess of stimulants and sedentary habits; and where we find constipation; feeling of faintness; nausea; vomiting; distension of the abdomen, and drawing up of the testes and of the spermatic cord. DOSE.— The same as directed for Belladonna. Pulsatilla is of great service when this disease occurs in females of lymphatic temperament, when the complaint is connected with suppression of the menses or irregu- larities of them. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until complete relief is obtained or change. Diet.—The same restrictions as to diet as in inflamma tory fevers during treatment. Persons predisposed to the affection should strictly avoid wine, malt liquor, spirits, and also oysters and other stimulating food; good whole- some nourishment is by far the best for predisposed per- sons, but it must be free from condiments, except salt. 2.—Inflammation of the Bladder. (Cystitis.) This affection is attended with pain in the bladder, with tension, heat, and swelling externally; and also severe pains when pressed or touched; frequent and painful discharge of urine, or suppression or frequent ineffectual efforts and straining to pass urine; fever and vomiting usually attend the affection, as in Nephritis. 27 302 DISEASES OF THE URINARY Causes.—The sources of this painful difficulty are the same as Nephritis. Females may become affected with the difficulty more frequently from parturition. Treatment.—The chief remedies are nearly the same as in Nephritis, Aconite, Arsenicum, Cantharides, Digi- talis, Hyoscyamus, Nux vomica and Pulsatilla. AcoNite is ever requisite in the initiatory treatment of this disease, if there be a considerable degree of fever, with hot dry skin, rapid pulse, bounding or hard. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, until the pulse becomes reduced and the skin moist, and there are other indications of relief; to complete the cure, consult other medicines with which to continue treatment. Arsenicum is indicated when there is severe scalding of the urine during micturation, intense thirst and rest- lessness. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or four globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every three hours, until there is a change of the symp- toms for the better, then every four or six hours according to the degree of mitigation, until complete relief is realised. Cantharides is more frequently indicated in this pain- ful difficulty than any other remedy; it almost always follows Aconite, if the disease commences with a high fever; and when such is not the case, Cantharides may be used from the commencement. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change that calls for another remedy. Digitalis also is valuable when in addition to the suppression of urine, a constrictive pain is felt in the bladder, (Laurie.) DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, dissolved in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Hyoscyamus is indicated when it is difficult to pass urine in the early stage of the disease, particularly when AND GENITAL ORGANS. 303 we have reason to apprehend that the difficulty originates from spasmodic constriction of the neck of the bladder, and when in fact the difficulty is more characteristic of a spasmodic difficulty than of inflammation. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, dissolved in three tablespoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every three hours. Nux vomica is especially indicated when the affection is fairly attributable to habitual indulgence in wine, malt or spirituous liquors. There is no article of drink more pernicious on account of the peculiar properties of its composition than the lager beer, so much used as a com- mon beverage, and which is productive of more bladder and kidney difficulties than almost any other form of malt liquors. {Nux vomica is the best remedy that can be employed to antidote the pernicious effects of this beve- rage); when inflammation of the bladder springs from this difficulty, a timely administration of this remedy will arrest it; and also when it results from suppressed hemorrhoids or other habitual discharges, or from dys- peptic derangements. DOSE.— Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespsoonfuls ol water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change; but if within six hours after the fourth dose the improvement should cease to progress, consult some other remedies. Pulsatilla is of great service in checking the ^affec- tion or of preventing its development when it arises from suppressed menstruation, and moreover it is indicated in cases arising from whatever cause in lymphatic tempera- ment, with the following symptoms:—Frequent desire to urinate; painful and scanty emission of slimy or sanguino- lent urine, which deposites a purulent looking sediment; burning and cutting pains in the lower parts of the bowels, with external heat and tumefaction; suppression of urine. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water; give a teaspoonful every six hours, until amelioration or change. 304: DISEASES OF THE URINARY 3.—Chronic Inflammation of the Bladder. This difficulty is accompanied by an extremely irritable condition of the bladder, together with a profuse secretion of mucus which is discharged along with the urine; from the latter circumstance the designation of catarrh of the bladder, has commonly been given to this complaint. The most appropriate remedies for this complaint are Dulcamara, Pulsatilla and Sulphur. Dulcamara is indicated when the catarrh returns on the slightest exposure to cold. Pulsatilla, when it is produced in females at every menstrual period, and also in both sexes of phlegmatic constitutions when there is constant desire to urinate, or when every exposure seems to affect the bladder and produce pain. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every morning and evening; both Dulcamara and Pulsatilla may be prepared and administered in this way, and which ever is selected, continue until amelioration or change. Sulphur is very useful in chronic irritation of the bladder or catarrhal inflammation of the neck of the bladder, causing a frequent inclination to urinate, and also when there is discharge of mucus from the uretha. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every twenty-four hours, at night; independent of chronic inflammation of the bladder, there may be what is termed." irritability ofthe bladder" in aged persons; this is attended with some pain in the region of the bladder, which apparentiy darts in various directions to the back ofthe anus, thighs, and along the urethra; and whenever the urine accumulates in the bladder the pain is aggravated, and the patient is obliged to urinate several times during a night, and frequently through the day, and not unfrequently it is accomplished with difficulty, usually drop by drop; this irritability constantly draws upon the health, the appe- tite becomes impaired, the spirits depressed, and all the functional processes seem to become more or less impaired, and the patient loses flesh and be- comes emaciated. When the irritation and pain becomes so acute as to cause a spasmodic constriction of the bladder and com- and genital organs. 30o plete retention of the urine, it may become necessary to evacuate the bladder by means of a catheter, or else the straining will give rise to more formidable symptoms; great anxiety; restlessness and clammy perspiration, but without fever or soreness on pressing upon the region of the bladder. Sometimes spinal irritation may give rise to this diffi- culty, as also may disease of the prostate gland. For this condition of things in aged persons: Sulphur, Pulsatilla, Calcarea and Conium, may be useful. DOSE — Of either, one drop, or four globules, may be given twice a day, one dose in the morning, fasting, and one in the evening at bed-time; consult also Cannabis, Cantharides, Dulcamara, Hepar, Mercurius and Nux vomica; according to indications, doses and repetition the same as Sulphur, &c. 4.—Gravel. (Urinary Calculus.—Stone.) Gravel is the formation of concretions in the kidneys, for the most part, of a calcareous character, from whence they pass along the ureters into the bladder, and when they are incapable of being discharged with the urine, they remain in the bladder, a nucleus for the depositions of a similar character. The foundation or nucleus for the formation of stone in the bladder, may also be a drop of blood, or some extraneous substance lodged there, which receives the calculus concretion in successive accumulations, till it becomes the size and character of a stone. The chemical composition, as well as the size and color of urinary calculi, are various; some are rough, others are smooth on the surface. The greater number are of an oval shape; some are round and some of other shapes. Their size may be from that of a pea, to a hen's egg; sometimes they are white, like chalk; sometimes 27* 306 DISEASES OF THE URINARY red, or of a chocolate color; or of a yellowish brown tint; some are easily crushed by the slightest force, others resist the stroke of the hammer. These formations may exist in the kidneys, ureters, bladder, prostate gland and urethra. But they are most commonly met with in the bladder, where they lie loose in the most pendant part of the organ. Sometimes there is only one, at other times there are a number; hundreds have been taken from a single individual. Sometimes a stone of considerable size may form in the kidney, without occasioning any serious inconvenience to the patient; at others it may occasion severe irritation, and even suppuration of the gland. When a calculus passes along the ureter, there is frequently the most excruciating pain, causing the patient a frequent desire to urinate, with ability to pass but a few drops at a time, and these, for the most part, high colored, and mixed with blood. Sometimes the pain is so great when the calculus is passing the ureter, that the patient is unable to leave the bed, and for the purpose of gaining temporary relief, he is obliged to bend himself double. Attending the difficulty, there is commonly more or less fever, nausea, vomiting, eructation, and retraction of the testicle ; as soon as the stone is passed into the bladder, these distressing symptoms subside. There is even in some instances an intermission of the pain for a few hours before the stone leaves the ureter, but a relapse afterwards. Symptoms.—Of the group of symptoms denoting the presence of stone in the bladder, one of the first is frequent desire to pass urine, and severe pain towards the last that is passed; attending which, is itching of the AND GENITAL ORGANS. 307 glans penis, and the penis itself; in order to relieve the itching, the patient acquires the habit of pulling the prepuce. Another symptom, is the sudden stoppage of the stream of urine, this is owing to the stone being carried to the inner opening of the urethra into the bladder, and blocking it up; a proof of which, is, that the flow of urine may return on lying down, or by a change of position. After a while, these symptoms continuing, there is bearing down pains in the rectum, attended with prolapsus of the intestine, which is induced by constant straining to evacuate the bladder. When there is considerable roughness of the stone, there is frequently a mixture of mucus and blood discharged with the urine. Causes.—The causes of stone are obscure, it occurs most frequently in dyspeptics, who live in variable climates, moist and cold. It appears in some instances to be hereditary, and it seems to be a peculiar affection of some families. Treatment.—The most frequent remedies called into requisition in the management of this difficulty, are Cantharides, Calcarea carb., Cannabis, Nux vomica, Nitric acid, Lycopodium, Phosphorus and Sarsaparilla. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, of the first named remedy in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration, or change. If little or no relief is obtained, after two days, proceed with the next remedy, and so on. Diet.—Persons afflicted with stone, should subsist upon farinaceous food, and mucilaginous drinks, as much as possible. 5.—Retention of Urine. (Ischuria.) When an interruption of the flow of urine occurs, and the secretion of the kidneys goes on, the bladder 308 diseases of the urinary becomes so filled and distended with the fluid, that it rises up above the pubis, and forms a perceptible swelling in the hypogastric region. The bowels also become somewhat swollen, and tender to the touch. There is always considerable fever present. The incli- nation to pass water, frequent and urging, but painful and ineffectual; inflammation, and consequent mortifi- cation will ensue, when this difficulty continues for any great length of time; under such circumstances, the bladder will become ruptured, and the urine will find an outlet into the abdomen, and death will be the result. Causes.—Inflammation of the urethra, or stricture; suddenly suppressed piles, or enlargement of the hemor- rhoidal veins. Over-distension of the bladder may in some instances close the internal orifice of the urethra, as also may spasm of the neck of the bladder; paralysis of the bladder as well as inflammation and hernia of the organ. Sometimes fatal retention of the urine has been the result of intoxication, or habitual use of wine, some- times by the abundant use of fly blisters, which yield their poison to the system, and sometimes from the lodgement of indurated faeces, or difficulties of the uterus, tumors on the neck of the bladder, swelling of the prostate gland, urinary calculi lodged in the neck of the bladder, or in the urethra. Treatment.—The remedies ordinarily the best adapted to afford relief, are Aconite, Belladonna, Arnica, Cam- phora, Arsenicum, Sulphur, Pulsatilla, Cantharides, Dul- camara, Nux vomica, Opium, Staphysagria, Phospho- rus, &c. Aconite is decidedly indicated when there is con- siderable pain with burning heat in the region of tfie AND GENITAL ORGANS. 309 bladder, externally manifest to the touch. When the difficulty occurs in children, and there is also distension of the bowels, with complete interruption of the urine, and feculant discharges, this remedy is also indicated. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and in urgent cases give a teaspoonful every half hour, until the symptoms yield. Belladonna is indicated when retention of urine results from distension of the uterus, in consequence of congestion of that organ, or of an' accumulation of the menstrual fluid, or from retroversion of the uterus, or from any cause that produces the difficulty but the enlargement of this organ, causing it to press against the urethra or the neck of the bladder. This remedy may be used in connection with Sepia, Pulsatilla or Nux vomica. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in a tumbler one-third part filled with water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until ameliora tion or change. If it should fail of relief, proceed with the other remedies as indicated. Arnica is indicated when the retention has been caused by some mechanical injury done to the bladder by the use of the catheter, or when the bladder has been distended from want of opportunity of emptying it while travelling, thereby causing the difficulty. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour until relieved, or if it becomes necessary to empty the bladder by means of a catheter. The remaining effects may be alleviated by the use of this remedy. Camphora is indicated when the retention arises from spasmodic action, and is also a valuable remedy when it is difficult to assign any particular cause of the dis- order. This remedy may be used even when there is a burning heat in the abdomen and urethra, with shivering coldness of the surface, and shivering sue- 310 diseases of the urinary ceeded by a hot fit; but as soon as fever sets in, Acordte is decidedly preferable. The spirits of camphor smelled simply will often relieve the difficulty in children and persons very susceptible to impressions. In other cases, one or two drops on a small lump of sugar, repeated, if necessary, once or twice, or, until relieved, every half hour. When the retention of urine has been caused by the excision of piles, either by the knife or ligature, which is sometimes the case, the urine should be drawn off by the catheter, and the pain relieved by the alternate use of Aconite and Sulphur, or Nux vomica; if the patient has been addicted to the habitual use of intoxi- cating liquors, or in case of severe burning, Arsenicum. The repeated application of cold water to the stomach may also prove of service in relieving the sufferings that remain after emptying the bladder by the catheter. But when no assistance of the kind is at hand, Camphora or Aconite ought to be tried first, and it will be found that these remedies will often supercede the necessity of mechanical means at all. The application of hot fomentations over the region of the bladder, or injections of tepid water, or a hip bath of moderately warm water, may sometimes prove serviceable in procuring a relief. Arsenicum may be used with advantage when in conjunction with the difficulty there is a burning pain in the bladder, and even after the urine is drawn off. This remedy may be employed to remove the pain- ful burning that remains, especially when the difficulty has been caused by an operation for piles. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, until relieved or change. AND genital organs. 311 Sulphur, Pulsatilla and Cantharides, Phospho- rus, Lycopodium and Staphysagria are severally indi- cated when retention of the urine is caused by disten- sion of the uterus in consequence of an accumulation of the jnenstrual fluid, or from tumors pressing against the neck of the bladder. Phosphorus is also another remedy to be consulted. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, but if no relief is manifest after twelve hours, proceed with the next remedy, and so on. Nux vomica, and Opium or Plumbum are remedies that may be used when the difficulty is caused by severe constipation and an accumulation of hardened faeces in the rectum. Aconite and Pulsatilla are indicated if the difficulty be occasioned by the swelling ofthe prostate gland. Hyoscyamus and Dulcamara, if caused by paralysis of the bladder. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, and if relief is not obtained in twelve hours, proceed to select from the other remedies. But if the remedies seem to prove inefficient, it is necessary to resort to mechanical measures for relief. The catheter should be resorted to with great caution, to prevent injuring the urethra, or doing violence to the neck of the bladder. 6.—Difficulty in discharging Urine. (Strangury. Dysuria.) This difficulty may arise from a variety of causes, such as inflammation of the urethra, arising from gonor- rhoea, or the employment of acrid injections in inflam- mation of the kidneys or bladder; spasm in the neck of the bladder; enlargement of the hemorrhoidal veins; a collection of hardened faeces in the rectum; excess in drinking intoxicating beverages; tumor or other dis- eases of the prostate gland; the suppression of some habitual discharge, or an eruption, or exposure to cold, 312 DISEASES OF THE URINARY particularly in those of gouty habits; the lodgement of particles of gravel at the neek of the bladder, or in the urethra; and the abuse of cantharides, either as an internal remedy or in the form of blisters applied exter- nally, &c. Symptoms.—This difficulty is attended with frequent desire to urinate; smarting pain; heat, and difficulty in voiding urine, and a sense of distension or fullness in the region of the bladder. The disease is usually termed strangury, when the urine passes off only in drops, or in minute quantities. For a further account of the disease, as induced by the presence of calculus in the kidney or urethra, see Gravel, &c. Treatment.—The remedies found useful are Aconite, Belladonna, Hepar sulph., Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla and Sulphur. Aconite is useful when there is frequent inclination to make water, with great pain and difficulty in voiding it; the discharge being at the same time very small in quantity, often passed only in drops, and presenting a dark, red, muddy appearance ; the symptoms will gene- rally yield by this remedy, or become essentially relieved, in which case some other remedy may be called into use to effect a cure. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoon- fuls of water; give a teaspoonful every hour, until complete amelioration or change. Belladonna is particularly indicated when there is a pricking, darting pain, extending from the lumbar region to the bladder, and when there is general agita- tion and colic. DOSE.__Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until there is relief oi the prominent symptoms, and then wait about six hours, and if improvement continues, there will be no necessity for other remedial agents. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 313 Hepar sulph.—When Belladonna has given only temporary relief, this remedy has been called into requi- sition with decided good effect. DOSE.—In all respects as for Belladonna. Merucurius viv. is a remedy that may be used in alternation with Hepar sulph., or it may be used if Hepar sulph. fails of affording the desired relief. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop of each, as directed for Belladonna, or six globules, and give a spoonful at a time, alternately, at intervals of two hours, at first, afterwards every three hours, until amelioration or change. Nux vomica, Pulsatilla and Sulphur, are each use- ful when the strangury has resulted from the too free use of ardent spirits or wine. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, one drop, or six globules, in six tea- spoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, and in sever? cases every hour, until relieved. Pulsatilla is also useful when there is a sense of ful- nes in the hypogastric region, together with a cutting, burning or aching pain. DOSE.—The same as directed for Belladonna. General treatment.—As a general remedial mea- sure, resort may be had to spirits of camphor, when the strangury is bad; and at the commencement of the difficulty, when but little fever is present, it uniformly proves of service, and particularly when poisons have occasioned the difficulty. After Camphora, Aconite and Pulsatilla may be required, and in general terms we may remark that Aconite will have the preference when a chill, or the prolonged application of cold, is the cause of the strangury. And intimately associated with these remedies are Belladonna, Dulcamara, Nux vomica, Pul- satilla, Mercurius viv., Sulphur, Calcarea carb., Sarsapa- rilla. When inflammation of the prostate gland, Thuja, and Pulsatilla in particular, have the preference. The age, 28 314 DISEASES OF THE URINARY sex, and temperament of the patient have to be taken into consideration in selecting a remedy. Thus, Lycopodium and Opium are suited to the treatment of the disease in old men, perhaps in connection with other remedies. In disordered or in pregnant females, Pulsatilla, Cal- carea carb., Phosphoric acid, Conium, Sulphur or Nux vomica. In decidedly bilious temperaments, Mercurius viv. and Sulphur. In sanguine, Aconite and Belladonna, and also in children, Aconite, Belladonna, Nux vomica and Pulsatilla, are the medicines which have hitherto produced the best effects. DOSE.__We may remark at the conclusion of these general directions, about the treatment of this difficulty, that any of the above remedies may be selected according to the indications given, and one drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in four tablespoonfuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every hour, two hours, or even at longer periods, according to the severity of the case. Diet.—The diet in acute cases must be sparing, consist- ing in some instances, entirely of demulcent drinks, such as gruel, especially if there is great severity of the pain. Warm fomentations and injections of tepid water, some- times give much relief. In this difficulty, it will be well to abstain from the use of anything very salt, and there must be a complete abstinence from all acids. It has been remarked, that cold water drunk frequently through the day, affords relief in chronic cases. It is requisite to avoid all exposure to currents of air, for this is a frequent cause of bringing on the difficulty, in subjects predis- posed. 7.—Suppression of Urine.—(Anury.) This difficulty often occurs in fever and dropsy, and in inflammations of the various organs. It may arise in consequence of the loss of the secretory power by the AND GENITAL ORGANS. 315 kidneys,—and indeed the term "Anury," or suppression, is now almost exclusively confined to the latter form of the complaint, and we shall so consider it, in this article. The disease usually occurs with those past the middle age of life, but it is occasionally met with, at a less mature age, and sometimes, even, it is met with, in quite young children. Subjects of gout, appear to be the most susceptible to the difficulty, and particularly after being exposed to cold and wet, or on the suppression of an eruption or some accustomed discharge, such as hemorrhoids, and generally speaking, there is no inclination to make water, and moreover there seems to be no occasion, for there appears to be no tumefaction in the region of the bladder, indicating an accumulation of the urine, and therefore, the only inference to be drawn is, that there is a defective secretion of the kidneys, which may be further confirmed by the introduction of the catheter. Symptoms.—In addition to the suppression, there may be nausea, constipation, and an occasional sense of sink- ing. Sometimes a series of other distressing symptoms, such as frequent fits of vomiting, seyere hiccough, pain in the back, intense headache, and restlessness. The pulse does not appear, for some time, to indicate any dis- turbance, but after awhile it becomes slower,—then it indicates danger. The skin, generally, presents a normal appearance, but profuse sweating sometimes supervenes, and the perspiration not unfrequently, or at least some- times, exhales a strong urinous odor. Sooner or later, the suppression of the urine will lead to serious consequences; for if the secretion does not go on, the blood is not properly defecated and cerebral diffi- culties will ensue, and the life may terminate in coma. 316 DISEASES OF THE URINARY Treatment.—The chief remedies employed in pr*> moting the healthy function of the kidneys, are Aconite, Camphor, Cantharides, Nux vomica, Pulsa- tilla, Belladonna, Opium, Lycopodium, and Sulphur. The leading indications for the use of any one of these remedies, are the same or similar, to those which have been given under the head of "retention of the urine" or "difficulty in passing urine" But in selecting a remedy, it is necessary to bestow particular attention to the causes of the difficutly, and select accordingly. Thus, if suppression of an eruption, is followed by suppression of urine, give Sulphur. If suppressed piles has caused the difficulty, give Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Calcarea carb. or Sepia, &c. But better information may be obtained with regard to the treatment of this disease, by consulting the preceding article on diseases and diffi- culties pertaining to the urinary organs. DOSE.— Of the selected remedy, dissolve one drop or six globules in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour. If no relief takes place in twenty-four hours, pause four hours, select from the other remedies, and proceed in like manner. 8.—Incontinence of Urine. (Enuresis.) This disease consists in some debility that disables one from holding the urine in the bladder, or in other words, that deprives the will of any power to exercise control over the organ, and consequently, the urine passes off involuntarily. The difficulty may proceed from relaxa- tion or paralytic affection of the bladder, in consequence of the secretion of acrid urine, the presence of gravel, or a diseased state of the organ itself. The Treatment of this difficulty, has to be with refer- ence to the causes that produce it, and hence the remedies AND GENITAL ORGANS. 317 employed may be, China, Nux vomica, Opium, Calcarea carb., Sulphur, and many other remedies. China is indicated, if the incontinence of urine pro- ceeds from debilitating losses; as from diarrhoea or hemorrhages, or if it occurs after inflammatory fevers. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given, three times a day. Nux vomica, will of course be indicated, when the incontinence proceeds from relaxation, brought on by a too free use of vinous or spirituous liquors. Considerable relief, if not a radical cure, will, in most instances, be effected by this remedy. Opium, Calcarea carb. and Sul- phur, may also be used in similar instances, provided little relief is obtained from Nux vomica. DOSE.—Of Nux vomica, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every two hours until a change. If either of the other remedies are selected, prepare and use in the same manner as directed for Nux vomica. We may remark in general of the treatment, that if caused by self-pollution, producing a relaxed condition of the sphincter or mouth of the bladder, Sulphur, China, Phosphoric acid, Muriatic acid. If from paralysis of the bladder, which may be the only organ involved or only attendant on a greater para- lytic derangement, Cicuta, Conium, Nux vomica, Sepia and Sulphur. If inflammation about the neck of the bladder and urethra give rise to the difficulty, Camphora, Belladonna, Aconite, Pulsatilla, Ignatia, Conium and Cina. If from the secretion of acrid or highly acidulated urine produces an involuntary flow of urine, Mercurius viv., Arsenicum, Graphites, lodium, Tartar emetic, and by drinking profusely of cold water. If the presence of gravel or sand create irritation 28* 318 DISEASES OF THE URINARY and consequent involuntary emission of urine as fast as secreted, Cannabis and Phosphorus are the remedies. It may be remarked further that almost any disease attacking feeble constitutions may give rise to urinary difficulties, hence it is always best to select the remedies according to the general groups of symptoms. DOSE.—If any of the remedies above mentioned be selected, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every two hours, or even oftener, if the accompanying symptoms are acute. 9.—Wetting the Bed at Night. (Nocturnal enuresis.) This difficulty is observed to be of frequent occurrence among children under ten or twelve years of age, and in some instances adults become afflicted with the same difficulty; the difficulty may exist in children without any very apparent derangement of the general system, appearing to arise wholly from weakness of the bladder, which gives rise to the difficulty when the power of the will is withdrawn as in sleep. Treatment.—The remedies employed are Carbo ani- malis, Cina, Causticum, Belladonna and Sulphur. Cina is idicated if the child is troubled with worms, as is Mercurius viv., Graphites, Sulphur; and also the same remedies may be used with adults when the difficulty arises from the same cause. Carbo animalis may be consulted for the ordinary practice of wetting the bed, when no perceptible cause can be assigned. Causticum may be used with great advantage when the emission takes place only during sleep. Belladonna is indicated when the difficulty appears to occur from cerebral difficulty or irritation. But in the most troublesome and protracted forms of AND GENITAL ORGANS. 319 the difficulty a variety of remedies may be consulted: Pulsatilla, Sulphur, Sepia, Silicea, Carbo veg.,Hepar Sulph., Graphites, Arnica, China, &c. DOSE—Of the remedy selected, give a drop, or four globules, every night and morning. General remarks.—For incontinence of urine, the remedies may sometimes be aided by the use of the flesh brush, or sponging with cold water. And in the case of children, if the emission takes place towards the morning, nurses or mothers ought to get into the habit of taking the child up before the time occurs for the mishap; when children are thus predisposed, it will be well to keep them from the use of acid fruits, water-melons or cantelopes; and also from the use of any kind of drinks calculated to stimulate the urinary organs; if the difficulty occurs in young boys ten or twelve years of age, it will be well for parents to ascertain, if possible, if their solitary habits are good; for too often, even at this early period of life, the habit of masturbation is taught these young lads by older offenders; when this difficulty gives rise to wetting the bed, China is one of the best remedies that can be employed. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful three times a day. 10.—Immoderate Secretion of Urine. (Diabetes.) This disease is the diabetes mellitus of medical critics, and consists of an immoderate secretion of urine, con- taining a large proportion of saccharine matter; there are some instances however when the sweet principle is wanting, and this latter variety has been termed diabetes insipidus. The immoderate secretion of the sweet variety is regarded by far the most dangerous and fatal. The 320 DISEASES OF THE URINARY disease for the most part comes on slowly and unper- ceived; intense thirst and voracious appetite, which are found difficult to satisfy; and these symptoms generally remain throughout the disorder, and sometimes they afford the only indications of the disease making its appearance at the commencement; in other cases the patient complains of great lassitude, and a tendency to perspire after any trivial exertion; the appetite, although keen, is generally accompanied by deranged digestion; sometimes pain of a very severe character is complained of in the lumbar region, and a sense of distressing weak- ness is generally experienced in that part'of the body; as the disease progresses, especially that form called diabetes mellitus, the body becomes emaciated and pale, the thirst continues excessive, but the quantity of urine voided exceeds in quantity that of the fluid and aliment taken into the system; there- is a sense of great pros- tration ; the pulse becomes rapid and weak; the breath' ing laborious, and dropsical inflation takes place in the lower extremites. It has been remarked that this diffi- culty oftener occurs in males than in females, and fre- quently attends sympathetically a mild form of hysteria, hypochondriasis, dyspepsia and asthma; those who are in the decline of life or have a shattered constitution, result- ing from intemperance in eating, drinking or exposure, or from the prolonged abuse of diuretics or cathartics, or other powerful depleting measures, such as bleeding, &c, are observed to be the more frequent victims of the disease; there are, however, many instances where nc obvious cause can be assigned, sometimes the termination of the disease may take place in five or six weeks, some- times in as many months, and even in as many years, before it terminates fatally. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 321 Treatment.—The remedies found the most serviceable are Kali carb., Muriatic acid, Mercurius, Yeratrum, and Staphysagria. Kali carbonicum is indicated when there are jerking pains in the region of the kidneys, especially on sitting down, and in the left kidney, dull stitches, somewhat protracted; frequent and violent desire to urinate; very troublesome at night; the urine of a pale green color; burning sensation in the urethra during evacuations; sharp, drawing pains through the penis; pains on motion in the inguinal region; cold feeling in the bowels, as if water were being dropped upon them; burning heat in the stomach; ulcerated gums; dry mouth; violent thirst; fetid breath; languor; very pale and sunken countenance; sunken eyes; irritable, surly state of mind; easily alarmed; uneasiness, and wakefulness; great prostration; feeling of emptiness in the whole body; drawing pains in the back, frequently proceeding from the sacrum. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given every morning, noon and night, until there is a radical change, or amelioration of symptoms. Muriatic acid is indicated in preference to all other remedies in cases where there is an entire absence of thirst, and when the urine has a milky appearance; also in cases of drunkards, where it has proved efficacious. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour; and if no improvement takes place, after two or three days, try other remedies. Mercurius viv. is indicated when there is incessant desire to make water night and day; swollen, moist prepuce and glans penis; both of them painful; drawing, squeezing sensation in the testicles; a cutting, tearing pain in the left kidney; painful swelling of the gums; tohite coating upon the tongue; constant dryness of the 822 DISEASES OF THE URINARY mouth; a bad, fetid breath; constant hunger; insatiable thirst; burning, acid, scraping eructations ; burning pain in the pit of the stomach; wakefulness in consequence of the perpetual desire to urinate; sunken countenance; slow, languid pulse; general weakness and debility, and swelling of the glands. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules in three tablespoonfuls of water, give a teaspoonful every hour, or two hours, until amelioration or change; if, after twelve hours, there is no perceptible improvement, proceed to try other remedies. Veratrum is indicated when there is great alteration of the countenance; cadaverous appearance; swelling of the gums; looseness of the teeth; sticky dryness of the mouth and fauces, which cannot be removed by any liquids; great nausea and thirst; painful hunger; draw- ing pain in the region of the navel; inordinate flow of urine, even involuntary; soreness of the prepuce; extreme prostration and weakness, especially of the extremities; trembling ofthe whole body; inclination to faint; weak, almost imperceptible pulse; and great emaciation. DOSE._Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful every hour. If no improvement occurs in twelve hours, recur to Mercurius or Kali carb. Staphysagria may be called into requisition when diabetes is symptomatic of dyspepsia, asthma, &c, and particularly if there is any predisposition to lung com- plaints lurking in the system. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, until amelioration or change. If after twelve hours there appears to be no improvement, resort to the other remedies indicated. For the symptomatic character of diabetes, see Asthma, Dyspepsia, Hysteria, &c. The diet.—In cases of diabetes it is requisite to adopt a safe or nutritive course of diet as possible. The food should be wholesome and nutritive; that which contains the greatest amount of nutritive matter in the smallest AND GENITAL ORGANS. 323 bulk is by far the most preferable. Potatoes and fruits cannot be taken with impunity by diabetes patients. All kind of fluids that directly or indirectly exert an effect upon the kidneys should be strictly avoided. Milk should in general be abstained from; animal food is better for patients of this class. Beef, mutton, veni- son, are severally useful, if properly cooked; broiled would be preferable. Meats of a digestible quality are preferable to vegetables. 11.—Haemorrhage with the Urine. (Hematuria.) Various causes may give rise to the passage of blood with urine, as anything that ruptures any of the minute blood-vessels connected with the urinary aparatus may give rise to the difficulty; as for instance, falls, blows, bruises, violent exertion, leaping, jumping, running, hard riding; the lodgement of a stone in the kidney or ureter; or by inflammation of the kidney. Irregular menstruation may also occasion the difficulty, as may also the piles, or at least a suppression of them; and also excessive and habitual indulgence in spirituous drinks; the frequent use of certain vegetables, &c, such as asparagus, &c; venereal excesses; and by the abuse of blisters of Spanish flies. In most instances the blood is completely intermixed with the urine, but when it emits, from the lacerating effects of a rough stone, it is generally discharged in streaks and clots, and deposits a dark brown sediment in the urine, like coffee grounds. The act of urination is generally performed with some difficulty under such cir- cumstances, and accompanied by straining efforts. When the blood proceeds from the kidneys, that part of the urine expelled first looks muddy and high colored; is usually 324 DISEASES OF THE URINARY very copious, and attended with severe pain in the lum- bar regions; anxiety; numbness in the thighs; draw- ing up of the testicles; constipation and derangement of the bowels. When the blood comes from the ureter the indicating symptoms are nearly the same as for that which proceeds from the kidneys, with the exception that the pains extend from the lumbar region along the course of the ureter, down into the pelvis, with retention of urine, and sometimes nausea and vomiting. In haemorrhage coming from the bladder, there is generally spasm; retention of urine, sometimes severe burning and other pains in the lower and posterior portions of the stomach, penis and anus during and subsequent to the act of passing urine; and also when the difficulty in making water is considerable; and anxiety; cold sweats; shiver- ing chills; debility and fits of syncope. The blood is not so extremely combined with the urine as in the immediately preceding cases; generally deposits a cohe- rent sediment, and is sometimes passed in a free state. Whenever there is the voiding of bloody urine, it is safe to regard it in a serious light, especially when it is commingled with purulent matter. A variety of cir- cumstances, however, must be taken into account, in order for us to form a tolerable judgment concerning the final result. For instance, we must consider the active and passive nature of the discharge; the age and constitution of the patient; the duration of the recur- rences of the affection ; the collateral symptoms, and the occasional or accidental causes, &c. Treatment.—Nearly the same remedies are required for the treatment of this difficulty as for retention of urine or gravel. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 325 Cantharis forms one of the best remedies in use for this difficulty, and in almost all cases it may be. resorted to, especially when we are uncertain as to the exciting cause of the disorder, and especially when there is con- siderable difficulty in making water; scalding in the urethra during its passage, or violent spasmodic pains in the whole region of the bowels; the blood discharged being either pure and discharged in drops, or copiously mingled with the urine, or in streaks or clots. Even when the presence of purulent matter is ascertained in the urine, the use of Cantharides may be attended with useful results. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water; give a teaspoonful every two hours, or even every hour, until relieved. Camphor is evidently indicated, when the disorder has originated in the employment of Spanish fly-blister, or tincture, after the allopathic method. DOSE.—One drop of the spirits every hour, until relief is obtained, Should there be any unpleasant after effects, such as burning in the urethra. employ Carbo veg. and Arsenicum. Mezereum has been recommended as an excellent remedy, in hemorrhage from the bladder, or passing blood with the urine, more particularly, when the blood passed does not appear to be in large quantity, and the accompanying pains not very severe; further, when the blood is rarely, if ever, found in a clot after standing. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every hour. Arnica is particularly indicated when the disorder has resulted from external violence, and if the patient is of a plethoric, robust habit, Aconite will be requisite in conjunction with this remedy. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules of each in separate glasses, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give alternately, a teaspoonful every hour, until mitigation or change. 29 326 DISEASES OF THE URINA*. Nux vomica is indicated, when the cause is over indulgence in wine and spirituous drinks, or sudden check of the piles, and there is painful aching in the back, with smarting in the urethra. DOSE___Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour until relieved. Sulphur is certainly a good remedy after Nux vomica. Calcarea carb. may succeed Sulphur. DOSE.—The same as directed for Nux vomica. China, Pulstilla, Sabina, Ipecacuanha, Lycopo- dium, Uva ursi, are severally regarded essential, when purulent matter is detected in the sanguinolent urine. DOSE.—Of either remedy : one drop, or six globules, in a half-tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful every hour, for twelve hours; but if twelve hours' trial should show the remedy to be ineffectual, select again. Pulsatilla is very serviceable in females affected with irregular menstruation, when there is blood passed with the urine. It has also been found equally service- able to males, when the passage of blood with the urine, or bloody urine, has been attended with constriction and cutting pains around the navel, extending with great violence to the lumbar region, or when spasmodic pains were experienced in the lower extremities, particularly in the right knee, and from thence upwards, to the groin, with spasmodic retraction of the scrotum and penis, and burning pain at the orifice of the urethra. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, dissolved in half a tumbler of water, may be given, a teaspoonful every hour, until amelioration or change. Sulphur and Calcarea carb. are useful remedies also, to follow Pulsatilla. China is indicated, if the appparent cause of discharg- ing bloody urine be venereal excesses;—and Nux vomica. Sulphur, Calcarea carb. and Phosphorus may be used, as i the subsequent remedies. DOSE.—The same in all respects as for Pulsatilla. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 327 When this disease occurs, the patient should seldom drink any cold water, on account of its liability to pro- duce an aggravation of the irritation already existing. Barley-water should in most cases be drank, in conside- rable quantities. Sometimes, this affection occurs, as a secondary disorder merely, in connection with Nephritis and Cystitis. (See these disorders as treated of.) 12—Inflammation of the Urethra.—Clap.—Gleet. (Urethritis, Gonorrhoea, Blenorrhcea.) This disease varies very much in its character; some- Dimes it is very trifling, at others it is severe and even dangerous. It consists of an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the urethra, resulting from impure connec- tion, and attended with a discharge of puriform matter. There is a kind of urethritis, however, that occurs in some instances, in the husband, by a common leucorrhcea in his wife. That which results from impure connection, where the patient knows he has incurred the risk, commonly occurs about ten days after. In some cases, however, it begins in two or three days, and in others, again, there is no appearance for as many weeks. According to the extent and intensity of the inflammation, is the severity of the disease. In the most severe forms, it implicates the entire course of the canal, and even affects the mucus membrane of the bladder. Symptoms.—The first symptom of clap, consists of tittilation or itching at the orifice of the urethra, which sometimes extends over the whole of the glans penis, and is accompanied by a frequent inclination to make water. In a short time, some uneasiness is experienced in passing the urine, and the orifice of the urethra is 328 DISEASES OF THE URINARY observed to be red and swollen, and perhaps a small quantity of discharge is observed. It now becomes more and more painful to urinate, sometimes almost insupportable, while the stream becomes diminished and broken, notwithstanding the increased expulsive efforts exerted by the patient. A somewhat copious discharge of puriform matter, thick, white or yellowish, soon takes place from the urethra. As the inflammation advances, or when it has been intense from the commencement, the discharge becomes greenish, acrid, and sometimes mixed with blood. The glans and prepuce frequently become red and tumefied, involuntary and painful erections often occur, particularly during the night, and there is some- times considerable restlessness, headache, and other symptoms of fever. This is the acute stage of the disease, and continues with unaltered violence for eight or ten days, or even longer, if unchecked, or suffered to be aggravated by the thoughtlessness of the patient, in committing errors, in diet, exposing himself to cold, and sexual excitement. When the acute stage begins to subside, its decline is marked by a diminution of the pain, and scalding sensation in making water, and in a month or six weeks, none of the symptoms may remain. It frequently occurs that the acute form disappears, leaving a chronic discharge of puriform matter, which would seem to indicate that there resulted a chronic inflammation. Women afflicted with the same difficulty, are not generally afflicted so severely with pain as men. Some- times, however, the inflammatory action affects the mucus membrane of the vagina, and even of the womb itself. The discharge takes place from the secreting surfaces of the labia, nymphae, and clitoris, as well as AND GENITAL ORGANS. 329 from the lining of the urinary opening and vagina, in severe cases. In subjects of a healthy constitution, and when the disease is of a mild character, a cure is soon effected, and very easily, provided the patient has resorted to no deleterious agents, and when he applies before the second stage sets in. Treatment. — The disease has not unfrequently yielded in the outset, by the alternate use of Aconite and Cannabis, when the following symptoms are present, viz: redness and fulness of the orifice of the urethra; dis- agreeable itching in the tube; frequent desire to make water; and considerable pain in voiding it. DOSE.—One drop, or foirr globules, of one in the morning, and of the other, in the evening, until relieved, or change. And even when the disease has progressed so far as to be marked by a disposition to urinate frequently, together with lessening of the stream, although the strongest efforts to force it through the urethra, still Cannabis is decidedly the best remedy that can be used. DOSE.—In this stage, a drop, or four globules, may be given every four hours. Mercurius viv. is indicated in gonorrhoea, when the prepuce is extended and swollen; and also in the com- mencement of the second stage, when there remains a muco-purulent discharge of a white, greenish, yellow color, and in passing the last drop of water there is felt some degree of pain; and also when there is a swelling of the lymphatic glands. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or ten globules, of Mercurius in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours for an entire day, Silicea or Hepar sulph. may be used as subsequent remedies. Sulphur is indicated after the inflammatory stage is over, particularly when the discharge becomes serous, 29* 330 DISEASES OF THE URINARY and a feeling of uneasiness alone remains in the urethra when voiding urine. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, and do not repeat, wait four days, and see the result. Silicea, Mercurius viv., and Sulphur are the remedies to be called into use in painless gonorrhoea. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, of either, every night. The severe forms of gonorrhoea are met with the following remedies: Aconite, Cantharides, and Cannabis. Aconite is useful for most cases occurring in young persons, vigorous and healthy, attended with headache, restlessness, and febrile symptoms; but it is almost indispensable when the inflammation is severe and extensive; the pain during the passing of urine is most excruciating, the glans and entire penis much swollen, and the suffering greatly aggravated by frequent and almost constant erections. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, every three hours, until three doses are taken. It is rarely necessary to take more, the first dose often relieves. Cantharides is generally required after Aconite when the intensity of the pain and febrile irritation which may have been present, have yielded, but the difficulty iD discharging urine proves obstinate, and other distressing symptoms, such as intense desire to urinate, and chordee remain. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every three hours, until amelioration or change. But when used after Aconite, it must not be administered for eight hours after the last dose of this remedy; but it may be employed without the previous use of the Aconite, when there is no marked degree of constitutional disturbance ; but the scalding during the passing of urine, and chordee, is very severe, and the discharge is greenish, tinged with blood. It would be better, perhaps, to give one drop, or four globules, under such circumstances, every six hours. Cannabis in severe gonorrhoea is requisite sometimes after Cantharides, when the difficulty of passing urine AND GENITAL ORGANS. 331 proves obstinate. These two remedies in alternation, three hours between the administration of each remedy, will suffice, in general, to remove the most obstinate sufferings during the passage of urine. Mercurius and Sulphur are not unfrequently called into use to complete a cure. DOSE.—Of either of these remedies, give one drop, or four globules, from one hour to four or six hours apart, according to the urgency of the symptoms. Diet.—Persons under treatment for this disease, must abstain from eating any stimulating food, such as oysters, &c, and from drinking any stimulating drinks. It is better to partake but lightly of animal food; fat and gravies avoid; and avoid exposures, and particularly sexual excitement, and cold, damp weather. 13.—Inflammation ofthe Glans Penis. (Balanitis. Balano. Blennorrhcea.) In connection with inflammation of the urethra, the glans penis sometimes becomes involved, after an impure connexion; but it by no means follows that it is always dependent upon this cause, for it may occur from mechanical injury, or from deleterious applications to the part, as sometimes happens after the patient has been handling poisonous plants. When the inflammation of the urethra extends so as to involve the glans in the difficulty, and also the pre- puce, Aconite may be given in two doses, four hours apart, and Mercurius viv. is a suitable remedy to follow Aconite, four hours after; Cannabis may also be given when Mercurius fails. DOSE.—The same as for the same remedies in gonorrhoea. Nitric acid is indicated when small superficial ulcera 332 DISEASES OF THE URINARY tions form on the glans penis, in neglected or protracted cases. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, given morning and evening. Arnica is indicated if the difficulty be from a bruise, but it would be well if there is much swelling and inflam- mation to alternate with Aconite. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water; give a teaspoonful every two hours. Rhus tox. is indicated when the blennorrhcea is pro- duced oy being in contact with some poisonous material, and likewise Belladonna and Bryonia may be consulted for the same purpose. Rhus tox. may also prove bene- ficial when the disease springs from mechanical injury. DOSE.—Of either, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four teaspoon- fuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. 14.—Inflammation ofthe Testes. (Swelled testicle.) This difficulty often arises from mechanical injury, but oftener it is sympathetic with irritation of the urethra. The inflammation and swelling come on suddenly, and as abruptly subside, or pass from one testis to the other. In the incipient stage of the attack, the testicle is tumefied, soft, and sensitive to the touch; after a short period it becomes hard and excruciatingly painful. The spermatic cord becomes thickened and tender, and the veins in some instances become varicose. There is pain in the loins; colic; sickness; more or less fever; depres- sion of spirits, and occasionnally a difficulty of making water, although these symptoms are not always present. Treatment.—The medicines chiefly employed are Aconite, Arnica, Aurum, China, Graphites, Lycopodium, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla and Sulphur. AND GENITAL ORGANS. 333 Aconite is indicated when the accompanying fever runs high, and there is considerable heat and redness attendant upon the swelling, DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls oJ water and give a teaspoonful every hour or every two hours, until the fever is reduced. Arnica is indicated when the swelling arises from an external injury. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Aurum is indicated when the swelling of the testicle arises from the abuse of mercury, and when there are indurations. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, morning and evening. China is also indicated, if from the abuse of mercury, and may be given one drop, or four globules, every two hours. Graphites and Lycopodium are useful for long stand- ing indurations. DOSE.—Of the remedy selected, a drop, or four globules, every six hours. Mercurius viv., Nux vomica and Pulsatilla, are severally indicated when inflammation and swelling of the testicles take place by metastasis from mumps. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, one drop, or four globules, every two hours. Sulphur is useful if the difficulty has proceeded from the abuse of mercury, and may be employed to complete a cure, when produced by other causes, especially after other remedies have been tried with only partial success. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every twelve hours, until relieved, or there is necessity for change. 334 DISEASES OF THE URINARY 15.—Dropsy of the Scrotum. (Hydrocele.) Dropsy of the scrotum is a pear-shaped swelling of the same, and is generally associated with dropsy in other parts. It is elastic, free from pain, and rarely occurs on both sides, but more on the left than on the right. Treatment. The remedies employed are Pulsatilla, Sulphur and Silicea. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given of the first-named remedy every morning. If no relief is obtained within three days, proceed with the next remedy. For the same difficulty in newlv-born infants, put six drops of Arnica in half a tumbler of water, and bathe the affected part four times a day ; in older children, one drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in two tablespoonfuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given twice a day, and bathe the affected part as before with the Arnica, until amelioration or change. 16.—Venereal Disease. (Syphilis.—Chancre.) There are certain symptoms produced by venereal disease termed primary, and others termed secondary. Primary syphilis consists in ulceration, sometimes followed by a swelling of the absorbient glands, which results from a direct application of a peculiar virus to the parts. Chancre is an ulceration situated on the organs of generation. A bubo is a glandular swelling. The ulcer maybe on the prepuce, the glans penis at the angle formed by the junction of the two former at the fraenum, the orifice of the urethra, the body of the penis, or even on the scrotum or perinaeum. In the female, the ulcers generally form on the labia, nymphae, clitoris, and not unfrequently in the urethra or the vagina. The first symptoms of the chancre become manifest from three to six days after the impure connexion, and AND GENITAL ORGAN'S. 335 their appearance is announced by itching, which upon examination is found to proceed from a small pimple or pustule having an inflamed base, which feels hard to the touch. Soon after, an elevated point is observed on the minute cone, and from an opening in this there is a discharge of a limpid fluid, which is followed by a more or less rapid development of ulceration. The primary venereal sore wears a different appear- ance and intensity in different individuals, depending in a great measure on the habit of body, age and tem- perament of the patient. The most frequent varieties are the chancre ; the superficial ulcer with raised edges; the phagedenic, and the sloughing ulcer. The chancre commences in the way we have described. As soon as this sore is manifest, it exhibits a tendency to assume a form somewhat circular, becomes deep seated and spreads, and is covered with a tough, adherent mat- ter, which has a hard, cartilagenous base and margin. It has been met with in every part of the genital organs before alluded to. When the ulcer is on the glans it is more inclined to bleed, but is less painful than when found upon the pre- puce or fraenum. The superficial ulcer is considerably elevated at its edges, and sometimes it is spongy, but not attended with induration. It is sometimes associated with two or three sores of the same kind, and has its seat very often on the outside of prepuce; but it is not unfrequently met with, attended with the other sores, on the crown of the penis, under the prepuce, or around its orifice; when located at the side of the fraenum, it usually destroys the fold of the reflected skin. The phagedenic ulcer is destitute of any hard margin 336 DISEASES OF THE URINARY surrounding it or any granulations, but presents a livid- colored circumference, spreading rapidly and alarmingly, i especially when badly treated with external irritating , applications, or by excessive doses of mercury. The sloughing ulcer has no marked degree of hardness surrounding it, and may be distinguished at first as a black spot, which extends and then casts off, displaying a corroding surface; after the slough has come away, the ulcer that remains is of a painful character, and has a dark blue or crimsom margin; a vitiated habit of body in connection with intemperance or unwholesome diet, together with a residence in an unhealthy atmosphere, may be reckoned among the principal causes, to which may be added abusive treatment with mercury or irri- tating local applications. If this course of maltreatment is persevered in, or the spreading of the ulcers is not checked, they will go on sloughing and ulcerating until the destruction of the whole of the external sexual organs is completed. Treatment.—The principal remedies in Syphilis are Mercurius vivus and Mercurius corrosivus, but Nitric acid, Arsenicum and Sulphur are called into requisition. When mercury has not been employed in any of the various forms of the diseases, it is safe to resort to it homceopathically; for, notwithstanding the sad conse- quences resulting from its use in the massive doses in the hands of allopathic physicians, no fear is to be apprehended of such results in the hands of the homoeo- path, for if he restricts himself to homoeopathic practice, there can be none of the dangerous aggravations predi- cated of its use in the hands of those who use it empiri- cally as the remedy. Mercurius viv. is indicated where the health of the AND GENITAL ORGANS. 337 patient has been remarkably good and the sore has not been of long duration, and where it has not been aggra- vated by previous treatment, and with it a cure can often be effected in two or three weeks. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given every three hours, for two days, and then night and morning, until the ulcer exhibits a healing aspect, and then only once in two days. Mercurius corrosivus is indicated in torpid consti- tutions. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given every morning and even- ing, until a copious discharge of healthy pus supervenes, or the excavations of the ulcers begin to fill up with healthy granulations; as soon as either the one or the other takes place, discontinue the remedy for several days, and then commence again, a few more doses will effect a cure where granula- tion has taken place ; but if otherwise, which is rarely the case, a dose or two of Sulphur may produce a favorable effect. Nitric acid is indicated if pale and flabby granula- tions of a prominent character, that do not appear to exhibit the firm and florid appearance of the healthy granulations spoken of above. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given night and morning, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum is indicated after Mercurius has produced some improvement in the sore, when it becomes less con- tagious at its base, and fills up with florid and to elevated granulations, and remains hard at the margin, and painful irritable and bleeding at the slightest touch, and secretes a thin acrid offensive discharge. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given three times a day, at intervals of six hours; if this does not effect a cure after four days' trial, Sulphur or Nitric -acid may be employed in the same doses to complete the cure; Nitric, acid in the same dose may be em- ployed after Arsenicum, especially when the ulcer has spread rapidly and attained a large size at the commencement, from four to eight weeks gene- rally elapse, a cure can be established in these cases. Diet.—While under homoeopathic treatment for vene- real disease, it is requisite for the patient to abstain from 30 338 DISEASES of the skin. all heating drinks, such as wine, gin or brandy; coffee, beer and condiments, except salt in great moderation; the diet should be light, consisting of farinaceous gruels, stale wheat bread, or plain toast and black tea; the patient should exercise but little, and should avoid all ex- posures to damp and cold, and above all, avoid keeping late hours or eating oyster suppers, and keep as free as possible from sexual excitement; and lastly, let the mind be preserved in a calm state, avoiding all unnecessary excitement, or dwelling in despondency upon the disease, or hasty resort to topical applications. CHAPTEE VIII. DISEASES OF THE SKIN—CUTANEOUS AFFECTIONS. We have already under the head of eruptive fevers, considered a number of diseases, that are attended by some kind of eruption upon the skin, viz: nettle rash, scarlet rash, scarlet fever, measles, erysipelas, (St. Anthony's fire, or rose,) chicken pox, varioloid and small pox. We will now treat of such other diseases as are usually comprehended in cutaneous affections. 1.—Boil. Furunculus. Abscessus Nueleatus. The boil is a tumor somewhat conical in shape, which is hard, inflames slowly, and suppurates. The matter which it first discharges, is for the most part mixed with blood, but afterwards it is pus, or morbidly altered cellular membrane, a portion of which formed into a CUTANEOUS affections. 339 round hard mass, constitutes what, in common parlance is termed the core; the same may form the nucleus of other prominances, after those which first appeared have healed. Causes.—Some persons are constitutionally predis- posed to boils. They may also follow acute fevers, other eruptive diseases, itch, &c. Treatment.—The remedies employed in the treatment of boils, are Arnica, Aconite, Belladonna, Hepar sulph., Mercurius, and Sulphur. Arnica is indicated in a majority of instances, and will speedily cause an abatement of the swelling and inflammation, and frequently prevent others from making their appearance; but to accomplish this latter purpose, Sulphur may be required to thoroughly eradicate the affection. The use of the two remedies may have the best effect, if used in each attack. Arnica may reduce the swelling and soreness, but as soon as the tumor begins to heal, it is better to resort to Sulphur, to prevent others from appearing from the nuclei remaining from the first. DOSE._0ne drop, or four globules may be given in a spoonful of water, night and morning, until amelioration, or change. If the acute symptoms yield readily, pause for three days, and proceed to administer Sulphur, one drop, or four globules, every twenty-four hours. Aconite is indicated when the boil presents an intense inflammatory appearance, and the affection is attended with fever and restlessness. After it has subdued these symptoms, another remedy more specific may be re- sorted to, for the purpose of eradicating the remaining features of the disease. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls ol water, and give a spoonful three times a day, until the acute symptoms disappear. 340 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. Belladonna is of service when the boil has an inflamed, fiery, or erysipelatous, red appearance, or more- over, should it, if located on the extremities, be attended with swelling and tenderness of the glands, under the armpit, or upon the groin, with dry, hot skin, thirst and headache. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in three spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful night and morning, until amelioration, or change; but if the swelling should remove after the use of this remedy, pause twenty-four hours, proceed with the use of Mercurius viv. Mercurius is especially indicated after Belladonna has subdued the inflammatory redness, and has failed of removing the swelling. DOSE.—The same as directed for Belladonna. Hepar sulph. is indicated when the matter has formed, to bring the tumor to a head, so as to curtail the suffering. DOSE.—The same as directed for Belladonna and Mercurius. Sulphur is more particularly serviceable in obviating an attack after Arnica and other remedies have subdued the symptoms for which they are indicated; but if this remedy in connection with the foregoing is not found sufficient, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Nitric acid, or Phos- phorus may be consulted. Diet.—The same as directed in acute fevers. 2.—Carbuncle. (Anthrax. Furunculus Malignans. Pustulo Nigra.) The carbuncle differs from the boil, in having no cen- tral core, but in some respects, it resembles it. It is a deep-seated, circumscribed, hard, and excessively painful swelling, of a livid hue, and attended with great itching and burning heat. The carbuncle does not suppurate like the boil, but terminates in sloughing. It is usually accompanied by inflammation at the commencement^ but cutaneous affections. 341 these are soon succeeded by vesications, having an acrid, offensive fluid, which is discharged through numerous apertures occupying every part of the tumor, and com- municating with cavities readily running into gangrene, and sometimes proving fatal, from the extension of mor- tification. The disease is usually attended with fever, nausea, loss of appetite, great prostration of strength,' and inability to sleep; in some cases, to such a degree, as to destroy the patient. Sometimes recovery takes place from this affection, after the patient has experienced a great deal of suffer- ing ; but when seated upon the head, it is exceedingly doubtful if the patient recovers. Treatment.—The most useful remedies are Arseni- cum, Hepar sulph., Lachesis and Silicea. Arsenicum is indicated, when there is great prostra- tion, and the disease exhibits symptoms of gangrene. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, three times a day. Hepar -sulph. is the remedy best adapted, when extensive cavities are formed, and the discharge is pro- fuse and purulent. DOSE.—The same as directed for Arsenicum. Lachesis is particularly indicated, when the carbuncle is of a bluish or livid complexion, and is rapidly extending. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in three spoonfuls of water ; give a spoonful three times a day, at first, for two days; afterwards night and morning, until progressive improvement or change ensues. Silicea may be employed, from the commencement of the disease, and it will frequently effect a cure. It may also be used after Hepar sulph. DOSE.—Four globules, night and morning, or one drop of the dilution 30* 342 diseases of the skin. may be dissolved in two spoonfuls of water, one of which may be given at night, and the other in the morning. Diet and Eegimen.—As this disease is more fre- quently manifested in the aged and infirm, it is requisite to provide a judicious diet. Meat-broths, and other articles easy of digestion may be resorted to, for the purpose of providing for the processes of nutrition. 3.—Chilblains. (Pemiones.) This affection is of an inflammatory character, and results from cold, or a sudden transition from cold to heat, or vice versd. It generally attacks the feet, but sometimes, it affects the hands, ears, nose, &c. When the chilblains burst and become ulcerated, they constitute an exceedingly painful suffering. When chilblains become thus painful, it indicates some constitutional taint, that should receive the proper treat- ment, in accordance with the indicating symptoms and the temperament of the individual. The difficulty is most prevalent, in moist and tem- perate climates, and often disappears spontaneously in summer, and regularly returns in the winter, and those who once suffer from the affection, are very liable to its recurrence. Treatment.—This must be divided into external and internal. The remedies employed internally are, Arseni- cum, Chamomilla, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Phosphorus, and Sulphur. Arsenicum and Chamomilla may be used in alterna- tion, for the acute, burning pains, and also for the irri- table, ill-conditioned ulcers, which sometimes occur as the result,—or either of the remedies may be used alone. The Chamomilla, when there are acute pains in the affected part, and Arsenicum after the use of Chamomilla cutaneous affections. 343 DOSE.—Of either, when used alone, one drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in four tablespoonfuls of water, and a spoonful may be given every six hours, or if used in alternation, Chamomilla should be given in the morning, ahd Arsenicum in the evening, until amelioration or change. Nux vomica is particularly indicated when the inflam- mation is of a bright red color; if this remedy proves insufficient, proceed with the use of Sulphur. DOSE.—As directed for Chamomilla or Arsenicum. Pulsatilla is required when the skin assumes a deep red, or bluish or livid hue, and is accompanied by intense burning and itching. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful three times a day six hours apart. Phosphorus is useful after Pulsatilla has proved inefficient, and also after ulceration makes its appear- ance. This remedy is of great use, and frequently ope- rates a speedy cure. DOSE—As directed for Pulsatilla. Sulphur is a valuable remedy when the inflammation and itching are very severe, and the affection has failed to yield to the other remedies employed in this affection. External Treatment. The application of cold or iced water to mild forms of the complaint, will often effect a cure, but this appli- cation must not be used by delicate females or gouty persons, nor with those suffering from or predisposed to pulmonary difficulties. Covering the affected part with cotton will sometimes prove salutary in curing the disease. Tlncture of Cantharides may be used externally in recent chilblains produced by exposure to intense cold; it operates against the formation of blisters, and aids in subduing the congestive action. It may be 344 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. applied by adding four or five drops to half a tumbler of water, and bathing the parts three times a day, until relieved. Tinct. Arnica is useful, while the same remedy ia administered internally, provided the indications are such as to require this remedy. Add a teaspoonful to a tumblerful of water, and bathe the parts with the lotion three times a day. Rhus tox., in external use, sometimes effects a cure when there is smarting, itching, and irritation. Add ten drops to half a tumbler of water, and bathe the parts affected three times a day, until relieved. Tinct. Causticum may be called into requisition when the chilblains become broken, or deep ulceration has taken place. Add five drops to half a tumbler of water, and bathe as directed for Rhus tox. 4.—Corns. (Clavipedis.) Some persons are prone to suffer more readily than others from these troublesome excresences, being more susceptible to the exciting causes. Some can wear tight boots or shoes without inconvenience, while others are obliged to exercise the greatest precaution, and still they are made to suffer severely. It is therefore evident that some inherent constitutional taint may often be the predisposing cause, which internal remedies may be required to eradicate. Treatment.—The remedies employed to eradicate the inherent predisposition, are Antimonium crud., Ammo- nium carb., Bryonia, Calcarea, Ignatia, Lycopodium, Phosphorus, Sepia, Silicea and Sulphur. Antimonium crud., Sepia, Silicea and Sulphur.— Either one of these remedies may be employed as found cutaneous affections. 345 indicated, to eradicate the predisplosing cause, or to overcome the irritation from which the general system suffers. DOSE.—Of Antimonium crud., give four globules, or one drop, every day, for a week, or until corns cease to form ; if there appears to be an indication of a good result, but if after three weeks' trial there is not much amelioration, proceed to give the other remedies in the order which they are given, in the same manner as the first mentioned. Ammonium Carb., Calcarea, Bryonia, Ignatia, Rhus tox. and Lycopodium, are also remedies that may be employed in the effectual eradication of the predispo- sition to the formation of corns. DOSE—Of Bryonia, Rhus tox. or Igiwtia, give a drop, or four globules, every morning, for a week, then wait for a week and proceed again as before. The other remedies to be useM in the same way. External Treatment. Tinct. of Arnica.—After the corn has been soaked in warm water, prepare a lotion of one teaspoonful of this tincture to half a pint of water, and bathe the corn three or four times a day, scraping the corn down with great care during the time of making the application. In case of redness and swelling of the heel, resembling a chilblain, which may have been produced by the boot or shoe, Nux vomica may be given internally three times a day. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, one of which may be given in the morning, another at noon, and another at night, and the Tinct of Arnica may be employed, as above. 5.—Abscess. (Lymphatic tumors.—Disease ofthe Conglobate glands.) By the the term abscess is understood a collection of matter, resulting from diseased action, which is contained in a sac or cyst of organized lymph, furnished with absorbent and secreting vessels. 846 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. There are in general two classes of abscesses: the acute and chronic. Acute abscesses are always preceded by sensiblility in the afiected part, and this is soon followed by suppuration. When the suppurative pro- cess commences, there is a change in the appearance of the skin, and the description of the pain. Before, the skin is usually red, but becomes livid when it begins to suppurate, and the pain becomes more obtuse and throbbing. There is also augmentation of the swelling, and when matter is formed, there is perceptible fluctua- tion of the part, especially when the abscess is not too deeply seated; lastly, in persons hereditarily predis- posed to abscess, there is always fever and chills attend- ing the inflammatory stage, by no means regular, though each chill is succeeded by fever and heat, until the vio- lence of the whole subsides, in consequence of the sup- purating process. When the abscess is_ ripe, there is presented somewhat of a conical shape in its centre; over this the skin becomes livid and thin, and ere long bursts and allows the contents of the cavity to escape. Chronic abscesses, on the other hand, are not usually preceded by any apparent inflammation or disorder in the system, until it begins to approach the surface of the skin, and forms an external swelling. The matter which is secreted is unhealthy, thin, serous, and contains flaky substances resembling curds; when the pus is evacuated, and the air admitted into the cavity, inflammation of the cyst arises, and is productive of a good effect, if the abscess be small; but if it be large, great constitutional disturbance takes place; the cavity instead of contracting and filling up under the process of healthy granulation or incarnation, goes on dis- CUTANEOUS AFFECTIONS. 347 charging copiously, and results in the production of hectic fever. Treatment.—The suppurative process of acute ab- scesses may be hastened by the application of warm fomentations and unmedicated poultices. The internal remedies employed are Calcarea carb., Hepar sulphur, Lachesis, Mercurius, Phosphorus and Silicea. Calcarea carb. may be employed, as soon as the matter is discharged from the abscess. The remedy may be used in alternation with Phosphorus, in chronic cases. DOSE._One drop or four globules, may be administered night and morning, until amelioration or change. In alternation with Phosphorus, the Calcarea may be used one day, and the Phosphorus the next; or in long standing cases, two or three days may intervene between the reme- dies. Hepar sulph. is of great use, in forwarding the sup- purative process in acute abscesses. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours for one day, and then every six hours, until a change ensues. Lachesis is required after the use of Hepar sulph., and sometimes at the commencement, when a large por- tion of the skin is much distended, and presents a deep red, or bluish appearance, or when the structure of this portion has been destroyed by the magnitude of the abscess. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. In ordinary cases of the acute abscess, the use of the lancet is rarely necessary, but in cases where the exten- sive diffusion or pressure of the pus, is liable to injure important parts,—as when situated under expanded ligaments and tendons. The use of the lancet is appa- rent, and also, when abscesses are so situated as to afford a reason for apprehending their discharge into some of 348 diseases of the skin. the internal cavities,—they should be opened by the lancet, to avoid an occurrence of the kind. When such cases occur, the artificial opening with the lancet ought to be made at the most dependent part, when this can be readily accomplished. When this is impracticable, in consequence of the great thickness of the parts between the purulent matter and the skin, then it is better to select the most prominent, or pointed part. But if this point manifests itself upon the upper por- tion of the abscess, it is far better to dispense with the lancet, and to promote the spontaneous opening of the abscess, by the use of such remedies as have been found useful for the purpose. Hepar sulph., Silicea and Lachesis, are severally adapted to promote this desirable termination; the particular indication for each, is to be determined. It has been regarded a useful course, to make an out- let in a chronic abscess as early as possible, in order to prevent its large accumulation, and thereby to avoid the alarming constitutional disturbance, which is so prone to occur in such cases, from the extent of the inflammation, after the rupture of the abscess. The lancet should be inserted near the base of the abscess, and only large enough to admit of the exit of the matter. Sometimes, after the matter is evacuated, it collects again; and this is when the collection in the first place is extensive. On this account, it has been recommended to heal up the opening immediately, and make a new one when neces- sity requires it, and this should be done before there is a great accumulation, as before. In the Treatment of Chronic Abscess, Mercurius viv., Hepar sulph., Silicea, Calcarea, and Phosphorus, are the chief remedies. One or more of these should be cutaneous affections. 349 employed, as soon as the matter has been withdrawn from the abscess. DOSE.—One drop or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water and be given every six hours, until some indication of a healing pro- cess commences. But if, after two days' trial, there appears to be no indi- cation of the salutary effects of the remedy, and there appears to be some threatening of the re-formation of other abscesses in succession, wait for twelve hours, and then proceed with the next remedy and so on. Hepar sulph. should be given twelve hours after the fourth dose of Mercurius viv., should the latter prove inadequate to effect a cure, and if fresh matter begins to form. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every four hours; when, however, in cases of open abscess, the parts betraying a tendency to chronic ulceration, proceed with one or both of the next medicines, Calcarea and Phosphorus, but not for three or four days after the use of Hepar sulphur is discontinued. Calcarea and phosphorus.—Either of these medi- cines may be administered by itself, alternately with the other, or in succession, according to the distinctive charac- teristics of the abscess or combination of the symptoms. DOSE.—If either be given alone, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every night and morning, until amelioration or change; if in alternation, give two doses as just directed of the one, at intervals of twelve hours, then wait four days and give two doses of the other, and so on in rotation until the abscess indicates a change for the better. Silicea and sulphur.—One or both of these remedies may be required, sometimes singly, sometimes in alter- nation, and at other times in succession; they are useful in those severe and protracted cases, associated with deep-seated and constitutional taint, in which the con- tinued suppuration seems to exhaust the system, and hectic fever and considerable emaciation supervenes. DOSE.—If either of the medicines be given by itself, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning for a week, or until the first appearance of amelioration or change, then discontinue for four days, and repeat again the same course as just directed, then wait again four days, and in this way continue the treatment until permanent improvement of the abscess or change. If in 31 350 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. alternation, give one remedy one week as directed above, and the other the next week, and so on alternately until amelioration or change. Diet.—In acute abscess, and particularly when there is considerable fever present during the first stage, nearly the same diet is requisite as in acute fevers; but in chronic abscess, the diet may be in accordance with the patient's appetite; if he crave food, he should have such as will nourish and sustain him and prove easy of digestion; rice and barley gruel; meat broths; toast and black tea; broiled mutton chops; and sometimes a poached egg may be allowed. 6.—Itch. {Scabies.—Psora.) This disease consists in an inflammatory condition of the skin, characterised by a peculiar eruption of pointed vesicles, transparent at the top, and filled with thin matter, sometimes these pimples or vesicles terminate in pustules or blisters; this eruption appears all over the body, except the face, very frequently about the hands between the fingers, and at the bend of the joints, &c, and is attended with constant and almost insupportable itching, but without fever; this disorder does not uni- formly sustain the same character as to the kind of erup- tion, but it is exceeding difficult to point out any difference in other respects. Treatment.—The remedies principally employed in the treatment of this annoying disease, are Sulphur, Cal- carea, Hepar sulph., Lycopodium, Sepia, Sulph. acidum, Stramonium and Rhus tox. Sulphur is unquestionably one of the best remedies that can be employed in this troublesome complaint. The remedy is indicated by the main feature of the dis- ease, the itching; it is more particularly indicated for cutaneous affections. 351 persons of a nutritive temperament, full habit, robust and fleshy; this remedy may be followed by Lycopodium. DOSE.—One drop, or ten globules, may be dissolved in four tablespoon- fuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given three times a day. If after using this .emedy three days the itching does not disappear, five drops may be dissolved in a tumbler half filled with water, and with a clean sponge the whole surface of the body may be wet with the lotion. Calcarea is better suited for females of irritable con- stitutions, and particularly when the itching seems to come on or is excited by some internal derangement of the digestive or uterine functions. DOSE.—The same as for Sulphur. Hepar sulphur is indicated for neglected cases, when the vesicles have spread so as to acquire the appearance of ulcers that have discharged their contents. DOSE.—The same as for Sulphur. Lycopodium is also one of the remedies for neglected cases, particularly when Sulphur proves inefficient. DOSE.—As directed for Sulphur. Sepia is also a remedy that is useful in the treatment of neglected cases in females, and in persons of delicate constitution. DOSE.—As directed for Sulphur. Sulphuric acid is particularly indicated when the breaking of the pustules, together with their discharge, should occasion extensive incrustation. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water, a teaspoonful may be given every six hours, for a week, and then dis- continue for another week, and commence again, and continue for another week, and then discontinue as before, and so on until a cure is effected. Stramonium and Rhus tox are of great service when the pustules are large, and coagulate to form patches or blotches, and sometimes ulcerate to a greater or less extent. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules of either, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful every six hours, until the itching subsides, and the skin begins to heal, and there appears to be a permanent improvement. 852 Diseases of the skin. Silicea and Mezereum are remedies that may be employed when the papular appearance is very strongly marked. For the dry itch, Mercurius, Hepar sulph., Sepia, and Sulphur are the remedies. For the Humid itch, Sulphuric acid, Rhus tox., Graphites, Mercurius, Carbo veg. When the itch assumes the pustular form, and the pustules are globular, of a yellowish or bluish color, Lachesis has been proved to be the most salutary remedy. DOSE.—Dissolve as directed for Stramonium and Rhus tox., and ad minister the same. When the itch is of a watery character, (scabies lym- phatica,) and seems to present the appearance of vesicles of considerable size, without an inflamed base, much the same treatment may be resorted to, as has been detailed under Sulphur, Hepar sulph., Lycopodium, &c. Sometimes the disease becomes materially altered by the use of Sulphur, in an allopathic way; in such an event it is necessary to have recourse to Mercurius, Sepia, Rhus tox., Staphysagria, Nitric acid, &c, &c. An exceedingly attenuated solution of Kreosotum, used both as an internal remedy, and as a lotion, may be found useful in some obstinate cases of this annoying difficulty. When the itch has been suppressed by powerful ex- ternal applications, Arsenicum, Carbo veg., Sulphur, Calcarea, and Silicea, are remedies to be employed. When larger boils make their appearance during the course of the disease, or in consequence of the disease, or on its disappearance, Silicea is the remedy. DOSE.—Of whatever remedy selected, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours during the day, and if no relief is obtained from the first selection, after 8 day's trial, try another. cutaneous affections. 353 Diet and Regimen.—It is necessary that persons afflicted with scabies should have good wholesome food, free from irritating condiments, or medicinal properties; that they should sleep in well ventilated apartments, and should pay strict attention to personal cleanliness, and changes of clothing. The itch is not an affection that can be cured in a moment. It can be driven from the skin in a very short time, by the use of external agents, or unguents; but this course is detrimental to. the prospects of the consti- tution, for the enjoyment: of good health afterwards, for what is suppressed from the surface, may fall upon the more vital organs of the body, and after a lapse of years, fatal disease may break out as the consequence. It is, therefore, better to cure the disease without recourse to external agents, although it may require more time, patience, and perseverance to do so. 7.—Whitlow. (Panaris Paronychia?) This term is used to denote a kind of abscess, that makes its appearance near the end of the finger, some- times surrounding the nail. It is usually attended with considerable pain and swelling. It has a great prone- ness to reappear in persons that have once suffered from them, and this fact alone argues the importance of treat- ing the affection as a constitutional disturbance, and not merely as a local affection. Treatment.—We may have recourse to the following medicines in the treatment of whitlow. Mercurius, Hepar sulph., Rhus tox., Lachesis, Silicea and Sulphur. Mercurius is useful, when the affection is in the incipient stage, and when the redness of the abscess and pain first begin to make their appearance. 31* 354 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, for two days, and afterwards, every twelve hours, until relief is obtained, or there is necessity for another remedy. Hepar sulphur, is an excellent remedy with which to follow Mercurius, if under the use of this latter remedy, there has been no abatement of the swelling, or if the pain should become intense and throbbing. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in half a tumblerful of water, and give a tablespoonful every six hours until the whitlow discharges. Rhus tox. is indicated, when the constitution is tainted with erysipelas, so as to impart to the whitlow considerable degree of its character during the inflam- matory stage. DOSE.—As directed for Hepar sulphur. Lachesis is sometimes of service in whitlow, and par- ticularly, when the affected part is of a dark red or bluish hue, and the pains extremely violent; when this remedy is not sufficient to give relief, it may be followed by Arsenicum and Carbo veg., and particularly if the whitlow is of a black, or gray appearance, attended with a burning pain. DOSE.—The same as for Hepar sulphur or Rhus tox. Silicea. This remedy is preferable to Hepar sulphur. in a corresponding stage of treatment, but in severe forms of whitlow, and when the pus is deep-seated and the swelling, heat, and tenseness considerable, and attended with excruciating pain, or more especially, when there is reason to apprehend that the bone is affected. DOSE.—Dissolve a drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful every six hours until the whitlow discharges. If this result should not take placo in twenty-four hours, proceed with the use of Sulphur. cutaneous affections. 355 Sulphur should be called into requisition after Silicea, but not for twelve hours after the last dose of the latter remedy has been given. It may be used in alternation with Silicea, when this remedy does not speedily promote suppuration. DOSE.—Four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, repeated after the lapse of twelve hours, or one drop may be given in a spoonful of water in the same way. After twelve hours, if the Sulphur has not produced the desired effect, Silicea may be again employed. External Applications.—Poultices made of bread and milk, or slippery elm, or linseed meal, may be employed to hasten suppuration, so as to relieve the pain; and moreover, it is said, that the north pole of the magnet, held a minute or two to the affected finger, will relieve the pain. 8—Itching of the Skin. (Irritation of the Shin.—Prurigo.) This disease is not of the same character as scabies, although there is intense itching. It usually accom- panies other diseases, and has to be treated accordingly. In some cases, however, prurigo exists by itself, and is generally caused by scarcely perceptible colorless elevations under the cuticle, which, however, are quite large, soft, and smooth, and without desquamation, or any peculiar eruptive appearance. Treatment.—Sulphur, Conium, Ignatia, Mercurius, Pulsatilla, Rhus tox., Hepar sulph., and Nux vomica. Sulphur is the best remedy to be directed against this distressing malady, and it is frequently specific, particularly when the itching comes on in the evening, or when the body is warm in the bed; but in other, and more ordinary cases, other remedies may be employed. DOSE___Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful morning and evening for a week, after which, if 356 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. the itching is not gone, begin again, and proceed as before, ui til relief or change. Conium is of great service in this affection, when the itching is partial, confined particularly to certain localities, as the backs of the hands, arms, and the scrotum and skin of the penis. DOSE.—The same in every respect as directed for Sulphur. Ignatia is indicated when the irritation and itching is most severe on going to bed, and resembles flea-bites all over the body, but shifts from part to part, which scratching relieves. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globhles, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful three times a day for one day, and then dis- continue for two days; if not perfectly relieved, recur to the remedy again. Mercurius viv. is indicated when the irritative or itching continues through the whole night. It is par- ticularly useful after Pulsatilla ; and also when the parts bleed easily after scratching. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every night and morning for three days, then discontinue for three days, and if necessary recur again. Sulphur may follow if the remedy appears not to suffice. Pulsatilla is more particularly serviceable when the irritation comes on in the warmth of the bed, and is aggravated by scratching. DOSE—As directed for Ignatia. But if only partial relief is the result, within two days after the second course resort to Mercurius. Rhus tox. is of service when the itching is attended with violent burning sensation, and followed by smarting when scratched. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules in two tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning, every other day, until four days elapse, and then discontinue four days, and if symptoms still con- continue, proceed with the use of Hepar sulph, Hepar sulph. If their ritation should continue to be more or less troublesome, this remedy may be given four days after the last dose of Rhus tox. cutaneous affections. 357 DOSE.—One drop, or four globules may be given night and morning, and then discontinue for three days; if the itching is not subdued, com- mence again, and proceed as before. Nux vomica when the itching appears on removing the clothes at night. This remedy may be used in alternation with Arsenicum, when the itching commences on undressing. DOSE.—Give one drop, or four globules of Nux vomica at night, and after three days, if the itching continues, give the same of Arsenicum, and so on in rotation, until permanent amelioration or change. 9.—Ring-worm. (Herpes Circinnalus. Herpes Serpigo.) This is a form of herpes that breaks out in a spot, and spreads in a circular form. It is a common affection of children, and believed to be contagious from the fact that many children attending the same school, or members of the same household, become affected with it at the same time; although there is doubt upon this subject. When it exists without being complicated with other diseases, it is not attended by any marked constitutional derangement. The disorder breaks out in rings, the vesicles only occupying the circumference; these are small, and have a red colored base. About the fourth or fifth day the vesicles become turbid, and then discharge, when brownish scales form over them. The skin embraced within the enclosure, is sometimes healthy, at other times rough and of a reddish hue, and falls off in scales as the eruption dies away. The duration of the affection is various, sometimes the rings come, and die away in two weeks after their first appearance, and then they appear in succession on other portions of the face, neck, arms, and shoulders. This frequently happens in warm climates, or during hot 358 diseases of the skin. weather, in the country, and on this account is more stubborn, and often proves quite protracted. Treatment.—The principal remedies found salutary in this affection, are Sepia, Natrum muriaticum, Nux vomica, Calcarea carb., Rhus tox., and Sulphur. Sepia will prove specific for a majority of cases. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be dissolved in two spoonfuls of water, one drop may be given at night, and the other in the morning, and then wait four days, and repeat in the same manner. Should there be any indication of other rings making their appearance, try the next remedy. Rhus tox. and Sulphur will be found serviceable in obstinate cases. DOSE.—Give one drop, or four globules of Rhus, tox., and wait four days, and then give a similar dose of Sulphur; in each case dissolve the remedy in a spoonful of water; and if no new symptoms appear, this course may be repeated until permanent amelioration or change. Natrum mur., Nux vomica and Calcarea, may be called into requisition in case the fore-mentioned reme- dies have not produced the desired effect; they may be used alternately. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, of each in alternation, as directed for Rhus tox. and Sulphur. There is great proneness to resort to external applica- tions in this affection, but such should not be the case, it is always attended with bad results. 10.—Ring-worm of the Scalp. (Pustular Ring-worm.) This affection is sometimes called Porrigo, Scutulata, Tinea capitis, Tinea annularis, Favus confertus. Ring-worm of the scalp is, without doubt, a highly conta- gious disease, communicating itself readily among children who use the same comb, or brush, or even the same towel for any length of time, it is a baffling disease, and often proves serious in its character when it is dried up, or made to disappear from the surface by external appli- cutaneous affections. 359 cations; these should never be used except in connection with a judicious course of internal treatment at the same time, and even then, some remedies employed internally, should constitute the external lotion to be applied. Symptoms.—At the commencement of the affection there are colored irregular circular patches, on which appear numerous small yellowish points or pustules, which do not rise above the level of the skin, and are generally traversed in the centre by a hair; these pus- tules are more thickly studded in the circumference than in the centre of the circular patches, and they soon break and form thin scabs, which frequently unite with the adjacent patches and assume a regular and extensive appearance of a,circular shape, though often irregular in this respect. The incrustations become thick and hard by accumu- lation, and are detached from time to time in small pieces, which bear a close resemblance to crumbling mortar. When the scabs are removed the skin underneath appears red and glossy, studded with slightly elevated pimples, in which there is sometimes minute globules of matter; they immediately collect again thicker than before; the areas of the primary patches extend until they become so blended together that the whole head becomes involved. The circular character of the original groups is still manifest on the margin of the larger incrustation, which seems circumscribed by partially formed arcs uniting their extremities together. When these clusters spread, the hair covering them begins to disappear, either broken off or thrown out by the roots, until at length there appears only a belt of hair around the head ; it is only when the hair follicles become destroyed that the bald- ness remains permanent. 360 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. Scrofulous children are more liable to the disease, and those of an emaciated habit, flabby or feeble, especially if they are not supplied with proper food or sleeping apartments, and are uncleanly and deprived of good and wholesome exercise in the open air. There are few diseases more stubborn than this affec- tion, even under homoeopathic treatment, but in many cases the disease is rendered more stubborn from maltreat- ment, and also m some cases the disease becomes obsti- nate from culpable neglect. Treatment.—This, to be successful, must be from the administration of internal remedies mainly; in some cases the same remedy administered internally may be applied externally. The remedies found the most serviceable are Arsenicum, Hepar sulphur, Dulcamara, Bryonia, Rhus tox. and Staphysagria. Arsenicum is indicated when the discharge is thin and acrimonious and productive of an extension of disease, or of formation of ulcers; it is useful after some of the other remedies have been used without success. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every night and morning for three days, then wail three, and recur again to the remedy, and pursue the same course; at the expiration of which, if the patient is no better, proceed with some other remedy. Hepar sulphur may be employed when the eruption is not confined to the head, but appears on the face and forehead, and the eyes and lids become inflamed and weakened, and soreness or ulceration breaks out on or behind the ears. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every morning and evening for three days; if there is no change on the side of improvement by this time, after waiting two days, proceed with the use of Rhus tox. Dulcamara is more particularly indicated when the CUTANEOUS AFFECTIONS. 861 glands of the throat are implicated, become inflamed and tender. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful three-times a day, for three days, and then discon- tinue for the same length of time, and then, if there is no perceptible change for the better, proceed again with the remedy a second course, and still if there is no amelioration, proceed with the use of Bryonia. Bryonia. This- remedy may be employed at the on- set, in such cases as call for Dulcamara; three days after the use of the latter remedy, if the glands of the neck are inflamed and tender, this remedy may be proceeded with. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours until amelioration or change. If, however, after the use of Bryonia for four days, the predominant symptoms should remain the same, after the immediate indications for the use of Bryonia have been subdued, proceed with the use of Staphysagria. Staphysagria should be administered, two days after the last dose of the preceding remedy if there is an offensive discharge, breaking out, attended with very violent itching without much redness. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Bryonia. But if such symptoms should be manifest as call for any of the other remedies, proceed with the use of such as are indicated. Rhus tox. will, for the most part, be found most use- ful, while the patches exhibit an irritable and inflamma- tory aspect. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful morning aad evening ; at the same time, the solution may be applied externally. Sulphur should be administered, if the eruption presents a dry, scaly appearance, that exfoliates and forms anew. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given every morning for a week; then discontinue for a week, and then if there is not a permanent amelioration or change, pursue the same course again; but if there should be a change of symptoms, calling for either of the other remedies named, proceed with the use of the remedy indicated. 32 362 diseases of the skin. Diet and Regimen.—When adults are suffering from this affection, or other cutaneous diseases, they should avoid the use of salt meat, mackerel, or other kinds of fish. Children should - be restricted, so as to avoid their taking heating, farinaceous food. Regular attention should be paid to cleanliness, and the hair should be removed at an early period of the disease. 11.—Ulcers. (Ulcera.) By an ulcer is understood, a sore of some continuance, which may result from a bruise, burn, or abscess. It may arise from gross or otherwise unwholesome living, —from a bad habit of body, in connection with seden- tary habits. When an ulcer arises from this source, its formation is preceded by pain, heat, redness, and swelling of the part. Very frequently small pustules appear, which on bursting, expose gaps or breaches in the skin. Sometimes there is at the commencement, only a single excavation; at others, there are several contigu- ous, ulcerated spots, which become blended together and form an ulcer of considerable size. When an ulcer does not heal, it always presents an excavation or hollow, the margins of which are red, sharp, sometimes thick, rounded, prominent, or callous, and often jagged and irregular, while on the other sur- face, it is usually covered with, and discharges a thin, watery humor or sanies, frequently tinged with blood, and sometimes so acrid, as to produce inflammatory excori- ation of the skin. When ulceration is taking place, the adjacent skin becomes inflamed and painful; but when it evinces a tendency to heal, this inflammation disap- pears, and healthy granulations exhibit the appearance of minute cones of a pointed shape, of a firm consist- ence, and a florid color. CUTANEOUS AFFECTIONS. 363 The matter secreted is altered to a bland, thick, and whitish or cream-like fluid, which is denominated "healthy pus," and does not adhere to the granulated surface. These granulations do not rise higher than the surrounding skin, and generally when they have risen to a level with it, those at the edges of the sore become covered with a smooth skin, which at first is semi-trans- parent, but soon changes to opaque when thoroughly converted into new skin. Treatment. — The principal remedies used in the treatment of ulcers in general, are Arsenicum, Carbo veg., Lachesis, Lycopodium, Mercurius viv., Silicea, Sul- phur, Sepia and Nitric acid. Arsenicum is indicated when the ulcer looks bloody, and bleeds at the slightest touch, presenting a livid appearance, and instead of healthy pus, secretes an acrid discharge, mixed with blood; the margin at the same time is hard and irregular, and the patient com- plains of much pain of a burning character. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning, for one week, then discontinue for the same length of time, and then repeat again. Continue this course until amelioration or change. Carbo veg. is very useful for similar cases, and is a valuable remedy to use in alternation with Arsenicum, especially when the discharge from the ulcer is very offensive, and the burning pains become more aggra- vated towards evening, and at night, when the ulcer rapidly extends, or is surrounded by numerous pustules, and when there is much swelling and discoloration of the surrounding parts; and if situate on the leg, the ulcer presents a dark blue or purple appearance, and mottled. DOSE.—As directed for Arsenicum, whether used by itself, or as a suc- ceeding remedy, or in alternation, until amelioration or change. 364 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. Lachesis is ■ one of the best remedies when the ulcer is large or seems inclined to spread rapidly, or when surrounded by many small ulcerations or pustules, or much swelling and discoloration of the surrounding parts, and the leg, if implicated, presenting the same appearance as described under Carbo veg. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Arsenicum. LycopoDium is indicated when the pus is of the color of a citron and the edges of the ulcer are callous or inverted, and an itching almost unendurable; sometimes attended with burning pain at night, in bed. The remedy is also very serviceable in superficial chronic ulcers. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning, for a week. Then discontinue for a week, after which recourse may be had to the same remedy again, and so on until there is permanent amelioration or change. Mercurius viv. is indicated when the ulcer ia deep, and secretes a thin and offensive discharge. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful night and morning, or if used in alternation with any of the other remedies, give Mercurius in the morning, and the other remedy in the evening, observing that both remedies are to be prepared for admin- istration in the same way. Silicea is indicated when the secretion is thick and discolored, and also when the discharge consists of a thin, acrid and offensive sanies, or matter mixed with blood, and particularly in sores with imperfect granula- tions. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, and give every morning fasting, for a week, then discontinue for the same length of time, and then if there is no improvement, proceed with another remedy. Sulphur is one of the chief remedies in almost all ulcers of long standing, and of itself proves salutary in effecting a cure in many chronic cases. It is particularly indicated when there is excessive itching, burning or CUTANEOUS AFFECTIONS. 365 gnawing; and smarting pains are experienced in the ulcer, which is prone to bleed when dressed, presents no distinct granulations, secretes a fetid sanies, or thick, yellow, unhealthy pus, and has its margins elevated and surrounded by groups of pimples, which increase the irritation of the sore; also when there is a dropsical condition of the legs. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a spoonful every twenty-four hours, for three days, then wait a week and repeat, provided there has not been a positive change for the better, in which case it would be better not to give medicine, so long as con- valescence seems to be going on. This remedy may be used in alternation with Mercurius, giving three doses of the former one week, and three of the latter the next, twenty-four hours between each dose. Sepia and Nitric acid.—One or both of these reme- dies may sometimes be indicated in alternation with Silicea, in very intractable cases. DOSE.—After Silicea has been given, according to directions, dissolve one drop, or six globules, of Sepia, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every twenty-four hours, for three days, and afterwards, if necessary, Nitric acid, observing not to commence with the last-mentioned remedy until three days have elapsed, after the last dose of either of the former remedies. General treatment.—Any ulcer, highly inflamed and painful, may be soothed by saturating soft linen in warm water, and applying it to the sore. When the ulcer is on the leg, the limb should be kept at rest, and not even in a depending position. The application of lint dipped in cold water, kept perpetually wet with the same, is a very useful form of dressing, and frequently more effectual than when wet in warm water, more especially when the ulcer presents sharp, jagged edges, with no distinct formation of granu- lations, but exhibits a surface consisting of a whitish spongy substance, covered with a thin discharge of acrid matter, and bleeds from the slightest disturbance. 32* 366 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. The application of a moderately tight bandage, will prove of service, when the granulations are sufficiently developed, provided it be properly applied, and particu- larly when they exhibit a pale color, often large and flabby, with a smooth and glossy surface, the edges of the surrounding skin, being at the same time thick, rounded and prominent; thin and watery pus, mixed with flakes of coagulating lymph, which adheres closely; trifling pain, and the sore by no means sensitive. External application of the same remedies, used for internal administration, may be found of great service in promoting healthy granulation and cicatrization; but in other cases it will be found sufficient to keep the bandage wet with cold water, giving, however, at the same time, the appropriate internal remedy. When only external applications are made, to effect a disappearance of the ulcers, their absence will only be temporary, in a majority of instances, for the sole reason that the inherent taint in the system has not been eradicated. In the treatment of healthy or healing sores, it is better to dress them no oftener than due regard to cleanliness will absolutely require, for it is well to avoid all unnecessary irritations, these will for the most part, retard the healing process, already established; dry lint may be used for the dressing, and change every forty- eight hours, unless the secretion of pus should be so much as to moisten the lint in a shorter period. Varicose Ulcers. These ulcers that arise from varicose veins, are, for the most part, 'obstinate, and difficult to heal, particularly when it is inconvenient, or impossible for the patient to cutaneous affections. 367 keep at rest. Under such circumstances, great advantage may be found from wearing the lace stocking. To effect a cure of this kind of ulcerated leg, the main dependence is upon remedies to be taken internally. Arnica and Pulsatilla.—These two medicines, either singly, or alternately, are of great service in effecting a permanent cure. If administered in an early stage of the disease, and even if the varicose ulcer has existed for a long time, these remedies may be regarded of the first importance. DOSE.—Dissolve, of either, if given singly, one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every night and morning for a week, then discontinue for four days, after which, if neces- sary, the same course may be repeated, and so on, until a change ensues. If the remedies are given in alternation, twelve hours should elapse between them, or perhaps it would be better to give Arnica for two days, and then Pulsatilla for two days, alternately, until amelioration, or change. Lachesis, Sulphur, Silicea, Arsenicum, and Carbo veg., are respectively of considerable service, when there are indications for their use, and particularly if Arnica and Pulsatilla have proved insufficient. One or more of these remedies may be called into requisition in com- pleting the healing process. DOSE.—Lachesis, Arsenicum, or Carbo veg. may be employed in the same way as Arnica and Pulsatilla. Of Sulphur and Silicea, give one drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water every twenty-four hours. Diet and Regimen.—The diet should be nutritious, avoiding all manner of condiments; salt meats; old fish; old cheese, &c; and all stimulating or unhealthy beverages. There are other common affections of the skin, that take the form of rashr not clearly characterised. In all such cases when there is fever, the patient must be careful not to take cold, neither should he keep himself too warm; either state may prove injurious. 368 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, 12.—Hives. (Or Rash in Children.) When hives make their appearance on children, it is better to keep them moderately warm, and give them Chamomilla, twice a day, until the disease disappears; or if the child is sick at its stomach, give Ipecacuanha or Bryonia. (For further particulars see Eruptive Fevers.) DOSE—Dissolve, of either of the remedies selected, one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. CHAPTER IX. ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, AND THEIR DISEASES. 1.—General Description of the Organs of Respiration. The organs of respiration are the mouth and nose, the throat, the windpipe and its branches, and the lungs, to which might also be added the pleura, diaphragm, and in some sense the ribs, the muscles of the thorax and abdomen. The organs most immediately concerned in respiration are the windpipe, larynx and trachea, its branches, the bronchia, and the lungs, (often called the " lights." Respiration itself is the act of inhaling and expiring, (drawing into the chest, and throwing out from it) the air or atmosphere. All the organs of respiration are to a high degree capable of expansion and contraction, that is they can be stretched out or drawn in, spread out or puckered up, as may be necessary for the performance of their several offices AND THEIR DISEASES. 369 Upon this expansive and contractive power much of their usefulness is dependant. If it be in any way inter- fered with, their usefulness is to that extent diminished. If it be interrupted their usefulness is lost. The use of the act of respiration, the function per- formed by those organs, is to impart life to and take away impurities from the blood. It is supposed to impart life by supplying oxygen, which is one of the constituents of atmospheric air, and to take away impurities by carrying off carbonic acid, which is one of the principal ingredients of all dead or decaying substances. If " life is in the blood," and is conveyed to it by every inspiration of air, if death is in the carbonic acid which is conveyed out at every successive expiration, it will be seen how essential is this function to the con- tinuance of life and health. Upon the perfect expansive and contractive power of the organs of respiration, the life and health of the body is constantly dependant. If these are to any extent interrupted, all the other parts must suffer. If they are lost, the other organs perish. The organs by which so important a function is per- formed would afford an interesting theme for years of study and research, whilst the diseases to which these organs are liable, already form no inconsiderable portion of the science of medicine. When it is remembered that nearly one-third of the whole number of deaths which occur in a community are from diseases connected with the respiratory system, it will be seen how highly important is a more perfect knowledge of the functions and the disorders of that system, to all those who would in any way administer to the relief of the sick. 870 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, In their external appearance the organs immediately concerned in respiration, namely, the windpipe and lungs, might not inaptly be compared to a small tree or shrub, having two large and numerous small branches, densely set with leaves or foliage. The roots of this tree will be found in the throat or larynx, extending upwards around the roots of the tongue and the cavities of the nose and mouth. The trunk is the windpipe. The branches of the windpipe (bronchial tubes,) are the limbs and the substance of the lungs, constitutes the leaves of the tree, rolled up into little cells, (air cells of the lungs,) exceedingly minute, but capable of immense expansion and contraction. These air cells or leaves are surrounded and connected together by a peculiar yielding, elastic and compressible substance, for which I know no other name than parenchyma, which like a net-work encloses each little cell, and connects and encloses the whole together, giving to the lungs their shape or form. From the comparison I have just made, it is easy to form a conception of the location of these organs, or the place they occupy in the body. This tree, it will be perceived, has its roots upward, its trunk and limbs extending downwards into the chest. The wind-pipe or trachea, extends from the throat or larynx, to the upper part of the breast-bone, just below the pit of the throat, where it divides into two large branches,—one passing towards the right, and the other towards the left side. These branches afterwards divide and subdivide continu- ally, until they are lost in the air cells of the lungs, and have received the name of bronchia or bronchial tubes. The lungs, properly speaking, that is, the air cells, connected together by the net-work or parenchyma with AND THEIR DISEASES. 371 which they are always invested, spring out from, and envelope the bronchia, or branches of the windpipe, somewhat like the leaves of a tree from its branches, each small cell being so connected with its parent stem, that the one seems actually to run into and to pervade the substance of the other. The lungs extend from the breast bone, a short dis- tance below the throat pit, towards the right and left side, occupying the upper and back parts of the chest, pressing upward towards the shoulders, and when they are full and strong, occupying all the cavities between the bony structures around what are popularly termed the shoulder and collar bones, and so filling up the chest, as to give that peculiar round and plump appearance, which is at once an element of beauty, and an indication of health. Or, to keep up the comparison of the tree, branches of the lungs appear to extend upward and out- ward, towards the windpipe and towards the shoulders, as the branches of a tree, sometimes hang downwards and outwards towards the trunk, and towards the earth, upon which, the branches of a tree are sometimes even found reclining. The lungs extend downward along the spine, to the region of the angle of the shoulder-blades, where they are separated from the liver, by a large and thin muscu- lar sheet called the diaphragm, which extends downwards and forwards, to the lower attachments of the ribs, and to the breast bone. This sheet or membrane, divides the chest into two cavities or apartments, the upper one of which, called by physicians the thorax, is completely filled with the heart and lungs, which consequently press constantly, as it were, upon the diaphragm, as they do also, upon the walls of the thorax, all along the region 372 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, of the ribs in front, (except a portion of the left side, which is occupied by the heart,) and above the shoulder- blades, behind or along the back. It will be perceived that the diaphragm, from its pecu- liar location alongside the lungs, may be affected with disease, which will create cough and difficult respiration. These diseases will be considered in their proper place. The lungs, in addition to their own proper tissue and covering, are separated from the walls of the thorax, and from the heart, by an additional covering which is called the pleura, and is the seat of the disease called pleurisy. This covering is divided into two parts,—one for the right, and one for the left lung, forming two large sacks, which investing each lung, have a common union along the spine, from which they are reflected upon the walls of the chest, and upon the diaphragm. Fjom the intimate connection which exists between all these organs, it will be seen how diseases of the one, will necessarily affect the other, and how necessary is a knowledge of their exact locations, connections, and dependance, each upon the other, to anything like a true and just understanding of the disease or diseases, with which any one of them may be affected. Hence, the more knowledge we give to the world, or to mankind at large, of themselves, and of the delicate structure of their own organism, the more likely they are to apply to some intelligent physician, in every emergency, or for any disease with which they may be affected, whilst igno- rance is the support of mountebanks and quacks. Having taken a hasty glance at the organs of respira- tion from without, or an external view, our next object will be to view them from within. Without, we find organs and tissues, within cavities and tubes. Prom the AND THEIR DISEASES. 373 cavities of the mouth, nose and throat, if we descend within the wind-pipe, larynx and trachea, we find a tube of considerable size, several inches in length, and about an inch in diameter, though varying according to age, size, or idiosyncrasies of the subject, which ex- tending the whole length of the trachea, and opening into each of the bronchia, stretches through all their divisions and ramifications, to the remotest air cells of the lungs, of which tubes, these air cells themselves seem to be only continuations and expansions. Or to continue the figure of the tree. Our tree, we find, is a hollow tube; all its branches are hollow; every twig is hollow, and contains in itself a tube; all its leaves are cavities; and each part is possessed of an expansive and contractive power, adapting it to its peculiar function, the reception and expulsion of air. Thus far I have considered the organs of respiration in regard to their anatomical relations, and functional use, it remains to consider the various tissues or j structures, of which these organs are composed, with the j usefulness, the connections, and dependencies of each; from which we can pass with ease, to a consideration of the various diseases to which they are subject. And first. Of the skins or coverings of the respiratory organs. All the parts of the body are covered with a skin, or membrane. The body itself is covered; all its internal organs are covered, each with its own skin; every muscle has a covering; all the cavities are coated or clothed; every vein, artery, nerve, or other organ, however minute, is enveloped by its own separate sheath, | covering, or skin, which serves to protect it from con- tact with external objects, as well as to secrete some 33 374 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, peculiar fluid, adapted to some particular want or neces- sity of the organ itself. Passing from the external to the internal parts of the body, if we enter the mouth, we find the external covering or skin of the body is continued within that cavity, but so altered in its nature, as to secrete constantly from its surface, a peculiar fluid, which lubri cates all its parts, gives to the organs contained in the mouth, a soft and pleasant feel, and enables each organ contained therein, to perform its office without unduly infringing upon the repose of any other organ. This skin is continuous through all those tubes, pipes, cells, or other cavities, which open into, and therefore may be said to be exposed in any degree to the influence of the atmosphere. It differs from the external skin, or the skin of the body, but little more than different parts of that skin differ from each other. It lines, of course, not only the mouth and nose, but the throat, the larynx, the windpipe, the bronchia, and all the minutest air cells of the lungs. It is usually the first, and from its exposed situation, usually the most liable, to be affected with disease, and its diseases, if duly arested, are most easy of repair. It is the only tissue connected with the organ of respiration, for which it is safe for an uneducated physician or nurse, for any length of time to continue to prescribe, and even in these diseases, if they do not yield promptly to the medicines prescribed, it is better to seek the aid of wisdom and experience. When it lines any internal cavity, tube or cell, it is called mucus mem- brane, mucus coat, &c, and its secretions are termed mucus secretions. Exactly opposed to the mucus coatings, which line the internal parts of the respiratory organs, and are AND THEIR DISEASES. 375 adapted to defend these organs from injury by too close contact with the atmosphere or with any other external objects, is the serous coat, which lines the external parts. This coat completely covers all these organs, wherever they lie along side of, or come into proximity with, any other organs or parts of the body. It is frequently reflected or doubled in, so as to form a kind of medium or middle line between different parts of the same organ, and whenever it is in health, it secretes from its free surface, a slimy, tenacious, oily-feeling substance, called serum. This substance, to any one who examines the system as a machine, appears to lubricate each organ, to render its motion more easy and free, or in other words to prevent friction. This serous coat, being exceedingly smooth in itself, when it is also lubricated by this healthy secretion from its own surfaces, presents the least possible resistance to the free motion of any and every portion of the organ with which it is connected, and consequently renders it eminently adapted to that constant activity which pervades the lungs, pleura, diaphragm, and other parts of the respiratory aparatus. Between the mucus and serous coatings (or if in any portion the serous coat be wanting, its place is generally supplied by a substance called areola or cellular tissue of a nature very similar to the serous coat) is found the substance or tissue of which the organ itself is composed, which in the organs of respiration is generally either muscular or cartilagenous. This tissue is to the highest degree elastic and compressible in the lungs themselves, whilst in some of the other organs as the windpipe and its branches, the throat and nose, it is more firm, unyield- ing and dense, bearing an affinity to the softer bones, and is called cartilage. 376 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, We thus find in the respiratory organs four distinct varieties of substance, and two entirely different secre- tions, liable to be affected with different forms of disease; and it may be well to remark, that these substances are liable to considerable modification in the different organs where they occur, as are also the diseases to which they are subject. All the parts of every organ are of course supplied with two distinct sets of blood vessels, the arteries and veins, by means of which they are themselves supported and nourished; and with two distinct sets of nerves, by which sensation is produced, and in which, to a con- siderable extent, the power of motion rests. In addition to this, the lungs are pervaded in every part by another I distinct set of blood-vessels, the pulmonary arteries and the pulmonary veins, by means of which all the blood of the whole body is conveyed through the lungs, for the purpose of being brought into such proximity with atmospheric air as to become both enlivened and purified. These organs are also subject to the disorders incident to their use or function, and are to be carefully regarded in determining the diseases with which any of the organs of respiration may be affected. 2.—Diseases of the Respiratory Organs. From the description already given of the organs | of respiration, it will be inferred that they are liable to a variety of diseases. The mucus membrane, having so close an affinity with the skin, might be expected to be affected with similar diseases to those to which the skin is subject, with such variations and modifications aa might arise from the peculiar conditions and functions of each organ. The serous coatings, will, of course, be AND THEIR DISEASES. 377 more exposed to that class of diseases which usually affect serous surfaces, whilst the muscular, vascular, and other tissues, will each one of them be more liable to the diseases usually affecting those tissues in other parts of the body. To prescribe intelligently and well for the diseases of any of these organs, it is therefore necessary to consider, not only the organ which is affected with disease, but the tissue or tissues upon which the disease is located; observing that this is always to be discovered by the symptoms, provided all the symptoms are taken into consideration, and not by any particular theory or theo- ries, which may be involved in such terms as pneumonia, catarrh, cold in the head, cold on the breast, &c., or the more fashionable terms, Bronchitis, Laryngitis, Stomati- tis, &c, terms much more frequently resorted to as a cloak for ignorance, than as a means of expressing any- thing definite or certainly known. These names of diseases, or rather the confidence that has been reposed in them, has been a constant source of injury, both to the profession of medicine and to the public at large. If a case of bronchitis, for instance, has been cured by a given remedy, that remedy has been afterwards lauded and relied on, not only by the public, but too often by the physician, to cure every case which could be called bronchitis, not considering that the bronchia are a series of organs, composed of various tissues, and that an injury, irritation, or a lesion of one of these tissues, might arise from very different sources. and require very different treatment from that which would be requisite for the relief or cure of another. It is not my purpose, in a work designed only for domestic use, to illustrate at length every subject of this 33* 378 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, nature, to which it may appear to be duty to refer. It ia as important for the uneducated, non-professional prac- titioner, to know when to stop his ministrations, and why he should go no further, as it is to know how far he may proceed with safety; and I would here caution every practitioner, whether professional or non-professional, educated or uneducated, against attributing his lack of success, to any lack of efficiency in the remedies employed. It is much more probably to be attributed to his ignorance1 of the nature of the disease he has to combat, and consequently, of the adaptedness of any given remedy or class of remedies, to the specific pur- pose he wishes to accomplish. The intelligent layman who uses this work, will, whenever he finds himself at a loss, repair at once, to the more intelligent, because better educated physician, and the physician himself, if in any case his ministrations fail, will read and re-read the chart which nature has given, viz., the symptoms, in order to discover whether he has indeed, so affiliated his remedies, that he ought to expect a cure. Without this care, all medical practice is little better than empiricism, and the practitioner of medicine, whether professional or otherwise, is only an ignorant charlatan or quack. With it, medicine is exalted to a science, and the practice of the profession to a rank among the most liberal and humanizing arts. 3.—Of Cold in General. , It should be borne in mind that diseases of the organs of respiration frequently either originate in or are excited and made to manifest themselves by a cold, a term which is used to designate the effects produced upon the system by sudden changes of temperature, or by too long expo- | sure to dampness, wetting the feet, &c. AND THEIR DISEASES. 379 These effects are usually first manifested upon the skin and upon the mucus surface, and produce smart- ings, stingings, burnings, swellings, irritations, or sense of rawness, sneezing, coughs, pimples, vesicular erup- tions, salivation or watery discharge from the mouth and throat; running at the nose, first of a thin watery fluid, second of thick mucus, phlegm, or thick mucus from the mouth, throat and lungs; stoppage ofthe nose; stoppage of the throat; painfulness of the parts; soreness; sensi- tiveness to touch; oppression and other sufferings. The attentive observer cannot but be struck with the similarity of the effects produced by a cold upon the inter- nal parts, to those effects which are perhaps still more plainly seen upon the external parts, and it is but reason- able to draw from this analogy some reflections upon the treatment most effectual for a common cold. This more commonly commences in the internal sur- face (mucus lining) of the nose, though at times it may appear first on the lips, skin, mouth, throat, or any of the other organs, especially if by any chronic weakness those organs are more subject to irritation than they would be in a healthy state. Hence we shall first treat of cold in the head, and afterwards shall proceed to consider cold on the chest and the other organs of respiration. 4 —Cold in the Head. (Coryza. Catarrh. Catarrh in the Head, &c.) The first symptoms in their natural order, or when uncomplicated with other diseases, are tingling, itching, with a sense of dryness, and partial, though perhaps slight obstruction of the nose; sneezing; running of a watery secretion; and as the symptoms progress, accu- 380 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, mulation of thick mucus in the nose, more especially in children; entire obstruction of one or both nostrils; hawking, tickling of the throat, coughing, &c. At this stage it may perhaps always be arrested by the use of appropriate remedies and care; but if not arrested, it may ultimately involve the throat, windpipe, lungs and chest. Whilst it is confined to the nose and the external parts, it is but slightly dangerous, and is hardly thought to be of sufficient importance to demand medical treat- ment, which it assuredly is not, if that treatment must involve such a routine of harsh remedies as is usually prescribed by the allopathic school. In this appears the superiority of homoeopathy. It meets disease in its incipient stages no less than in its later developments. It prescribes for its earliest symp- toms, and by an appropriate use of specifics, the use of which it teaches with scientific accuracy, and with the most absolute certainty it cures most safely, most plea- santly, and most surely. Hence in these early manifes- tations of disease, the attentive student of nature need never be mistaken, and a truly homoeopathic prescrip- tion will never disappoint his reasonable expectations. The medicines usually called for in this case, are Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Chamomilla, Causticum, Euphrasia, Hepar sulph., Lycopodium, Mer- curius viv., Nitric acid, Nux vomica, Phosphorus, Pulsa- tilla., Rhus tox., Sambucus, Silicea and Sulphur. Aconite is indicated for persons of florid complexion, lively character, sanguine temperament, especially if the cold be the result of exposure to a dry north-west wind, and attended with erysipelatous tumefactions of the lips, nose or face; violent sneezing, with pain in the abdomen AND THEIR DISEASES. 381 and left side; coryza, with catarrh; pain in the head; buzzing in the ears, and colic; or with burning and pricking in the throat, especially when swallowing. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. After Aconite, give Phosphorus, Mercurius viv., Belladonna or Hepar sulph. Arsenicum is indicated for persons of leucophlegmatic constitution, with tendency to dropsical complaints, or for those of lymphatic constitutions, with tendency to eruptions, tetter, or bleeding or burning ulcers, especially if the burning pains are in the interior parts, and if the skin be dry, with pricking itchings, and if there be pro- fuse bleeding at the nose, with swelling and dryness of the nostrils; but especially if with the stoppage of the uose there be abundant secretion of thin and corrosive mucus, and burning in the nostrils; sense of debility or prostration; weakness. After Rhus tox., Belladonna, or Nux vomica. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change, Bryonia.—Temperament dry, meagre, bilious; com- plexion dark, with brown or black hair and eyes; irri- table. If the nose be swollen and painful to the touch, with frequent bleeding; stinging in the forehead; obsti- nate dry coryza; hard mucus drying in scabs; lips swollen and cracked, or dry eruptions, with burnings and smartings; sensation as if the ears were stopped; worse in the evening; and also if the cold extends to the chest, with cough and bursting headache. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two hours, afterwards give Mercurius viv. or Rhus tox, according to the symptoms. Belladonna.—Pains in the nose, aggravated by touch or by movement; swelling, redness, and burning of the 382 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, nose; nose very cold; smell at times acute, at times diminished, offensive or putrid; coryza of one nostril, or stoppage of the nose, especially with pains in the head, aggravated by movement; or with vertigo, swell- ing of the veins, and pulsations of the arteries. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, in alternation with Aconite, Mercurius, or some other indicated remedy. Chamomilla.—Obstruction of the nose; inflammation or ulceration of the nostrils, with very acute smell; dry- ness of the mouth and tongue; blisters or aphthae (can- ker) in the mouth; putrid smell from the mouth, espe- cially for children. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. Causticum.—Dry, chronic coryza, with eruption on the point of the nose; blowing of blood, or discharge of fetid mucus from the nose; loss of smell; worse in the morning; DOSE—See Hepar. Euphrasia.—Profuse flowing coryza by day, with obstruction of the nose at night; corrosive tears, with redness of the eyes; painful sensibility of the nostrils; confusion in the head. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna, Hepar sulph., Sulphur. Hepar sulphur.—When one nostril is implicated, or with headache, aggravated by slight movement; inflam- matory swelling of the nose, with pain as from a bruise when touched. After Belladonna or Mercurius viv. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours. Lycopodium.—For chronic or acute choryza; entire obstruction of the nostrils, especially at night; respira- AND THEIR DISEASES. 383 tion through the mouth only; dryness of the nose, mouth and tongue, with excessive acuteness of smell; nostrils ulcerated, scabby, obstructed with mucus; con- fusion in the head; burning pain in the forehead, worse at night. After Belladonna or Mercurius viv. DOSE.—One drop, of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hoars, until a change is eifected. n Mercurius viv.—Dry or flowing coryza, with frequent sneezing; swelling, shivering, redness and itching of the nose; or with discharge of corrosive serum, or fetid, acrid pus; obstinate headache, and pains, even in the bones; swelling of the bones of the nose; scabs in the nose. After Belladonna or Nux vomica. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Nux vomica.—Coryza, when attended with inflamma- tion; dry coryza, with heat and heaviness in the forehead, and obstruction of the nose; flowing coryza in the morning; dryness and obstruction at night; insupportable itching, scraping in the nostrils, and burning, with fre- quent sneezings; great acuteness of smell; offensive smell. DOSE.—One drop ofthe dilution, or six globules, to be dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Phosphorus.—Nose red and swollen, with dry and hard scabs in the nose; ulcerated nostrils; constant dis- charge of yellow mucus from the nose; acute sense, or entire loss of smell; obstruction of the nose, especially in the morning. After Bryonia or Rhus tox. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spaonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Pulsatilla.—Loss of taste and smell; shivering, if relieved in the open air, and worse in a warm room: 384 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, tickling; frequent sneezing; with obstruction and dry coryza, worse in the evening, and heat of room; painful pressure, as if an abscess at the root of the nose; ulcera- tion of the nostril, with discharge of fetid or yellowish pus; and if there be shooting, sharp, drawing pains, extending into the ears and sides of the head, and especially if the pains are changing from place to place. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Rhus tox.—Swelling and redness of the nose, or around the lips; violent spasmodic sneezings; dryness, with pain, as if the nose were raw; burnings, crawlings, and shootings; painful crawlings in the nose and head; bleeding at the nose, especially at night, or when stooping; all the symptoms being aggravated by rest, especially for persons subject to erysipelas. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls ol water, give a spoonful every two hours, for twelve hours, after which, give Arsenicum or Mercurius viv. Silicea.—Chronic coryza, with disposition to take cold in the head; gnawing pains high up, or in the bones of the nose; long continued, dry coryza, with loss of smell, or with constant sneezing. DOSE.—Give a spoonful of the dilution, every twelve hours. Graphites or Silicea, for frequently recuring colds. Natrum mur., for cold in the head, with obstruction of the nose every second day. Lachesis, if with much swelling, there be a watery secretion. Sulphur, in many obstinate cases. It will be seen that for all the varieties of affections of the nose and head, called coryza, or cold in the head, homoeopathy has no lack of properly adapted remedies. These remedies should be prescribed with care as well as AND THEIR DISEASES. 385 with confidence, and implicitly relied on. They will seldom disappoint us, whilst they will much more fre- quently surprise us, by the rapidity, the certainty, and the ease, with which they remove the most troublesome symptoms, and prepare the wav for the restoration of health. 5— Cold on the Chest—Catarrh—Catarrh on the Breast. Catarrhal Fever, &c. This disease appears at times to prevail as an epidemic, when its symptoms are in general, more severe, and it has received the name of Influenza, Grippe, or Epidemic Catarrh. It usually commences with similar symptoms to a cold in the head, such as sneezing, stoppage of the nose, &c, to which is added oppression across the breast, tickling in the throat, sense of rawness or burning in the throat, cough, at first dry, afterwards with more or less abundant secretion of mucus; sputa, at first thin and watery, after- wards becoming more thick and opaque; slight febrile symptoms, such as chilliness, difficult breathing, and pain, especially in the head, aggravated by coughing. In severe cases, the cough is violent, occurs in paroxysms, accompanied by severe pain, with sense of soreness or laceration, extending along under the breast- bone, nearly to the stomach pit, or with shooting pains to the back and sides: more oppression and prostration of strength, with fever; at times, the fits of coughing occasion vomiting, or they may be accompanied with pain in any portion of the chest,—even in the lowest portion of the bowels or in the loins. Whilst the disease progresses, the sputa becomes more viscid, ropy and stringy: but as it terminates in health, it assumes a 34 386 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, yellowish or whitish aspect, is more easily expectorated, and loses its viscid, ropy character. The sputa of a common catarrh, if uncomplicated, will always be suspended in water. When the disease prevails as an epidemic, the above symptoms are generally more severe, accompanied with great prostration of strength, sleepiness, giddiness, aching pressive pains, which seem to pervade the whole system, even to the bones; dry, burning heat of the skin, or offensive sweats, when it receives the name of Influenza, or Grippe. The remedies are Aconite, Arsenicum, Bryonia, Bella- donna, Chamomilla, Camphor, Conium, Causticum, Dul- camara, Hepar sulph., Mercurius viv., Phosphorus, Pulsatilla, and Rhus tox. Aconite is indicated at the commencement of an attack, particularly, if from exposure to severe cold, or to a dry cold wind: and if there be dry, hot skin, or shivering and heat, with thirst, dryness, roughness, exco- riation, or scraping in the throat or chest, with short, dry cough, restless sleep, confused dreams, rapid pulse, pains in the head, abdomen, and left side, with violent sneezing, coryza, and bleeding at the nose. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. After Aconite, Hepar sulph., Mercurius viv., or Phosphorus may be indicated. Arsenicum. If there be marked remissions and exacerbations, with great prostration, or sense of weak- ness, and desire to lie down; burning pains, especially in the head, and dryness of the mouth and throat; dry, fatiguing cough, with mucus which clings to the throat so as to be raised with difficulty, worse in the, evening or at night, and after drinking; or if the cough be excited AND THEIR DISEASES. 387 by a stifling sensation in the throat, with sense of con- striction in the chest, short breath, anguish and anxiety ; corrosive burning and sanguineous mucus from the nose, or from the mouth and throat, with offensive breath; burning sensations in the mouth, throat or nose; pain in the limbs with shivering. After Aconite, Nux vomica or Rh,us tox. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Belladonna may be indicated, at any period, if the cough be spasmodic, with sore throat, insupportable throbbing headache, as if the head would burst, aggra- vated by talking or movement, by light and exposure to air. It is appropriate after Aconite, or in alternation with or after Hepar sulph. or Mercurius viv., but may be given in alternation with any other remedy, should the symptoms appear to require it. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, until ameliora- tion or change. Bryonia will be found useful, if the cough be dry, with tickling in the throat, hoarseness, sensibility or soreness to the touch of the throat and nose, with dis- charge of a watery secretion; or if the cough be cramp- like, suffocating, with tenacious, slimy mucus in the throat; stinging in the sides of the chest; pains in the head as if it would burst; pressure towards the fore- head, or pulsative pains, aggravated by every move- ment; or if the cough appears to proceed from the stomach, or is attended with pain at the stomach pit, or pain in the right or left hypochondria. Bryonia is use- ful at the onset, or after Aconite, and may be followed by Nux vomica or Phosphorus, according as the condi- tion of the patient shall require. 388 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, DOSE_One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change. Camphor will be found useful if there be a sense of chilliness or coldness over the body, or if the catarrh be caused or preceded by a chill, with symptoms of approaching fever, as shivering, weariness, uneasiness, heaviness, with burning heat in the throat, and tendency to erysipelatous inflammation of the face, and coldness of the skin. DOSE—Take a drop of the spirits of camphor on sugar every half hour, for two or three hours, then select some other remedies for the re- maining symptoms, Chamomilla is indicated for hoarse, catarrhal cough, and cough resulting from a chill, with sore throat; obstruction of the nose; redness of the skin of the face, mouth or throat, with miliary eruption, or with aphthae in the mouth; pains in the stomach, face, teeth, ears or head, especially in children, with fretfulness, restlessness and anxiety; chilliness from slight causes, or burning heat in one part and chilliness in another; also if the cough be worse at night. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoon- fuls of water, may be given every three hours, a spoonful until amelioration or change. After Chamomilla, Mercurius, or Hepar sulph., if indicated. Conium, especially for epidemic catarrh, or influenza, or if the cold be accompanied by fever, with internal heat and thirst; great debility; scrapings or creeping, itching, sensations in the throat, which produce inces- sant cough; impatient of the slightest noise; unrefresh- ing, restless sleep; anxious dreams; obstruction of the nose; buzzing in the ears; and especially if with the cough there be pains in the abdomen or in the side, with rumbling of wind. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten AND THEIR DISEASES. 389 spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours. After Nux vomica or Arsenicum, Causticum.—If there be obstinate hoarseness, with loss of voice; spasmodic or convulsive cough, worse in the night or towards morning; great sensibility to cold; tightness in the head, with shooting pains, and sensa- tion of a gauze or mist before the eyes; rumbling or buzzing in the ears and head, with obstruction of the nose or ears, especially if there be also an accumulation of mucus in the throat, which can only be expectorated by hawking or gagging; and a sense of excoriation, with stinging pain when swallowing; or a short, dry cough, excited by tickling in the throat, with burning pains in the throat and chest. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in six spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every four hours, until ameliora- tion or change. After Hepar sulph. or Chamomilla. Dulcamara.—If the sufferings are worse at night, and have been caused by exposure to wet or dampness; in obstinate catarrh, with hoarseness, moist cough, like hooping cough, with reddish colored expectoration; especially if there be sensation of heaviness in the head, with buzzing in the ears, and pains in the limbs aggra- vated by rest, and accompanied by coldness or numb- ness. It is suitable before or after Causticum, or after Hepar sulph. or Mercurius viv. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be given in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. Hepar sulph. will be found useful if there be a sen- sation in the throat as if there were a tumor or a plug in it, with hawking up of mucus, or sense as if there were much mucus in the throat, with ringing and pain in the head as if it were going to burst; also pain with stinging 34* 390 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, and soreness, extending even to the ears, especially if the patient be subject to herpetic or scrofulous affections, or if there be symptoms of tuberculous ulceration, swelling of the glands, and shooting pains, the parts being painful when touched, worse by exposure to cold air and motion. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be put in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelio- ration or change. Hepar sulph. is especially useful after Mercurius viv., or it may be alternated with Bryonia, Aconite or Phosphorus, to advantage. Mercurius viv. is indicated for a dry fatiguing shaking cough, excited by a tickling dryness in the throat, impeding speech, worse at night and in bed; or cough with febrile shivering and heat; swelling of the throat; profuse lacry- mation and salivation; running or obstruction of the nose, with sensation of a tumor in the throat, and constant dis- position to swallow; offensive smell from the mouth; bitter or offensive taste; much thirst; pains in the limbs and in the joints, and especially if there be profuse sweat which affords no relief. To persons subject to suffer from cold, affected with swelling of the glands, sore throats or lymphatic abscesses, it may be given in the onset of the disease, either alone or in alternation with Belladonna, and followed by Hepar sulphur, should the symptoms appear to require it. For persons subject to hepatic com- plaints, it is especially efficacious after Bryonia or Chamo- milla, and in persons subject to rheumatism before or after Dulcamara. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. Nux vomica is one of the most prompt and efficacious remedies for a cold, especially if there be constipation or costiveness, or if the patient be subject to hemorrhoids, of a dry and bilious, or of a lymphatic and exhausted AND THEIR DISEASES. 391 constitution, sanguine, or nervous and excitable tempera- ment, and especially for persons addicted to the use of wine, spirits, coffee, or narcotic drugs. It is especially indicated if there be a dry cough in the morning, and occasionally during the day, with little or no cough #at night. After a fit of coughing, a small quantity of adhe- sive mucus is with difficulty expectorated; if at every fit of coughing there be bursting headache, sore pain at the stomach pit, or in the abdomen and around the umbilicus, or if there be wandering fever, chills, worse during move- ment, alternating with flashes of heat, pains as from a bruise in the hypochondria and back; nausea or want of appetite; confusion in the head, with giddiness. It is also of great utility for persons subject to chronic gas- tritis, or hepatitis, in which case the cold is likely to be complicated with gastric or hepatic complaints, such as a sense of weight at the stomach pit, tensive feeling across the hypochondria, perhaps with nausea and vomiting. This remedy has an extensive range of action in all dis- eases of this nature, and is generally adapted to the earlier stages of catarrh to subdue the more prominent symp- toms, after which Mercurius viv., Hepar sulph., Arsenicum, Bryonia or Phosphorus may be indicated. It is useful after Aconite or Bryonia, and may occasionally be giver in alternation with or after almost any other remedy should the symptoms manifestly require it. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumbler o/ water, a spoonful to be given every four hours until amelioration or change It is often useful to give Nux vomica in the after, and some other remedy in the fore part of the day. Phosphorus, especially if there be great sensibility to cold air, and coryza with fever, shiverings, and headache,, hoarseness, loss of voice; cough, with dryness in the throat, and stingings, with sense of constriction; or with pains 392 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, in the stomach and abdomen. The pains in the throat are tensive, and burning, or smarting and stinging, often as if the chest were raw. Also pressure in the throat, and constrictive, pressive sensation in the chest, or with symptoms of congestion of the throat, chest, and lungs; pulse quick and hard; disturbed sleep; tossing about with startings and fright, or with lamentations, and moaning during sleep. Phosphorus may follow Bryonia or Rhus tox. DOSE.—One drop ofthe dilution, or six globules, may be dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelio- ration or change. Pulsatilla is considered specific for colds, with cough, worse at night, with evening chills; sneezing; loss of smell and taste; pain in the forehead; with fulness, expectoration, thick, yellowish, or green, tenacious, and bitter, constriction in the throat, with shaking cough, worse at night, and when lying down; and if there be shooting or sharp drawing pains, which change rapidly from place to place; also if the sufferings affect one side only; or are accompanied with leucorrhoea. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful of the solution every two hours. Rhus tox. is especially indicated when there is redness of the skin, with tendency to erysipelatous eruptions around the nose and mouth; with burning itching in the throat; sensation of contraction in the throat, with difficulty in swallowing; pressure and shootings; great anxiety, and restlessness, with drawing, pressive sensations, especially at night; crawlings, creep- ings, or shiverings, with thirst. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a spoonful every three hours, until amelioration, or change. In epidemic catarrh, or influenza, the medicines should AND THEIR DISEASES. 393 always be selected according to the foregoing indications, and if promptly and wisely administered, the disease will always be found to yield, much more readily, and certainly, than has ever been seen, under allopathic administration. It will be remembered that cold, coryza, or catarrh, is a usual precursor, if not a producing cause, of nearly all the diseases of the respiratory organs. Its treatment, therefore, will be found to run into, and connect itself to a greater or less extent with the treatment which will be necessary in those diseases. In the natural order of those diseases, the next subject to be considered, is 6.—Cough. (Tussis.) A cough is always a symptom of some other disease. Although it might, at first view, be regarded as a disease in itself, it is, in fact, only an effort of nature to rid itself of a diseased condition, or to throw off accumulations which disease has created. It is nonsense to call it "a forcible and violent expiration without fever." A man can make, a great number of such expirations, and not cough. It is only that peculiar effort of nature, which is made for the purpose of expelling from the respiratory organs, offensive matter, which can be denominated a cough. This offensive matter may or may not be already exuded upon the internal surface of the organ. Whether it exists in the form of an exudation, of a congestion, of an eruption, or of a simple irritation, it is still there, and nature gets up an excitement to rid itself of the diseased condition. The result, or rather the manifestation and combination of the results, is cough. Let no physician then, and certainly no homoeopath, ever boast of curing a cough. It is not the cough he 394 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, wishes to cure, but the disease which causes it; and unless he can discover, with at least some degree of certainty, the cause, let him be very cautious how he prescribes, for the effect. A cough is always accompanied with fever. This fever may be general or local, severe or slight, per- ceptible in the pulse, skin, &c, or imperceptible. All these circumstances must be carefully noted, and will influence the treatment. Coughs with febrile or inflammatory symptoms, have either been noticed under the article colds, or will be considered each in a separate article, according to the organ or organs implicated in the subsequent pages of this work. It remains to consider a cough where the inflammatory symptoms are so slight as to be nearly imperceptible, or where, after the inflammation appears to have been sub- dued, either by time or by the administration of appro- priate remedies, the cough still remains. This would not improperly be termed a chronic cough. Tussis chronica, or a continued cough, that is, a cough continuing after the other acute symptoms of disease have subsided. In this condition, some one of the following remedies will usually be found appropriate: Aconite, Antimonium crud., Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Chamomilla, Causticum, Carbo veg., Calcarea carb., Dulcamara, Dro- sera, Hepar sulph., Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, Lachesis, Lycopodium, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Rhus tox., Sepia, Silicea, and Sulphur. Aconite, if the patient be of a nervous, sanguineous temperament, and if the cough be attended with con- striction, pressure, or pricking sensations, with sense of AND THEIR DISEASES. 395 numbness or paralysis; cough, short and dry, or convul- sive, hoarse and choking; expectoration white or bloody, or with spitting of blood. Antimonium crud.—Dry cough in the morning, especially if attended with heat and burning in the throat, involuntary and copious discharge of urine, sen- sation of some foreign body in the throat, which cannot be expectorated; great weakness or entire loss of voice. Arsenicum.—Cough, excited by a sensation of dry- ness in the throat, worse in the evening, or attended with heat and burning; periodic, dry cough, or cough with tenacious mucus, difficult to expectorate, and sense of suffocation, especially of old people; bloody expectora- tion, with burning. Belladonna.—Cough, with headache, redness, and heat in the face,—afternoon or evening, and in bed, excited by movement, especially if it be short, dry, and at times convulsive; shootings as if from knives, spas- modic contractions, cuttings in the abdomen, or pain in the nape of the neck, and especially in phthisical per- sons, or tendency to consumption. Bryonia.—Spasmodic, suffocating cough, after eating or after midnight; dry, or with dirty, reddish or yellow- ish expectoration; aching pains in the head, as if it would burst, and with stingings or prickings in the chest and sides; excoriating pain at the stomach-pit, or pains in the region of the liver or spleen; cough, with palpi- tation of the heart; can lie only on the back ; shootings under the left shoulder-blade as far as the heart, aggra- vated by movement. Calcarea carb.—Hacking cough, with vertigo or trembling of the limbs, or dry, with violent beatings of the heart and pulsations of the arteries, shootings in the 396 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, head, from without inwards, or bursting, shaking pains, as if the head would fly open, with yellowish, sweetish, or saltish and viscid expectoration. Causticum.—Hacking cough, with tickling in the throat, or as if something like a wedge in the throat, and rattling in the chest, or with abundant secretion of mucus, difficult to expectorate. Carbo veg.—Dry cough, with flushes of heat and sweat, roughness in the throat, pains above the left hip, or painful stitches through the head, or in mucus con- sumption of old people; spasmodic cough, with vomit- ing, especially in the evening; expectoration, if mucus, greenish,—if pus, yellowish or bloody; expectoration with burning. See also Arsenicum. Chamomilla.—Tickling itching in the throat-pit, extending under the sternum; tenacious mucus in the throat; suffocative cough after midnight. Dulcamara.—Cough, with copious secretion of mucus, or with expectoration of bright colored blood; barking, shaking cough, stinging in the chest, anxiety and fulness in the prsecordial region. Drosera.—Early morning cough, if the expectoration be bitter and nauseous; or dry, spasmodic cough, with inclination to vomit, or with bleeding from the nose and mouth. Hepar sulph.—Dry, hollow, suffocative cough, with anguish and weeping; or cough with wheezing respi- ration and danger of suffocation when lying down; cough, with weakness of the organs of speech: emacia- tion; hectic fever and sleeplessness; hoarse, hollow cough. Hyoscyamus.—Cough when lying down; cramp-like cough; dry, shaking cough, with pains in the abdomen; convulsive cough; expectoration greenish or bloody. AND TnEIR DISEASES. 397 Ignatia.—Cough, as if a feather were in the throat, or tickling above the stomach pit; spasmodic dry cough, or with fluent coryza; cough and constriction at the throat pit, and also of the chest. Lachesis. — Fatiguing cough, with tickling in the throat, chest or stomach pit, and dryness of the throat; cough always after sleeping, often when sleeping, or soon after lying down; contractions and constrictions with sense of swelling, or with swelling and tension. Lycopodium.—Cough, dry, night or morning, affect- ing the head, stomach and chest, or with pains through the chest, even to the back.; cough of long standing, with obstinate constipation; cough with greenish or bloody, or yellowish-grey expectoration. Mercurius viv.—Dry, fatiguing, shaking cough, with tickling and dryness in the chest, worse when in bed at night, and aggravated by speaking; pains in the head and chest when coughing; catarrhal cough, with diarrhoea, or with watery secretion from the mouth and nose. Nux vomica.—Nervous, spasmodic or catarrhal cough, worse in the morning, in paroxysms through the early part of the day, attended with entire loss of appetite, and inability to take food in the morning; or cough, with severe headache, or with pain as from a blow or bruise at the pit of the stomach, or with oppression across the chest, and in the upper portion of the abdo- men; especially for persons subject to constipation or hemorrhoids; or if the cough be accompanied with tickling in the throat, or with itching and sensation of roughness, and followed by stinging pains; expec- toration bloody, or of tenacious mucus. Phosphorus. — Dry cough, with tickling, or with 35 398 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, stingings in the throat and chest, and sensation as if the chest were raw; aggravated by motion and by cold, and with sense of weight, oppression, or constriction and anguish, with lancinating or burning pains; purulent, saltish expectoration, or slimy, bloody mucus, or pure blood. Pulsatilla. — Cough severe, shaking, or nervous, spasmodic and suffocating; or if followed by vomiting, soreness in the abdomen, or with shooting pains in different parts of the body, or pains changing rapidly from place to place; expectoration white and tenacious, or thick and yellowish, or of clotted blood; worse in the evening. Rhus tox.—Cough excited by tickling in the chest, with constriction, anxiety and sense of suffocation, or with shooting pains in the chest and sides, and sense of exhaustion; expectoration of viscid mucus or bright blood; bitter taste in the mouth; worse on lying down at night, or on waking in the morning. Sepia.—Dry, spasmodic suffocative cough, with nau- sea and bitter vomiting; cough with constipation, or with lancinating pains in the chest and back; expectora- tion yellowish, greenish, pus-like or bloody, putrid or salt; aggravations morning and evening; chronic coughs. Sulphur.—Cough with painful stitches through the chest to the back; weakness in the chest; sensation as if the chest were contracted; spasmodic pains; short- ness of breath, and inability to speak; pain mostly on the left side; expectoration whitish or yellowish, or fetid, and of a salt or sweetish taste; worse when lying down. Silicea.—Chronic cough in persons subject to ulcera- AND THEIR DISEASES. 399 fcions, or to unhealthy condition of the skin, or to great nervous debility, and tendency to suffer from chills, especially if there be aggravation of the sufferings at the new and full moon; expectoration of transparent mucus or pus; aggravations by movement and at night. ADMINISTRATION—Select the remedy with great care, dissolve two drops, or twelve globules, in half a tumblerful of water, give a teaspoonful every four hours, (or if there be recent cold with fever, in addition to the chronic cough, every two hours,) for two days, or until some manifest effect is produced. Then omit all medicine one day. After this, continue the same, or some other carefully selected remedy, at intervals of twelve or twenty-four hours, accordiug to the severity of the symptoms, and the idyosincracies of the patient. In coughs of long standing, and if an amelioration of the symptoms has been produced by one or two weeks' treatment, omit all medicine every alternate week, and the patient will recover with more certainty and safety. Note.—In case any difficulty arises from administering medicine in water, it may be taken, one or two globules at a dose, in a little pure, refined, white sugar; or in the case of infants, or adults, if necessary, the pellets themselves may be carefully placed upon the tongue, taking care that the mouth be free from all noxious or impure substances. Diet.—In cases of cough, as in most other chronic diseases, articles of food should be selected, which are found by experience to agree with the patient. This rule is of the first and highest importance. Next to this is the rule, avoid all narcotic or other stimulants, all opening or relaxing medicines, foods, or drinks; all articles having a strong or pungent taste or smell; all ginger, pepper, spices, nutmegs, cloves, vinegar, strong acids, beers, mineral waters, strong drinks, &c, &c; and all use of loosening drinks, infusions, &c. Use good bread, one day old; sweet, fresh butter, or milk, if it agree; puddings of indian, wheat, rye, or oatmeal; potatoes, turnips, peas, beans, and tomatoes, apples, peaches, strawberries, raspberries, grapes, &c, but avoid plumbs and gooseberries. Use all food well prepared, without any flavor but a 400 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, little salt, milk, eggs, or sugar, from arrowroot, tapioca, farina, sago, salep, oatmeal, barley, &c. Let the food be taken moderately warm, or cold, but not too hot. Meat should be taken in moderate quan- tities, the lean parts of beef, mutton, poultry, venison, game, &c, and usually but once each day. Regimen.—A light, dry, and airy room, out of the way of the steam or gas from the kitchen, or cook room, should always be selected, with a good chimney draught, and good ventilation. The whole body should be thoroughly sponged with pure, clean water, of a temperature which is found to agree, at least two or three times each week. This sponging should be done rapidly, the skin afterwards dried rapidly, with a towel, and then rubbed with the hand to a glow, after which it should be warmly covered. This may be done either at night, or in the early morning, never during the day. A moderate drink of cold water on retiring at night, and another on rising in the morning, having previously given the mouth a thorough washing in the same, will also be useful. The morning air, frequent, long and deep inspirations during a morning walk, and avoiding night air, all crowded assemblies, and all damp or confined air, will render the cure more easy and certain. Drawing in large quantities of air, into the lungs, and then beating the chest with the hand, or with the doubled fist, will frequently be found useful. If a careful attendance to the foregoing rules, and the administration of remedies, according to the directions given, do not suffice to cure any cough in a few weeks, or at least to materially diminish its severity, it is best to AND THEIR DISEASES. 401 apply to some educated and skilful physician. The case is of too serious a nature, to be treated longer by the aid of books alone, or by the usual routine of domestic practice. Do not, on that account, allow your- self to fall into the devouring jaws of allopathy, nor be led astray by the never-ending recommendations of specifics, whether of domestic, or of patent-right medi- cines. Place yourself at once in the care of some educated homoeopath. If it is possible for life to be preserved, you are the safest in his hands. 7.—Hoarseness. (Rautitas.) This affection is also rather a symptom than a disease, and arises from some irritation or congested condition of the upper portion of the windpipe or throat. It often occurs in the progress of a common cold, or it may also be an accompaniment of several other diseases. When it is an accompaniment of a cold, the cold must first be treated according to the directions given in the article on that subject; if the hoarseness still remain, or recur by itself, the idyosincracies of the patient, and any other complaints to which he may be subject, must be carefully studied, and the remedies selected according to the follow- ing indications: Arsenicum.—If the voice be rough, the hoarseness periodical, the patient restless, uneasy, and especially in persons subject to dropsy or eruptions, with burning pains. Belladonna.—If with the hoarseness there be spas- modic constriction; soreness; sense of a lump in the throat; suffocation; weak, squeaking, nasal voice. Causticum.—Hoarseness from weakness of the mus- cles of the throat, with weak and stifled voice, and if the 35* 402 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, hoarseness be long continued, sense of roughness even when vomiting, worse morning and evening. Cuprum.—Hoarseness with dry cough and fits of suffo- cation, desire to lie down in persons subject to asthma, or for women during the catamenia. Capsicum.—If with dryness, crawling and tickling in the nose, pressure in the throat and ears, worse at night, aggravated by cold. Hepar sulph.—Hoarseness, acute or chronic, with stingings in the throat as if from splinters, extending even to the ears, with dryness and sensation as of a lump in the throat; weakness; great sensibility, especially for persons who have suffered from large doses of mercury. Iodium.—Hoarseness, long continued, insupportable, with crawlings in the throat, swellings, contractive sore pain, especially in tuberculous scrofulous subjects, and if early in the morning;after Mercurius, especially large doses. Kali carb.—If the hoarseness be attended with violent sneezing, or with choking sensations, as if there were a plug in the throat, with loss of voice, especially in persons subject to urinary affections, with dry skin and tendency to take cold, or for women with deficient monthly secre- tion, or with leucorrhcea. Lachesis will prove useful if there be a sensation as if there were something in the throat which could not be detached, with a disposition to swelling, or to bloated- ness of the skin; weak, hollow and nasal voice; suffoca- tive sensations; and for women with deficient catamenia. Mercurius vivus. — Hoarseness, attended with thin coryza; burning, tickling sensations, and disposition to profuse sweatings, especially at night. Pulsatilla may be useful for females, especially if AND THEIR DISEASES. 403 there be suppression of the catamenia, or if there be a thick cream-like leucorrhoea of long standing, or if there be a thick yellowish discharge from the nose Rhus tox., if there be tickling, burning, with sensa- tion as if the chest were raw, or sensation of coldness when drawing in the breath, for persons subject to ery- sipelatous eruptions or to rheumatism. Sulphur, particularly in obstinate cases, voice nearly extinct, roughness, scraping in the throat, and after Rhus tox. or Pulsatilla, especially in cold, damp weather. Silicea, if there be also expectoration of thick pus- like matter from the throat, with prickings, excoriation, oppression, constriction, and paralytic sensations. Stannum.—Painful drawings or dryness and shootings; continued swallowing when speaking; sensation of exco- riation, with weakness even in the chest as if it were empty; voice embarrassed, and low; red tongue and sore throat. There are many other valuable remedies in chronic hoarseness, the indications for some of which have been given under the article colds, catarrh, coryza, &c, among which are Phosphorus, Calc. carb., Carbo veg., Drosera, Nitric acid, Phosphoric acid, Ammonium carb., Aurum mur., Baryta carb., Opium, Sambucus and Zincum; but it is confidently believed the above indications will be amply sufficient for all ordinary cases. For extraordinary ones, always consult a physician. DOSE.—Any one of the above remedies may be administered in water, by dissolving twelve globules, or infusing two drops of the dilution, in half a tumbler of water, and giving a teaspoonful of this dilution every two or four hours, according to the nature of the case and the condition of the patient; if in forty-eight hours there be no improvement, it is better to select another remedy, sometimes two remedies which harmonise may be given in alternation, the one being a vegetable, and the other a mineral remedy. 404 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, 8.—Laryngitis. (Frequently called Sore throat.) Inflammation of the throat, or if chronic, consumption of the throat. That part of the throat which can be easily seen by depressing the tongue and opening the mouth suffici- ently, is called the pharynx. Immediately below and partly in front of the pharynx, can be seen the entrance into what is commonly termed the windpipe. The windpipe is divided into two parts. The lower portion or the windpipe proper, the office of which is to convey air to the lungs, is called the trachea. The upper por- tion and below the pharanx, is called the larynx, and its office, in addition to serving as a channel for the passage of air to the lungs, is to form and modify, or give tone and compass to the voice. Besides the ordi- nary tissues which compose the throat and mouth, the larynx is enclosed by a series of rings, of a firm, tough, unyielding substance, somewhat intermediate between India rubber and bone, called cartilage, which is also continued around the trachea and bronchia, until they enter the lungs. When from any cause the larynx takes on inflammation, it is called laryngitis, which means neither more nor less than inflammation of the larynx, as inflammation of the trachea would be called trachietis, inflammation of the bronchi, bronchitis, &c. All these diseases are frequently spoken of by the uneducated, and sometimes even by physicians, under the general name bronchitis, under which term is fre- quently embraced nearly all the chronic diseases of the respiratory organs. At the upper part or entrance of the larynx, is a circular flap-like rim, forming, as it were, a hem or edging to the larynx, and connecting it with, or sepa- and their diseases. 405 rating it from, the pharynx. This rim is called the glottis, and immediately in contiguity with this and above it, is the epiglottis. All these parts or organs, viz., the pharynx, the larynx, the glottis and epiglottis, the trachea and the bronchia, from their locality, as well as from their [similarity of function and structure, might be expected to be subjected to similar forms of disease, and although there may be characteristic differences, which indeed to some extent there are, yet we shall find both the symptoms and the treatment of these diseases contin- ually running into and interlapping one another; and in studying the symptoms of the diseases of any one of these organs, it is of quite as much importance to understand upon what particular tissue or tissues the disease is seated, and the nature or character of the morbid influence with which it is assailed, as it is to know the name of the disease itself, which is in fact only determining that some particular part of the sys- tem is in a diseased condition. Continuing, however, the nomenclature which custom has established, we shall treat first of laryngitis, second of pharyngitis, third of trachietis and bronchitis, and afterwards proceed to the consideration of the other diseases of the respiratory organs in their order. Laryngitis acute, or acute inflammation of the larynx, is characterised by the following symptoms: hoarse- ness ; sense of soreness in the larynx, with a sense of tightness; or voice very hoarse, and sounding as if issuing from some narrow aperture, and at length almost or quite suppressed ; inspiration difficult, tightly sounding or wheezing; sensation of distressing con- striction in the throat, and of inability to breathe, 406 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, accompanied with pain, severe or moderate, especially increased by external pressure, if made in the region of the Adam's apple, and upon the cartilages of the windpipe. If there is a cough attending it, as is usually the case, it may be simply a hoarse, muffled cough, as if to remove some obstruction from the larynx; or it may be spasmodic, paroxysmal and convulsive, dry or with tough, adhesive mucus; paroxysms of great oppression and difficulty of breathing, with spasms of the muscles of the glottis, occasionally occur; sensation of a foreign body or a lump in the throat. If the inflammation extend to the pharynx, there will be diffi- culty in swallowing, which it is supposed may sometimes occur also from motion or pressure upon the larynx while swallowing. It is usually attended with a greater or less degree of fever, and so far as can be seen with redness and swelling of the internal surface of the dis- eased organ. All the above symptoms will generally yield readily to the administration of the appropriate remedies. But if in addition to the above symptoms, the sense of con- striction, pressure, soreness and hoarseness, commences with a distinct chill, and if, with a painful, harsh, and whistling or closely sounding, distressing cough, nothing is expectorated, or only a little mucus, viscid and ropy, and if chilliness alternate with flashes of heat, followed by fever, with the pulse full and strong, skin hot, and face flushed, great difficulty of breathing, with prolonged, whistling, wheezing, and sonorous inspirations, whilst the expirations are more easy and free, you have reason to apprehend a case which will need the utmost care to avoid a dangerous crisis. The patient may experience much difficulty in swallow- AND THEIR DISEASES. 407 ing, from the swollen condition of the parts above the larynx, and around the roots of the tongue, and the glottis and epiglottis on examination, may be found of a bright red color and much swollen. Should the disease continue to progress unchecked, all the above symptoms are aggravated; the voice becomes nearly extinguished; the cough can scarcely be heard, though it is agitating, convulsive, and very painful; the breath is drawn in with the most violent efforts, with great anxiety, as if about to suffocate; extreme restless- ness, starting up suddenly, walking about the chamber with his hands to his throat, eager for air, anxious, appre- hensive and distressed, unable to sleep from constant effort to get breath; the lips assume a purplish blue color, the face a livid paleness, with a dark circle around the eyes, which are sometimes protruded and watery; the skin is cool, the pulse feeble, irregular, and frequent; the patient appears nearly exhausted, but still makes the most violent efforts for breath: his shoulders rise, his whole chest heaves, his expression is ghastly and staring; perhaps after a cold sweat or delirium, he sinks into a drowsy or comatose state, which is usually followed by death. A patient may die suddenly, from strangula- tion, or gradually, from an insufficient supply of air, or perhaps from the imperfect action of the air upon the blood. When fatal, the disease is generally very -rapid. Death has been known to occur in seven hours, and from that to five days, is probably the most common period. The diseases for which it might be mistaken are aneu- rism, or enlargement of one of the large arteries of the neck; croup, which is itself essentially a laryngeal affec- tion, and spasm of the rim of the glottis. If a careful examination does not render the case certain, it is better to consult a physician. 408 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Treatment.—Nearly all the remedies indicated for a common cold and for hoarseness, will be found more or less useful in this affection. In the early stages, whilst the skin is cool and the pulse unaffected, a few drops of Camphor on sugar, administered at frequent intervals, about every half hour, lor two or three hours, may be sufficient to arrest an attack. Aconite, Hepar sulph. and Spongia, are however, most frequently called for, next to which, perhaps, is Lachesis: these remedies appearing to correspond to nearly all the symptoms of laryngitis, as they do also to croup, and to nearly all complaints accompanied with choking, hoarseness, and loss of voice. Laurie recommends the early administration of Aconite, to be followed by Spongia, if the voice be shrill, with painful sensibility of the larynx, hoarseness, and loss of voice, and afterwards Hepar sulph., to complete the cure. Or if Aconite do not arrest the febrile symp- toms, or there be burning heat of the skin, give Hepar sulph. first, and Spongia afterwards, to be followed by Lachesis if necessary. The following remedies are believed to be the most reliable: Aconite, Antimonium crud., Arsenic, Belladonna, Cantharis, Hepar sulph., lodium, Lachesis, Mercurius cor., Phosphorus, Rhus tox., j and Spongia. Aconite should commonly be given in the early stages of this complaint. It is especially indicated for those severe febrile symptoms, which precede a dangerous attack, or if there be a distinct chill, with heat, or chilliness, alternated with flushes of heat; rapid j pulse; sense of numbness or paralysis; tickling in the j throat, with constant desire to cough; cough, hoarse croaking, or convulsive, with sense of suffocation or constriction; voice croaking; throat painful; with choking AND THEIR DISEASES. 409 sensations. It will frequently require to be followed by Hepar sulph. Spongia, or some other indicated remedy, so soon as the febrile symptoms yield, or usually in four or six hours, after commencing the treatment. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every half hour. If little change takes place in four hours, give Hepar. If there be improvement, give Spongia. Afterwards, combat the remaining symptoms with the indicated remedy, not forgetting Belladonna and Lachesis. Antimonium crud.—If the loss of voice be attended with great weakness, or with sensation of heat in the throat, and involuntary passing of urine, when coughing or sneezing, and if the symptoms are aggravated by heat; or if there be violent spasms, as if the throat were filled with a plug, or as if something were hanging in the throat which could not be expelled, especially if there be a sensation of something alternately thicker and thinner, extending down the throat; and if there be perceptible swelling at the root of the tongue, and around the windpipe. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every hour, until amelioration, or change. Arsenicum.—If there be a sensation of constriction, and stifling, as if from the vapor of sulphur, extending even to the pit of the stomach, with difficulty of breathing, and choking; and if the pains are burning, the voice trembling, unequal, at one time strong, at another weak, rough and hoarse, with sense of dryness; constrictive and burning pains, with dryness and thirst, drinking little at a time; tongue dry, cracked, and tremb- ling. After Aconite, Belladonna, Lachesis, or Rhus tox. DOSE._One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every hour, or every two hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms. 36 410 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Belladonna.—Hot skin; much thirst, with inability to drink; spasms in the throat, especially when drinking; throat swollen, red, inflamed; painfullness of the throat; danger of suffocation from movement or pressure, as in coughing, speaking, or turning the neck; loss of voice; constriction; spasms; soreness of the larynx, especially to pressure; cough, as if there were something in the throat, or at the stomach pit; pain in the nape of the neck; worse in the evening, or at night, in bed, and aggravated by movement; and especially if the pains extend upward, into the upper part of the throat; with swelling of the tonsils, or ofthe parts around the throat; with constant desire, and inability to swallow. After Aconite, before or after Hepar Sulph., Arsenicum, or Lachesis ; after Belladonna, Mercurius viv. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every half hour, in severe cases, in those less imminent, every two hours, until amelioration, or change. Cantharis. — Burning pain, with contraction, and constriction, or with hoarseness and rattling of thick or stringy mucus, which seems to come up from the chest, and with pain, along the course of the windpipe; cuttings and shootings; weakness of respiration; voice feeble and trembling; especially if there be retention or difficult and painful emission of urine, and if there be severe general or local inflammation. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every hour, until amelioration, or change. Often useful after Aconite. Hepar sulph.—Painfulness and great sensibility in the upper portion of windpipe or in the throat, aggra- vated by speaking, by pressure, by coughing, and even when drawing in the breath; suffocative cough, hoarse and violent, or dry, deep and dull, excited by difficulty AND THEIR DISEASES. 411 of breathing; voice weak and rough, with a feeling of weakness in the chest, and difficulty of speaking; sensa- tion as of a lump in the throat, and rattling of mucus in the throat; worse at night, and if any part of the body be exposed to cold. After Aconite, Belladonna, or Mer- curius; and before or after Spongia and Lachesis. DOSE._0ne drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every hour, (or in extreme cases much oftener, every ten minutes if necessary,) until amelioration or change. When the dangerous symptoms are manifestly abated, give the medicine less fre- quently, every two hours, or every four hours, until complete recovery. This medicine is often useful when Aconite has been given with but little manifest effect. Iodium is useful, if there be copious secretion of mucus in the windpipe, with hawking; dry, morning cough, pains in the chest and fever; cough, with a kind of a whoop, excited by tickling in the chest; hoarseness, sensation of crawling and inflammation of the windpipe and throat, especially with tendency to ulceration. (See Chronic Laryngitis.) DOSE.—Two drops of the dilution, or twelve globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. Lachesis.—Extreme sensibility to the slightest pres- sure, either on the windpipe or on the parts of the neck around; danger of suffocation, even on stretching back the head; hoarseness, contraction, and constriction, with dryness, and with burning pains; sensation of a ball in the throat, or of some foreign body which prevents speech; choking sensations in the windpipe and chest, or with feeling of a weight or of fulness in the chest and throat; sensations, as if swollen, or actual swelling of the throat, or of the adjacent parts; large and small tumors in the throat; pains, burning or excoriating, violent and pressive, intermittent, with rapid failure of strength, pallid face, cold sweat, difficulty of breathing, 412 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, and danger of suffocation; constant tickling in the throat, with dryness, or with dry, short, suffocative cough, or with expectoration of tenacious mucus, or of water from the mouth; inflammatory, erysipelatous, or dropsical swellings of the throat; loss of voice, or voice indistinct, and as if speaking through the nose; mouth and tongue dry, or filled with a watery saliva, and swol- len ; tongue red, cracked, dry and stiff, with sensation of paralysis, or swollen and brownish or blackish; redness of the mouth and throat. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every hour, in desperate cases much oftener, until amelioration or change. After Belladonna or Hepar sulph., give Lachesis, or it may be useful after Rhus tox., Arsenicum, Spongia, &c. Mercurius viv. is useful in acute laryngitis, more especially when the inflammation of the larynx is com- plicated with inflammation of the pharynx and the struc- tures contiguous to the mouth, as the tonsils, palate, and the glands about the throat and mouth, and especially for persons subject to ulcerations and swellings, such as quinsy, sore throat; it may be given either alone, or in alternation with, or before or after Belladonna, when that remedy appears to be indicated, and will exert a great influence in preventing future attacks of diseases of this nature. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Phosphorus.—If there be smarting, stinging, and burning, with constrictive pains; prolonged hoarseness, with partial or entire loss of voice, or very painful sensi- bility of the windpipe or larynx, which does not permit one to speak; dryness and pressure in the throat, dry tongue, white, or coated blackish or brown, or accumu- AND THmt DISEASES. 413 lation of saliva, or viscous mucus in the mouth, with hawking up of mucus, especially in the morning. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours until amelioration or change. Rhus tox. for persons subject to erysipelatous affec- tions, and to rheumatism; aggravated by changes of weather, when at rest, or during attempts to sleep, or after sleeping; difficulty, pain, pressure, and shootings, when swallowing, especially solid food; coldness in the throat when drawing in the breath, with hot breath; constriction in the throat-pit, with hoarseness and rough- ness, and sensation as if the chest were raw. DOSE._One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum may be given after Rhus tox. Spongia is generally considered a reliable remedy in the most dangerous forms of acute or chronic laryngitis, if with hoarseness, dryness and burning in the throat, and painfulness in the larynx on touching it or turning the head, there be a dry hollow barking or whistling cough, with burning pains extending the whole length of the windpipe, and spasmodic constriction or burning sensations in the whole chest, or sensations of heat as if the blood were mounting upwards; or if there be a sen- sation of obstruction in the throat, with wheezing respira- tion, and rattling of mucus in the chest, with weakness; difficulty of respiration and anguish. It appears espe- cially adapted to that form of inflammation of the larynx which resembles croup, and where every thing seems to tend upward towards the throat. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumblerful of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until amelioration or change. 36* 414 ORGANS OF RES1TRATION, 9.—Croup. (Cynanche Laryngitis. Cynavche Trachietis.) Another form of acute laryngitis,, which from its dan« gerous character, is deserving of the most careful and serious attention is croup. This is usually a disease of childhood, consisting of a high degree of inflammation of the windpipe, with spasm probably of the interior muscles, and an exudation on the inner or mucus surface, with a tendency to the for- mation of a tough, stringy, membranaceous or viscid sub- stance, which often adheres closely to the interior surface of the windpipe, and at times appears to cover or nearly to cover the tube for considerable length. After this membrane has been allowed to form, the case becomes extremely dangerous. It sometimes terminates fatally in a few hours, though not usually till the third or fifth day. A predisposition to croup may no doubt be induced by a too highly stimulating diet; the excessive use of candies, mint drops, and aromatic substances, having a smart or biting taste, as pepper, spices, nutmeg, &c.; and this predisposition may no doubt be transmitted from one generation to another, so long as the habit of indulgence continues; all other notions about constitutional taint are simply absurd. What more natural than that a mother, who accustoms herself to the constant use of large quantities of allspice, or of black or cayenne pepper, or cloves, until all the mucus surfaces are burned dry and parched, and compelled to defend themselves against renewed assaults by exuding from their surface an un- natural secretion, with which they cover themselves as with a coat of mail, should transmit to her offspring a disease of those tender and delicate surfaces, upon which the poisons she is accustomed to indulge in are known specifically to act. AND THEIR DISEASES. 415 An attack of croup usually commences with the symp- toms of a common cold; the cough at length becomes shrill or hoarse, with a ringing sound as if the air were passing through a metallic tube; breathing becomes ex- ceedingly difficult, every inspiration of air being accom- panied with a shrill sound, which has by some writers been compared to that made by a chicken when dying with the pip; if there be any expectoration it has a stringy appearance, and is exuded during a fit of cough- ing ; the fever and restlessness are continuous, but may vary in intensity, and the paroxysms are often followed by a profuse clammy sweat, especially of the head and face. So long as the voice is sonorous, there is usually reason to hope; extinction of the sonorous character of the voice is thought to evince the existence of mem- braneous formations; if the pulse is hard, frequent and intermittent; the inspirations difficult and audible; the features livid or purple; the head thrown back; the cough husky; the voice whispering; the eye glassy and dull, or dilated; the danger is imminent, and recovery if not hopeless, is at least extremely doubtful. Should the cough at length become more loose and broken, the paroxysms of coughing shorter, the sounds acquire a mucus character, and mucus be discharged to some extent with the cough, gradually becoming less strong and viscid, we have reason to hope for a favorable termination. The remedies most useful in croup have been already described in treating on the subject of laryngitis, but such is the dangerous character of this disease we shall give it a separate consideration. So far as has yet been ascertained, Aconite, Hepar sulph., Lachesis and Spongia, are here also the most reliable remedies. The other remedies which may 416 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, become useful or necessary in the course of the treat- ment, are Antimonium crud., Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Cantharis, lodium, Kali carb., Phosphorus, Tart. emetic, Sambucus. Aconite is useful at the outset, to subdue the inflam- matory symptoms, and the nervous spasmodic contrac- tions, and should usually be the first remedy resorted to. It is especially indicated by the following additional symptoms: choking, strangling and suffocating symp- toms, with a short, dry cough, or with constant attempts to cough, as if from uneasy sensation in the throat; con- vulsive, hoarse, croaking cough, with suffocative, con- strictive spasms; hoarse, croaking voice, or tremulous and stammering, hesitating speech. The modifying effects of this remedy upon the nervous system should never be forgotten. DOSE.—Two drops ofthe dilution, or twelve globules, in twelve spoon- fuls of water, a spoonful to be given every fifteen minutes, in severe cases, until amelioration or change. In cases less severe, every half hour, every hour, or every two hours. After Aconite, give Spongia or Hepar sulph. HEPAR SULPH.—After Aconite, especially if the skin be moist, or covered with sweat; cough and breathing more loose and free, but still a harsh or hollow cough, with hoarseness; constant rattling of mucus in the throat and chest; ineffectual endeavors to raise some- thing from the throat; or, if the fevers continue, with frequent throwing back the head, grasping at the throat; restlessness; hot skin; rapid and difficult breathing; violent suffocative fits of coughing; husky cough, with soreness; cough, with scraping sensations and itching in the throat, at times increased to vomiting; urine when passed, pale and clear, afterwards turbid, or tur- bid when passed, or yellow and dark-colored; worse at night; barking cough; breathing anxious; wheezing, and their diseases. 417 with attacks of suffocation, and manifest inability to breathe deeply. DOSE.—Two drops of the dilution, or twelve globules, in half a tumbler of water, a teaspoonful to be given every two hours, or oftener, in severe cases, until amelioration or change. Lachesis is indicated in croup by a dry, short, suffo- cating and croaking cough, or cough with vomiting; choking cough, or fatiguing, with inability to raise anything; cough after sleeping, or when rising up, or with flow of watery saliva from the mouth, and pains at the pit of the stomach; and if the breathing be short, rattling, croaking or wheezing; spasmodic fits of choking; convulsive spasms ; difficulty of swallowing; dread of drinks, especially if there be a general appear- ance of bloatedness, and much tenacious mucus in the throat; neck and throat sore or sensitive to the touch, or swollen; face swollen, purple or pale, even to a frightful extent; lips swollen and discolored; rapid and feeble and sometimes intermittent pulse; cold sweat; coldness of the feet; asphyxia, with stiffness and swell- ing of the body; tremulous pulse, and appearance as if dying, or as if already dead. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours, or oftener, according to the severity of the symptoms, until amelioration or change. Spongia.—Croup is distinguished by rattling of mucus in the lower portions of the windpipe and chest; or if there be expectoration of thick, tenacious mucus with the cough, the skin being moist, and after the more acute inflammation and dry, burning heat have been mitigated by other remedies, such as Aconite or Hepar, the breathing being still quick, wheezing, anxious and difficult; the cough barking, rough or whistling; the voice husky; or with appearance of fulness; or bloat edness of the chest, throat, face and eyes. 418 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, It would also be indicated, if the child place its hand upon the upper part of the chest, and cry after cough- ing ; or if by any other means it should be ascertained that there are pains or burnings, or sensations as of excoriation in the chest accompanying the cough; and if the windpipe be painful, worse when touched, with constrictive sensations, or with glandular swellings; drowsiness; lassitude; out of humor. The urine depo- sits a greyish white sediment. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change, after, or in alternation with Hepar sulph. The above general indications, it is believed will cover nearly all cases of catarrhal, spasmodic, or simple inflammatory croup, where the attack comes on suddenly; and also a large portion of the cases which are truly membranous, and in cases not too far advanced. If the remedies above indicated, be wisely and perseveringly used, a favorable result may be anticipated; and I would here caution physicians, as well as laymen, who may use this work, against too hastily leaving our well-tried, and approved remedies, in difficult and dangerous cases, on account of the perhaps exaggerated specific virtues of some newly discovered remedy, the uses of which, although it may have done good in some given case, under a certain train of circumstances, or in some particular locality, are too imperfectly understood, to afford us indication for exact scientific prescription, as adapted to other circumstances, and other localities. The following additional remedies may be consulted. Ammonium caust., if the voice be weak; the breathing labored and rattling; the speech interrupted; the cough violent; expectoration copious; with fits of suffocation and spasms. DOSE._As for Belladonna. AND THEIR DISEASES. 419 Arsenicum, in the most desperate cases, and after the use of Lachesis, when the cough occurs in paroxysms, with great anguish, weakness, and prostration; coldness of the extremities; cold sweats; attacks of suffocation; stiffness or trembling of the limbs, or of the body; worse in the evening and when lying down. Or croup in persons subject to rash-like, eruptive diseases; or erup- tions, with burning itchings; miliary eruptions, and diseases of the skin: scabs, or swellings of the mouth and nose, on taking cold, &c. Belladonna, especially if following a case of scar- latina, in which Belladonna has not been used as a leading remedy; or in a case of spasmodic croup, with choking and constriction; inability to swallow; great soreness of the windpipe; and loss of voice. The cough is dry, short, hollow, and barking, excited by the least movement; with paroxysms of sneezing afterwards; worse at night, or in the evening, in bed. DOsE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every half hour, or oftener, if the symptoms appear to demand it. Bromine.—Hoarse, wheezing, fatiguing cough, having the peculiar sound which characterises croup, attended with sneezing; inability to speak, and violent fits of suffocation; mucus, rattling and wheezing; the breathing being at times slow, deep, and suffocative, at other times rapid and superficial; or labored, oppressed, gasping for air; membranous formations in the windpipe, and suffo- cative spasms; heat in the face; urine increased; pulse hard and slow; or accelerated. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, or oftener, according to the symptoms. Note.—The best practitioners give Bromine when required for croup, in very low dilutions; about one part to one hundred, or one to one thousand, appears most useful. 420 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Cantharis, if there be oppression for breath, with sensation of excessive weakness in the respiratory organs; rattling of mucus in the chest, with cutting pains; especially where there is painful and difficult urination; scanty emission; or urine of a deep red, or of a pale yellow color. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or,six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, usually in alternation with some other remedy. Chamomilla, for catarrhal croup, attended with great restlessness; tossing about; and alternate chilliness and heat; or with redness and burning heat of the cheeks, or of one cheek; excessive nervous excitability, and fretful humor; and if the cough be dry, spasmodic, convulsive, and especially if it be excited by anger or passion. DOSE.—Two drops ofthe dilution, or twelve globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until ameliora- tion or change. Cuprum, if there be violent suffocative fits, with cramps and contractions, particularly in the chest, and convulsive efforts; and especially if the cough be dry, with great weakness. DOSE.—A drop of the dilution, or six globules, to be dissolved in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until amelio- ration, or change. Kali bichromicum or hydroidicum.—If the attack be slow and insidious, symptoms at first slight, becoming very gradually severe, until the sound of the air in breathing becomes shrill and whistling, even quite low down in the windpipe; cough, not frequent, but dry and hoarse, or metallic; throat red and swollen, or covered with something resembling false membrane; head thrown back; offensive breath; diminished temperature; pros- tration; stupor. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until amelioration or change. AND THEIR DISEASES. 421 Phosphorus may be given in croup if Hepar sulph. and Spongia fail of affording relief, and especially if there be a manifest constrictive oppression across the breast; short and difficult breathing with anguish; cough dry, shaking and convulsive, with loss of voice. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until amelioration or change. Sambucus, for catarrhal or true membranous croup, when there is an accumulation of much viscous mucus in the windpipe and throat; the paroxysms of spasmodic suffocating cough are attended with cries, tossing and anguish, and the respiration is quick and wheezing. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every half hour, until amelioration or change. Tartar emetic.—In many obstinate cases, especially if there be symptoms of paralysis of the lungs, great difficulty of breathing, face livid and cold, pulse small and rapid, or feeble and slow, great weakness and anxiety, disposition to sleep; or if there be an excessive accumulation of mucus in the chest, with paroxysms of suffocative cough, and difficult breathing; especially useful after Phosphorus. DOSE._0ne drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every fifteen minutes, until amelioration or change; or it may be given every half hour, in alternation with Belladonna or Aconite. There are a large number of other remedies which have proved serviceable in croup. A knowledge of their symptomatic indications may be learned from other sources. It is believed that the above will be found sufficient for a work on domestic practice. 10 A disease so nearly resembling croup, as to have been termed by some Spasmodic Croup, by others, Millar's 37 422 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Asthma, or Asthma of Millar, is deserving of a sepa- rate notice in this place. It is supposed to consist mainly in a spasmodic con- traction of the top of the windpipe, there being little or no evidence of membranous or even of mucus exudation. The attack commences very suddenly, the breath is drawn in with difficulty, or with a peculiar crowing or ringing noise, the face and extremities become purple, the hands often clenched, the feet and toes drawn up ; the attacks recur frequently at short intervals, whilst the remissions are usually more perfect and complete, than in ordinary or true croup ; little or no cough, fever, or symptoms of inflammatory disease, though in the efforts for breath, the countenance may be flushed and swollen, with an expression of extreme anxiety and distress. The remedies usually employed are Aconite, Bella- donna, and Sambucus, which may be administered according to the directions already given under the article Croup; or where the above symptoms exist, give first, Belladonna, one drop, or six globules, in six tea- spoonfuls of water, a teaspoonful to be administered every five or ten minutes. If a change do not occur within one hour, and the danger appear imminent, give Sambucus in the same manner as Belladonna for one hour, and then return again to Belladonna, or give Hyoscyamus, six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be administered every ten minutes or oftener, until a change is effected. After Belladonna or Hyos- cyamus, Cuprum, Arsenicum, or Tartar emetic, may be indicated. The patient, in a case of croup, should always be kept of ah even temperature, in a room neither too warm nor too cold, and should be kept in the same room day and AND THEIR DISEASES. 423 night; the air of the room should be kept perfectly clear and pure, free from all gases, vinegar, camphor and other fumigations, as well as from all odors, and strong- smelling substances. The diet should be mucilaginous, as oat-meal gruel, barley water, toast water, &c, though in some cases, broths made of the lean portions of beef or mutton, or the dark meat of chicken, from which the skin has been carefully taken, may be allowed. In administering medicines to children, it is not always necessary to give a full spoonful of the medicine. When medicines are administered every five or ten minutes, a few drops of the dilution placed upon the tongue will always proves equally efficacious, and where there is great difficulty in swallowing, and especially if water appear to increase the spasms, a single globule placed upon the tongue at frequent intervals, with occa- sionally a few drops of the dilution, will be found use- ful and satisfactory. Rely implicitly upon the remedies. Never on any occasion resort to fomentations, cataplasms, hot or cold baths, or other old wives' fables, unless specifically called for by some well recognized homoeopathic adapta- tion. Never use warm foot-baths, especially not unless the feet are hot. Let the skin be kept clean and well covered. In severe cases of croup, physicians of the old school have recourse to tracheotomy, or to opening the wind- pipe for the removal of the false membrane, and also to caustic applications of the nitrate of silver, but gene- rally with very indifferent success. Much more rational as well as homoeopathic, we should think, Dr. C. D. and his son Dr. J. Forsyth Meigs, of Philadelphia, recom- mend the use of Alum, which in their hands appears to 424 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, have performed many extraordinary cures, although I am not aware that it has been used in homoeopathic practice. Dr. Rush recommends the free use of Calomel, and as high as three hundred grains are said to have been administered to a child in the short space of twenty-four hours. The usual allopathic treatment is by bleeding, blistering, vomiting, and the administra- tion of Asafcetida and Opium. From such crude and undigested, as well as dangerous and heroic treatment, we turn with pleasure to the simpler and more rational, as well as safer, more efficient, and more successful treatment, which we have indicated above, confident that all persons of truly scientific minds will receive with pleasure the truths which homoeopathy alone had the power to unfold and bring to light. 11.—Consumption of the Throat—Chronic Inflammation of the Larynx. (Chronic Laryngitis, &c.) This disease in its most simple form is only a chronic hoarseness, and has been sufficiently enlarged upon under the article Hoarseness. In its higher grades, however, it becomes one of the most serious and obstinate of diseases. It frequently commences with a slight hoarse- ness, a little uneasiness in the throat, and perhaps a slight cough, rather a clearing up of the throat or a hawking than a cough. As it progresses, various unpleasant sensations are felt in the throat, such as burning, tickling, itching, dryness and constriction, and sometimes dull, smarting, or acute pain, though in many fatal cases there is little or no pain. The voice is sometimes hoarse, sometimes squeaking, some- times whispering; the change being more perceptible when speaking loudly, or singing. Cough, if any, AND THEIR DISEASES. 425 usually short and dry at first, and becoming gradually loose, with mucus or purulent expectoration. If ulceration takes place, a pricking sensation is not uncommonly felt in the throat, as if from a sharp, pointed body, especially when speaking, and if the disease be in the upper part of the throat, especially in or near the epiglottis, it becomes exceedingly difficult to swallow, and at times whatever is swallowed returns by the nos- trils ; in other cases there is no difficulty in swallowing; the voice may become hollow, or quite lost, especially if the rim of the glottis is ulcerated, or the vocal liga- ments are involved; the discharge becomes purulent or bloody and fetid; patches of lymph detached from the membrane are expectorated; portions of cartilage, ossified and calcareous matter, are sometimes discharged; the symptoms are more generally paroxysmal than con- tinuous ; the general health gives way; debility, night sweats, swelling of the limbs, emaciation, loss of appetite, and vomiting or diarrhoea, are premonitions often of a fatal termination. In this disease there is usually more or less soreness of the windpipe upon pressure. The breathing of cold air, coughing, sneezing, speaking, laughing and swallow- ing, frequently aggravate or bring on a paroxysm of severe sufferings. The remedies which have been recommended in this disease, are Argentum, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Carbo veg., Calcarea carb., Hepar sulph., Lachesis, Nitric acid, Phosphorus, Sanguinaria, Spongia, Silicea, Sulphur. Belladonna, Lachesis, Sanguinaria and Sulphur will be found adapted generally in the earlier stages. Arseni- cum, Carbo veg., Nitric acid, Phosphorus and Spongia to more advanced forms, and Argentum, Calcarea carb., 37* 426 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Spongia, Silicea and Sulphur, to the latter stages. As this disease is comparatively of rare occurrence, we shall give but few symptomatic indications. Argentum is adapted to all cases in which there is a marked sensation of rawness in the throat, or in the throat, mouth and chest; or if there be an appearance of an eruption in the throat, with sense as if raw; sensation as if some foreign body were sticking to the front part of the larynx, at a small spot, with a feeling of coldness and pressure; frequent inclination to cough, but no relief obtained by coughing; aggravations in the evening; sore throat of public speakers. DOSE—Give one drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water ; a spoonful to be taken every four hours, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum is indicated if the tongue be of a dark color, dry or cracked, with dryness or burning in the throat, windpipe and chest; frequent stifling sensations, with constrictions; constant desire for drink which affords little or no relief, perhaps aggravates the dryness in the throat; or, if there be ulcerations with burning pains, fetid, bloody and ichorous, or water-colored discharge; or of mucus having a saltish, pungent and bitterish taste; and if there be emaciation, weakness, periodical attacks, shiverings and heats, night-sweats, swelling of the limbs, especially for persons subject to eruptions, nettle-rash, or ulcers with burning pains. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water; a spoonful to be given every four or six hours, until the symptoms become modified, or some other remedy is indicated. Belladonna, if the voice be weak and squeaking, if the attacks are spasmodic and suffocating, worse at night and in bed; if the least pressure upon the windpipe and throat is attended with choking and suffocation, all the parts being very sensitive to the touch; face pale or AND THEIR DISEASES. 427 flushed; a choking dryness in the mouth; redness of the mouth and tongue, and especially of the throat; or if there be swellings of the glands of the throat and mouth, DOSE.— One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water; a spoonful to be given every six hours for two or four days, then omit medicine four days, or give some other remedy according to the symptoms. Calcarea carbonica may be given after Belladonna to persons of scrofulous habits, with tendencies to ulcera- tion, especially if ulceration in the throat be already established; if the discharge on coughing be thick and yellowish or pus-like, or if blood be mixed with the matter discharged from the throat; especially adapted to persons of a weak, sickly constitution, of a light com- plexion, blond hair and eyes; or to persons of a lym- phatic constitution, with tendencies to corpulency. DOSE.—One drop ofthe dilution, or six globules, to be dissolved in six spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given night and morning, until some change be observed, after which wait a few days without medicine. Hepar sulphur also after Belladonna, if there be sen- sation in the throat as of a plug or an internal tumor; stinging in the throat as if from splinters; painful sensi- bility of the larynx, with weak rough voice; emaciation; hectic fever and sleeplessness; abundant expectoration of mucus with the cough; or swellings, glandular enlarge- ments, &c^ and if ulceration be already established; also for persons of unhealthy skin, subject to tubercles, nettle- rash, or to erysipelas. DOSE—Give one drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be taken every four hours, until ameliora- tion or change. Lachesis, if with a great degree of painful sensibility of the throat there be swellings, burnings and raw sore pains; stiffness and paralysis; soreness affecting only a small spot on the throat, or on the contrary extending 428 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, over the whole throat even to the ears; sensation of a tumor in the throat, or of some foreign body which can not be detached; difficulty of swallowing, with dread of drinks; face pale, earthy or yellowish, with redness of the cheeks, and bloatedness, or wasted and wan; ulcera- tions even on the palate and throat, with fetid discharge; gangrenous ulcerations; pulse weak, frequent, intermit- tent, with cold sweats; after Belladonna, and before or after Arsenicum. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. Mercurius viV. or Nitric acid, if the disease be manifestly of syphilitic origin, if there be inflammatory swellings or ulcerations, involving also the glands of the mouth and throat; if there be stinging, stitching, exco- riating, or cutting pains; discharge of foetid pus, or of bloody and corrosive serum; foetid or acid night-sweats, lassitude, emaciation, fever, especially at night; violent thirst, hoarseness, &c. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be taken every four hours, and continued for two weeks, or longer; if there be an aggravation of the symptoms, stop all medicine, or give a much higher dilution of the same remedy; continue the selected remedy, alternately changing the dilution or omitting all medicine, until a cure is effected, which will usually take several months. Nitric acid fre- quently produces aggravations in syphilitic affections, preceding a cure. Phosphorus is useful, if the disease be in consequence of frequent or long neglected catarrhs, or if it be in con- sequence of the suppression of some local disease, as small-pox, itch, measles, scarlatina, &c; or especially, for persons of a weak, irritable constitution, the skin being thin and tender, with disposition to bleed easily from slight causes; cough, with stinging, and painful sensi bility of the throat, loss of voice, hoarseness, and scrap- AND THEIR DISEASES. 429 ing sensations, as if the parts were raw; cough, dry or moist, or with expectoration of pus, greenish or saltish, or of bloody mucus. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in twelve spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours until amelioration of the most acute symptoms; afterwards, every morning and evening, until a cure is effected. Sanguinaria has proved efficacious after Sulphur, in a case characterised by sensation of swelling, and pain as if the parts were raw, especially during the act of swal- lowing, the expectoration being whitish mucus, of a saltish taste, with hectic fever. Silicea will be found useful, if the cartilages of the throat are involved, and if there be expectoration of pus, or of pus mixed with blood; if the cough be aggravated by cold; pricking in the throat, as if from pins; ulcera- tion of the palate; difficulty in swallowing; frequent sensation as of a hair on the tongue; tongue coated brown, or sore as from excoriation; easy bleeding of the mouth and gums; and especially for persons subject to unhealthy skin, lymphatic tumors and abscesses, obstruc- tion of the glandular system, nervous debility, &c. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every twenty-four hours, for six days; then wait, if possible, without medicine, one week; if improvement set in, give no medicine so long as it continue ; afterwards, repeat the medicine, or give some other remedy, according to the symptoms. Spongia is useful in a large number of cases, in scrofulous subjects with dispositions to swellings; with throbbings, and uneasy fulness and bloatedness of the superior parts, and sensations of torpidity or of paralysis of the inferior parts of the body; the voice is weak, husky, and hoarse, the throat is painful to the touch, with sensation of an obstruction; the pains are burning and pressive, or as if raw, the expectoration yellowish, It is useful after Lachesis. 480 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change Sulphur may be given in nearly all cases, a few doses at the commencement of the treatment, or it may be called for by peculiar symptoms during the progress of the disease, especially if the system fail to respond to the remedy used, if there be a morbid irritability indicative of some concealed psora. The sensations in the throat are tingling, crawling, tickling, itching, with dryness, or there may be hoarseness, roughness, with discharge of mucus or of pus, foetid or yellowish. DOSE.—When given as a principal remedy, give one drop of the dilu- tion, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every six hours, until amelioration or change. 12.—Pharyngitis. (Inflammation of the Pharynx.) That part of the throat which lies above and behind the larynx, behind the palate and roots of the tongue, and in immediate contiguity with the oesophagus, (of which the lower and back part of the pharynx seems to be only an expansion,) is called the pharynx, being itself a continuation of the same structures as the mouth, wind- pipe, and throat, and performing similar functions, it will, of course be liable to similar diseases, and to be affected by similar remedies; for it must never be forgotten by those who would prescribe intelligently for the sick, that the nature of a structure, and the function or office performed by any organ, and the kind and degree of exposure to which it may be subject, is of much more importance to the cure, than its locality, or the name of the disease with which it may be affected. Whilst the larynx, trachea, and bronchia, serve only as a channel for the conveyance of air, and the oesophagus, for the conveyance of food and drink, the pharynx is in AND THEIR DISEASES. 431 some sense a double organ, acting in a two-fold capacity, being itself a kind of expansion, both of the larynx and oesophagus. In the classification of diseases, the pharynx has usually been considered as a digestive organ, to which class, perhaps, it no less properly belongs, but as its diseases usually connect themselves with the respiratory function, and as some of its diseases manifest themselves by symptoms peculiar to that function, I have concluded that I should make myself more intelligible, and this work more perfect, by treating the pharynx as a respira- tory rather than as a digestive organ. The pharynx as a respiratory organ, presents a large surface, capable of great expansion, proportionate to the rapidity and power with which we draw in and throw out the breath. As an organ of deglutition, it is a capacious reservoir, bag, or sack, the fibres of which, interlacing and intertwining each other, are capable of such an amount of contraction, as to draw the walls of the organ into the closest possible contiguity, forcing out of the pharynx, and down the oesophagus, whatever sub- stance may have been conveyed thither by the action of the mouth and tongue. Diseases affecting its expanded surface, are made sensible in the act of breathing, those affecting its contractive power, in the act of swallowing. 13.—Simple Inflammation of the throat. Pharangitis simplex is often controlled by a few doses of Aconite, or of Chamomilla. But in other cases, Belladonna, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, or Sulphur, may be given, according to the directions which follow in the succeeding article, on quinsy sore throat. "When a spasmodic, almost suffocating constriction 432 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, of the gullet takes place," especially manifest in the act of swallowing, " and Belladonna, Mercurius, and Lachesis fail, Calcarea carb. often affords rapid relief."—Laurie. 14.—Common Sore Throat. (Quinsy.) This complaint is usually ushered in by a feeling of dryness; heat, and rawness of the throat; with constant soreness, and pain on swallowing; pain often worst in the morning, or after lying down; on examination, the throat will be found to be of a bright red color, perhaps swollen, and in the advanced stages, small, white patches are seen on its surface. After a time, a thick, ropy mucus is secreted, which excites frequent efforts to clear the throat, the discharge being sometimes mingled with blood. If this secretion of mucus is abundant, the red- ness and pain are usually diminished. If there be a frequent disposition to swallow, or to cough, the palate, (or uvula,) will usually be found to be elongated, which at times even produces vomiting. The whole system frequently sympathises with this complaint, and chilliness, heat, loss of appetite, rapid pulse, and headache, occur with symptoms not unlike those of scarlet fever. After this disease has become established, it frequently goes on to suppuration; the discharge is at times excessive, and even gangrenous. The disease may involve the whole throat, or it may affect only a small portion; or it may be located in the tonsils, palate, or on any of the glands around the throat; be confined to one tonsil, whilst the other is nearly unaffected; or it may be more general. It is most dangerous when it shows a disposi- tion to travel downward, towards the lungs; and chronic inflammation of the larynx, or of the bronchia; and at times, even a rapid and fatal consumption, has been ' known to follow an attack of this disease. AND THEIR DISEASES. 433 One attack of this disease always creates or engenders in the system, a predisposition to a second attack, and this predisposition is cumulative, that is, it goes on increasing in proportion to the number and frequency of the attacks; the vital powers fail; the system becomes liable to be disturbed by every change of weather, and other slight causes; and unless arrested by some revulsion of nature, or by the administration of appropriate remedies, if life may hang for a longer or shorter period, it is upon a brittle thread, and its continuance is embittered by a variety of sufferings, the nature and cause of which, many learned and skilful physicians have failed to discover. The remedies most useful in this complaint are Aco- nite, Arsenicum, Aurum, Belladonna, Chamomilla, Hepar sulph., Lachesis, Mercurius viv., Nitric acid, Pulsatilla, Rhus tox., Silicea, and Sulphur. Aconite may be administered at the commencement of the attack, when the pulse is rapid, the chills and heat frequent or continuous, the inflammation in the throat acute, with dryness, and pricking sensations, aggra- vated by speaking. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, after which give Belladonna or Mercurius viv. Arsenicum is one of the most reliable remedies if the disease assumes a malignant type, or when it prevails as an epidemic, with great prostration of strength, and sinking of the vital powers; nausea and vomiting; inability even to sit upright, without feeling faint; ulcers spread rapidly, take on a livid color, with dis- position to slough; or in more advanced stages, after deep, dark sloughs or ulcerations are already estab 38 434 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, lished, having a livid margin; the teeth and lips being covered with a dark sordes; the tongue cracked and tremulous, parched and blackish; pulse small; eyes dull and glassy; acrid discharge from the nostrils; skin hot and dry; excessive thirst, but drinking little at a time; the patient seems rapidly sinking, and a livid colored rash breaks out in blotches here and there. DOSE.—The same as directed for Mercurius viv. Aurum.—Against a chronic predisposition to malig- nant sore throat; also if it be a syphilitic or a mercurial complication; the pains seeming to extend even to the loins; fetid smell from the mouth, like strong cheese; ulceration of the palate, or of the tonsils, of a bluish color; and even in caries of the bony structures, with piercing pains, and great sensibility to cold. DOSE.—One drop, of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, for several days, or until the symptoms are modified. Belladonna, in the most acute cases; the pain in the throat is raw, sore, pressing, burning and shooting, worse when swallowing, and extending into the ears; or there is a sense of spasmodic constriction and con- traction, with an uncontrollable desire to swallow; thirst, with dread of drink, or complete inability to swallow liquids; throat swollen, bright red, with accumulation of slimy mucus on the throat and tongue; swelling of the glands of the throat and neck; headache, chiefly in the forehead; stupor or delirium. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration, or change. After Belladonna give Mercurius viv. or Lachesis. Chamomilla should be given if there is great rest- lessness, with partial heats, or with partial shudderings and heats, and inability to swallow, especially hot food; the pains are shooting and burning; the glands of the AND THEIR DISEASES. 435 mouth and throat are swollen, red and inflamed; with excessive inquietude, fretfulness, tossing, groaning and weeping. DOSE .—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Hepar sulph. is an important remedy in the earlier stages, when there is a sensation of an internal tumor or plug in the throat; stinging as if from splinters extending to the ears; and dryness, loss of appetite, with bitterish taste, and violent thirst; or in the latter stages, after suppuration begins to be established, to hasten it forward, and to promote a clean and free dis- charge, it is an almost invaluable remedy. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours; continue this remedy two or three days, when called for. Lachesis, in cases of great prostration, especially if there is great tumefaction, and swelling of the external, as well as of the internal parts; intermittent and peri- odical sufferings, especially worse after sleeping, and perhaps mitigated while eating. Tumors in the throat, ulcerations, foetid odor, sharp pains when swallowing food; and before or after Arsenicum, with similar symp- toms as are mentioned under that remedy; or after Bella- donna. DOSE._0ne drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls ' 1 urater; a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change. Mercurius viv. is also one of the most valuable and important remedies, and in a large majority of cases, will prove its claims to notice. Its symptoms are, stinging pains, especially when swallowing, in the throat and tonsils; inflammatory swelling and redness of all the back part of the mouth and throat; constant desire 436 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, with painful inability to swallow; liquids escape through the nostrils; salivation, profuse and foetid; tongue moist and white, or dry and brownish, or blackish. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change. Nitric acid, often, and especially if the complaint be syphilitic in its character; the ulcerations are already established, deep, and with stinging pains, as if caused by splinters ; there are reddish-brown or copper-colored spots on the skin; the ulcers bleed easily, and the dis- charge is acrid, and often mixed with bloody serum. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every four hours, for two days, afterwards every twelve hours, for two weeks; then wait a few days without medicine. Pulsatilla, when with swelling, and dark livid red- ness of the throat and tonsils, there are shootings in the throat when not swallowing, extending at times, into the ears; sensations of enlargement or swelling, with raw- ness, scraping, and dryness, without thirst; gastric derangement, nausea, bilious vomiting, shivering, and sometimes when there is excessive accumulation of adhesive mucus in the mouth and throat; adapted to females of a mild and phlegmatic temperament. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. Rhus tox. is indicated, if there be fever towards evening, with hot, dry skin; aching, pricking pain when swallowing, lowness of spirits, anxiety, disposition to tears, the pains being low down the throat; and in extreme cases, when there is great muscular weakness, with trembling, sopor, and other typhoid symptoms, it is almost always a reliable remedy. DOSE—Dissolve two drops of the dilution, or twelve globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every twelve hours, four days. Then follow it with some other indicated remedy AND THEIR DISEASES. 437 Silicea, to promote suppuration, and bring forward the ripening abscess and after Hepar sulph., to favor the formation of healthy granulations in the latter stages, is most valuable. DOSE.—Give a teaspoonful from a solution of six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, every twelve hours, for two days. Sulphur, in obstinate cases, when after the discharge of the abscess the ulcer shows no disposition to heal, may be given with advantage, or may be alternated with Hepar sulph. or Silicea, until the healing process is established; it will also be found useful for persons of a psoric constitution, either alone, or in alternation with Rhus tox., Belladonna, or Hepar sulph., or after Mercu- rius viv. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every six hours, until amelioration or change. 15—Chronic Diseases of the Pharynx.—Chronic Sore Throat. Besides the diseases of the throat to which we have already alluded, and which may acquire a constitutional basis in the system, the throat is liable to take on disease from a variety of other causes, which require a separate consideration. The complications which may arise from other acute diseases, as scarlatina, &c, will be treated in the chapters which speak of those diseases, respectively. A form of disease of the pharynx, not uncommon in this country, has been described by Dr. Dunglison, in his treatise on the Practice of Medicine, under the head of Folicular Inflammation of the Pharynx, and by Dr. Popkin, as Tubercles of the Pharynx. It appears on inspection, to consist of small granula- tions in the external or mucus membrane which lines 38* 438 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, the throat, varying in size from the smallest point to that of half a pea, and so thick, that at times, portions of the throat appear to be lined with them. These granulations, especially if they occupy the upper and ' back part of the pharynx, not unfrequently resemble in appearance, one of the varieties of Acne Bosacse, on the face, the pimples being slightly elevated, of a reddish purple color, and sometimes patches of adherent mucus of a white color, may cover portions of the throat, between each of the granulations. This disease, like Acne, may also exist a long time, without producing much effect upon the general health; or in persons of irritable, scrofulous, or psoric tendencies, it may result in serious and fatal lesions, either of the throat or of other important organs. It is characterised by uneasy sensa- tions in the upper and back part of the throat, with dry- ness, and a disposition to clear the throat by hawking. If it affect also the larynx, there will be huskiness of the voice, and frequent cough, generally without fever, or much change in the general health, but with dryness, and sense as of something adhering to the throat. The disease is thought usually to involve the respiratory, rather than the digestive organs, and to affect persons in middle life,—seldom the very young. It is no evidence of the existence of any other chronic tubercular disease. It appears to bear no little resemblance to Acne. Occa- sionally, these follicles or tumors break, and discharge a small quantity of tough adhesive matter, and at times ulceration succeeds, the ulcers being surrounded by a livid red inflammation. Treatment.—The remedies most useful in this com- plaint, will be found to be the same as those which are curative of skin diseases and indolent tumors or eruptions. AND THEIR DISEASES. 439 Arsenicum, Antimonium crud., Bryonia, Calcarea carb., Causticum, Graphites, Hepar sulph., Kali carb., Phos- phorus, Ehus tox., Silicea, and Sulphur. Arsenicum.—If there be scraping or burning pains; great sensation of dryness, with dryness of the tongue, which may be brownish or cracked; or if there be gangrenous ulcers, or in persons subject to intermittent fevers, or other intermittent diseases; bitter taste in the mouth and throat; expectoration greyish, greenish, salt ish or bitter. After Rhus tox. DOSE—One drop of,the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every six hours, until amelioration or change. Antimonium crud.—When there is an accumulation of adherent mucus in the throat, with dryness and scraping; when the tubercles are conoid in shape, and of considerable size; for persons subject to degeneration of the skin, or to callous excrescences; and also if there be inflammation and swelling of the upper portion of the epiglottis; tongue coated white. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every six hours, for two days, then give the same remedy every twenty-four hours, for one week, then wait for the result. If better, repeat the remedy every alternate week, until a cure is effected. Bryonia.—Tenacious mucus in the throat, which cannot be expectorated or detached from the throat without effort; sensation of great dryness; sensation as if some hard and pointed substance were in the throat; sensation of dryness and stiffness, particularly behind the palate; tongue dry or dark colored, or wrinkled; shoot- ing sensations, often when turning or moving the throat. DOSE._One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. Calcarea carb.—If there be excoriating, constrict- ing and shooting pains; the throat being of a deep red 440 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, color, and covered perhaps with blisters; dryness, and burning pains; hawking up of mucus, with rawness; the expectoration having a taste of iron; and if there be also glandular swellings, sore throat, as if from a plug, and sensation as if the food had lodged in the throat. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every six hours, until amelioration or change, or give a dry powder, two globules, every morning, each alternate week, in chronic cases. Useful after Antimonium crud. or Bryonia. Causticum.—If there \>e soreness, roughness, scraping, stinging or burning pains, with hoarseness; sensation as of small tumors; or sticking as from a splinter in the throat, worse on swallowing; or if there be adherent mucus behind the palate, which can at length be expec- torated by hawking and straining. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, take a spoonful every twelve hours, night and morning, in acute cases every six hours, until a change is effected. Or alternate with Hepar sulph. or Arsenicum. Graphites.—For persons subject to excoriations of the skin, tetters, glandular obstructions, and asthma; and if the sensations in the throat are scraping, roughness and dryness, especially behind the palate, worse in the morning, and relieved by hawking, which causes expec- toration of adherent mucus; or if there be ulcerations with stitches quick and darting; or ulcerative pain with choking, and much mucus; crumbs frequently lodge in the throat. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every six hours every alternate week, or until some other remedy is demanded. Hepar sulphur.—For symptoms similar to Graphites, especially if there be ulcerations with suet like bases; sensation as of a plug in the throat, with stingings and AND THEIR DISEASES. 441 pressure, extending even to the ears; and difficulty in swallowing. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Kali carb.—If there be a copious accumulation of saliva, and at the same time a sensation of dryness, with soreness and blisters on the tongue, mouth or throat; or if there be much mucus on the palate and in the throat; skin dry; respiration obstructed, with itching and burnings. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water ; a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Phosphorus.—If there be dryness, scraping, smarting, burning, and pressure, with hawking up of mucus, espe- cially in the morning; or if the skin of the palate be shrivelled or covered with purulent vesicles; and fre- quently with excoriations, or scabby tetters on the lips or angles of the mouth. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every twelve hours, night and morning for one week, afterwards give some other remedy, according to the symptoms. Rhus tox.—In the commencement of the treatment, and for persons of erysipelatous tendencies, if there be dryness, burnings, itchings and crawlings in the throat; worse at night in bed and at rest; much mucus in the mouth and throat, with frequent hawking in the morn- ing ; sensation as if something had been torn from the throat. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every four hours for four days; after which, Arsenicum, Graphites, Phosphorus, Silicea or Sulphur may be indicated. Silicea.—Often after Phosphorus, or in the later stages of the treatment in obstinate cases, where there are ten- dencies to induration, no less than to ulceration; the 442 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, pains are crawling, itching, smarting, boring and shoot- ing ; sensation of a hair on the tongue or in the throat; prickings as from pins, and frequently difficulty of swal- lowing as if the parts were paralysed. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every twelve hours for four days ; after Silicea, give Rhus tox., or omit all medicine and wait the result. Sulphur, when there are itching burnings, for per- sons of psoric tendencies, and often when other medicines fail to produce their usual effects, may be given to advan- tage ; a dose every successive morning for four mornings, either dry on the tongue or in solution, as most conve- nient; to be afterwards repeated or not, according to the symptoms. 16 —Hooping-cough. This disease is usually epidemic, and is, by many, supposed to be contagious. It is generally confined o children, and persons seldom suffer a second attack. The disease may be very slight, though it is more often distressing, and sometimes fatal. Old school practice, in this disease, no better than old wives' fables, weakened the vital energies, and rendered the little sufferer less able to resist the more acute forms of the malady. Homoeopathy, on the contrary, almost always overcomes the more distressing symptoms, and shortens the duration of the disease, without leaving after it any evil conse- quences, calculated to retard the restoration of health. It is distinguished by a cough, which is spasmodic, and often convulsive, or suffocative, attended, at times, with a peculiar hoop while drawing in the breath, whilst the fits of coughing usually occur while the breath is being thrown outward, from the chest. It is divided into three stages, the febrile, the convul- AND THEIR DISEASES. 443 give, or the nervous stage, and the stage of conva lescence. The febrile stage is characterised by the symptoms of a severe cold, with cough, and difficulty of breathing. In the second, or nervous stage, as the fever diminishes, the hooping commences; the cough recurs in paroxysms; the face, perhaps swells and becomes livid; mucus or blood may exude from the mouth or nose; the breathing appears interrupted; but after a deep inspiration, the patient usually quickly recovers, and remains during the intervals, almost perfectly well. The third stage, is either the period of- convalescence, or of prostration, according as the disease has been successfully or unsuccessfully managed from its com- mencement. Unsuccessful cases are liable to assume a chronic form, when emaciation, debility, and sometimes death ensues. The remedies should be selected for each of the above periods, according to the symptoms attendant upon each, either at their earliest manifestations, or immediately antecedently thereto, and carefully continued, until the disease is found to yield, which will often be in an unex- pectedly short time; and by carefully noting the changes which occur, and adapting the remedies to the remaining symptoms, convalescence will rapidly take place. For the forming, febrile, or catarrhal stage, the remedies most appropriate, are those given in ordinary catarrh from a cold. They are Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia, Ipecacuanha, Nux vomica, Phosphorus, Pulsa- tilla, Tartar emetic. Aconite.—Dry whistling cough, with fever, and hot dry skin. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or ten globules, in ten spoonfuls of 444 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, water, give a spoonful every two hours. It should usually be followed with some other remedy, after being continued from twelve to twenty-four hours. Belladonna.—Dry, hollow, barking cough, worse at night; or with sore throat, fever, red flushed face. It is also useful in the more advanced stages, even when the brain appears affected; the child can not endure the light; is impatient of noise, or of movement; headache; more or less delirium; convulsions; and if the paroxysms terminate with sneezing. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two or four hours, until amelioration, or change. It is often appropriate before or after Cuprum, or after Helleborus or Bryonia. Bryonia is a valuable remedy both in the early and later stages, and is often indicated when there is con- gestion to the head, and symptoms of an inflammatory condition of the lungs; also when Belladonna, and Helleborus were insufficient in the later stages, and for similar symptoms. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Ipecacuanha.—Dry cough: with strangulation; great anguish; and when a fresh fit of coughing is excited by the act of breathing, and at almost every breath; coughing fits, with spasmodic stiffness of the body; blueness of the face; anxiety; and with much mucus. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every hour for four hours, afterwards every two or four hours, until some other remedy is indicated. It may often be followed by Nux vomica. Nux vomica should be given either just before or at the commencement of the second stage, the symptoms being similar to Ipecacuanha, and if the paroxysms occur after midnight, or in the morning, and are attended with vomiting. Or it may be given at the earliest stages, if there is acute coryza, with stoppage of the nose; diffi AND THEIR DISEASES. 445 culty of breathing; costiveness, and soreness either of the whole abdomen or of the stomach pit. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. Useful after Ipecacuanha, and before or after Belladonna. Phosphorus will be found useful in the inflammatory stage, especially if the child complains of a distressing constriction across the chest; if the breathing is short, and the thirst great, with debility; and often after Aconite or Bryonia, when they appear to be indicated. DOSE.—As Nux vomica. Pulsatilla.—Loose cough; hoarseness; inclination to vomit; sneezing; weakness of the eyes, with abundant tears; and often with diarrhoea. DOSE.—The same as Ipecacuanha. Tartar emetic.—For symptoms similar to Phosphorus, and especially if there is rattling of mucus in the chest, and retching. This remedy, if given at the commence- ment of the disease, will often diminish its violence, and at times cut it short. DOSE.—Same as Nux vomica. For the second or the nervous stage, additional reme- dies will be found in Carbo veg., Cuprum, Drosera, Opium and Yeratrum. Carbo veg.—When the first symptoms of hooping appear, worse in the evening, with sore throat; or after the use of Drosera or Veratrum, to hasten a favorable termination; or if a tendency to vomit still remain in the latter stages. This remedy and Cuprum have often been found useful in restoring the tone of the system, so that other remedies which had before appeared to fail, have acted with effect, and completed the cure. Cuprum.—When after each paroxysm of cough, there are convulsions and loss of consciousness, which cease 39 446 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, when the paroxysms return; also when the paroxysms are very frequent, with rigidity of the body or of the limbs; drowsiness; rattling of mucus in the chest; and congestions to the brain. Before or after Belladonna, 01 in alternation with Helleborus or Bryonia. It may also be given after Phosphorus or Tartar emetic in congestions to the lungs or chest, if indicated by its own peculiar symptoms. Drosera.—Paroxysms of cough in rapid succession, with a shrill hoop; vomiting; relief on moving about; if there be fever, it is characterised by chilliness, heat and thirst, hot perspiration, especially in the night. Often after Carbo veg. Opium.—When there is stupor; anguish; irregular breathing; constipation; and if the indicated remedies do not produce the desired effect. Veratrum.—Often, and when there are cold sweats, especially on the forehead; excessive thirst; involuntary urination; vomiting; perhaps fever, with miliary erup- tions, or with great weakness; small and quick pulse; apathy and drowsiness; disliking to move or speak. Often useful after Cuprum. The third stage, if the convalescence be favorable, will need no medicine; if unfavorable, the symptoms must be treated as they appear, the cause being properly considered, and the peculiar dyscrasies, or the consti- tutional condition of the system, taken into the account. ADMINISTRATION.—Tn the second stage the remedies may gene- rally be administered as follows: Give Veratrum first, either one or two globules on the tongue, or a spoonful of a dilution of one drop, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, immediately after a paroxysm, then wait till the next paroxysm, after which give another dose, and so on after each paroxysm, until from two to four doses are taken, then wait twenty- four hours, and if there be improvement, continue to wait until the improve- ment ceases, or until the cough becomes worse again. If there be no AND THEIR DISEASES. 447 improvement, select another remedy : or Drosera may be administered at the first instead of Veratrum, two to four doses ; if there be no improve- ment in two or three days, select another remedy. Drosera is often admin- istered after Veratrum. Other remedies may be administered in the samj manner. 17.—Bronchitis. Influenza. Grippe. Inflammation of the Bronchia. Catarrh on the Chest. This is a disease of the mucus lining of the bronchial tubes, and is divided into acute and chronic. The symp- toms of acute bronchitis are chilliness, fever, hoarseness; difficult breathing, or shortness of breath, sometimes threatening suffocation; wheezing, with rattling or whist- ling, or harsh, rough and broken sounds in the chest; severe cough, frequent and distressing, at first dry and with scanty expectoration, afterwards copious; general weakness; loss of appetite; foul tongue; pale lips, and anxious countenance. If the disease terminate favorably, with a diminution of the fever the breathing becomes easier, and the expectoration thicker less frothy or stringy; if unfavorably, the difficulty of breathing in- creases, a state of debility or collapse sets in, the body is covered with a cold clammy sweat, the face becomes livid, and mucus accumulates in the chest, which the patient is unable to expectorate; there is usually pain, or a sense of constriction, especially in the upper part of the chest and along the region of the breast bone, which is greatly aggravated by coughing. It is distin- guished from influenza by being more confined to the upper part of the chest or thorax, and from lung fever or pneumonia, because in the latter disease the fever, pain, and other sufferings are usually referable to those parts of the chest more distant from the sternum or pit of the stomach; and by the sputa, which in pneumonia assumes 448 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, a greyish or rust-colored appearance. A correct diagnosis can however only be made by an experienced physician. Treatment.—The most useful remedies are Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia and Phosphorus; next to these are Lachesis, Mercurius vivus, Pulsatilla, Nux vomica and Spongia. Aconite is almost always required in the earlier stages, when the skin is unusually hot and dry, the pulse strong and rapid, breathing obstructed, cough short and dry, anxiety, restlessness and thirst. • DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every two or four hours, according to the severity of the attack; after which, give Belladonna, Bryonia or Phosphorus. Belladonna.—If there be extreme sensitiveness to pain when coughing, either in the chest or head; oppres- sion and constriction as if bound; dry fatiguing cough, worse at night, with short and anxious breathing; and especially for children in insidious cases, coming on sud- denly, and threatening suffocation. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Bryonia.—Laborious, short and anxious breathing, with constant inclination to take a deep inspiration; dry cough, with burning, pricking pains in the region of the sternum and pit of the throat; dryness of the mouth and lips, with thirst; headache, especially on coughing; shoot- ing pains in the chest and sides. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. After Bryonia, Phosphorus is often indicated; or if abundant expectoration follow, Hepar sulph. or Spongia may be usefnl. Lachesis.—Oppression at the chest, with pressive sen- sations as if the chest were too full; suffocative breathing, with choking, and sense of swelling and tightness; or with wheezing, and deep, difficult or asthmatic breathing, AND THEIR DISEASES. 449 with anxiety and depression; worse at night after lying down, or after sleeping. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Mercurius viv.—If in addition to the ordinary symp- toms there are excessive perspirations; coryza, with acrid discharge; much swelling of the mouth and throat; offen- sive breath; or dryness in the chest, breathing quick and short, with tickling and fatiguing cough; often after Belladonna. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Phosphorus.—After Aconite; respiration oppressive; heat in the chest; constriction, anxiety and oppression; cough dry, with tickling in the throat or chest; aggra- vated by talking; stringy mucus expectoration, and often with difficulty; and especially if the disease appears to be complicated with pneumonia. DOSE}.—The same as Mercurius viv. Pulsatilla.—After Aconite, when the fever is abated, the expectoration thick and abundant; and for persons of mild lymphatic constitution; or for females, when, as not unfrequently happens, bronchitis follows a sup- pression of the catamenia; and if there be rattling of mucus in the chest; shaking cough, and expectoration of thick and tenacious or yellowish mucus, at times mixed with blood. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Rhus tox. is a remedy which has too frequently been overlooked in affections of the respiratory organs. In addition to the symptoms mentioned under Bryonia, its indications are ticklings, crawlings, burnings and shootings, anxiety, and depression, weakness, trembling 39* 450 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, and uneasiness; or torpidity, languor and sleepiness; the cough is short and dry, with weakness and short breath; tickling low down in the chest, worse in the evening and at night, or when at rest, and after waking in the morning, and sometimes attended with pain in the stomach, or with pressure and squeezing at the stomach pit. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, until amelioration, or change. Spongia.—After Aconite, when a distinct sonorous sound, or a mucus, rattling sound, can still be heard under the sternum or breast bone; the cough being dry and hollow, and continued through the day, but worse towards evening; or cough, with scanty expectoration, viscid and ropy; heat or burning in the chest; respiration laborious, or inability to breathe, except the head be thrown backwards. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every three hours, until amelioration, or change. 18.—Inflammation of the Lungs. (Pneumonia. Lung Fever.) When the substance of the lungs takes on inflamma- tion, there are generally rigors, followed by heats, with great heat of the skin; thirst; restlessness; pulse rapid and full, or hard and wiry, or quick, weak, and variable; tongue dry and parched; urine scanty, red, and some- times scalding; short, distressing, and continuous cough, aggravated by speaking and breathing; scanty expec- toration of viscid, tenacious mucus, which may be at first nearly transparent, and which appears to arise from low down in the chest, but soon becomes of a greyish, rusty, or brick-dust color; interrupted, hesitating speech, with AND THEIR DISEASES. 451 frequent pauses; and abdominal respiration. Sometimes there is dull pain, and sometimes only a sense of tight- ness in the chest; the patient lies, either on the affected side, or on his back; his breathing is short, hurried, and difficult; and an unusual degree of heat may commonly be felt in the axilla and region of the ribs. If the disease progress, the face often exhibits patches of red- ness, and lividity; the vessels of the neck become swollen and turgid; the pulse weak and irregular, or thready; and the patient may sink, either from exhaustion, or from obstruction of the lungs. If an abscess form in the lung, a gurgling sound may be heard by applying the ear over that portion of the chest; shiverings usually precede the formation of the ulceration, and a hollow, or cavernous, respiratory sound will follow, after the abscess has been emptied by expectoration and coughing. Abundant expectora- tion of whitish or yellowish mucus; general sweat; a sudden profuse discharge of urine, with abundant sediment; and sometimes, even diarrhoea, or epistaxis, are regarded as crises, giving promise of a favorable termination. The most useful remedies are Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia, Phosphorus, Ehus tox., Tartar emetic, and Sulphur. Aconite, in the early or inflammatory stage, can seldom fail to be of use. It should be continued so long as the fever is of a decidedly inflammatory type; the pulse rapid and full; the skin dry; and the thirst excessive. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration, or change. Belladonna is indicated by cerebral symptoms; 452 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, exanthematous eruptions; flushed face; headache; and other congestive symptoms. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. These two remedies may often prove sufficient in the milder cases, to subdue an attack. Bryonia, especially if the disease be complicated, with pleuritic symptoms, (plueripneumonia,) if there be catch- ing, shooting pains in the region of the pleura, diaphragm, or heart, or in the pectoral muscles; thick coated tongue; constipation, with gastric derangement; or after Aconite and Belladonna have been given with partial success; and especially if there is an increase of the pains or sufferings, on movement. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Phosphorus is regarded as a most invaluable remedy, and by some is relied on in every stage of this disease. It is no doubt most efficient in those advanced and dangerous cases, in which there are muttering delirium, and suffocative paroxysms; laborious respiration; de- bility; small quick pulse; and threatened paralysis of the lungs; also if there be great prostration; paleness of the face; dimness of the sight; dry cough, especially at night; and great depression of the physical power. Or if there be cold and clammy sweats, with coldness of the breath; tremulous, and scarcely perceptible pulse; sharp, and livid face; frequent cough, with brown, frothy, and rusty colored sputa; dulness of the chest on percussion, so that it seems as if a wall were struck, instead of the chest. DOSE___One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be given in ten spoonfuls of water, every two hours, a spoonful, until amelioration or change. Tartar emetic.—Extreme oppression, and obstructed respiration, without pain; loose cough, with much and their diseases. 453 rattling in the chest, and expectoration of lumps of mucus without much'blood: also, if there be a sensation as if the chest were lined with velvet; a sore pain as if from excoriation, occurring in paroxysms; burning sensations under the sternum, as if the bronchia were inflamed,—that is, the pneumonia being complicated with catarrhal, rather than pleuritic symptoms; respira- ration, short, oppressed, rendering it necessary for the patient to sit up in bed; intermittent respiration; diffi- culty of breathing, in paroxysms, especially in the night; oppressed breathing, with difficulty of swallow- ing; also, if there be much coughing and violent sneezing, with tickling sensations; night cough, or cough after eating, with vomiting the contents of the stomach, and pain in the left side, above the hypo- chondria. DOSE.—The same as Phosphorus. Rhus tox., is an important remedy in the congestive stage, when there is extreme restlessness, anxiety, palpi- tation of the heart, and redness of the face; also, if the pneumonia has followed severe and long continued exertion, and in cold weather; or been the result of a contusion, fall, blow, or other mechanical injury; also, before or after Sulphur, in exanthematous cases. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four hours, until a change is effected, or some other remedy iudicated. Sulphur.—After Aconite and Belladonna to complete the cure, when these medicines have acted favorably, and also after Phosphorus or Tartar emetic; and for persons of scrofulous habits, and when in the advanced stages other remedies fail to produce their accustomed effects; also, in cases of repercussion of some exanthematous disease, 454 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, and in tuberculous patients, long subject to old chronic coughs; or if there be purulent or serous expectoration; and in case of obstinate constipation DOSE.—The same as Rhus tox. Remarks.—The above are by no means all the reme- dies which may be found useful in the acute forms of pneumonia, though it is believed they will be found sufficient to cure a large portion even of the most obstinate cases. A number of other remedies, the symptomatic indications for which, we would not have space to describe in a work on domestic practice, will be known and carefully studied, by every intelligent physi- cian. Of these, Arsenicum is adapted to the pneumonia of old persons; also to debilitated, scrofulous, or cachetic constitutions. Aconite is indicated, where there is inflam- mation or excitement of the arterial system; Belladonna, where there is sensitiveness- to movement or to the touch,—also, in cerebral complications; Bryonia, for complications with pleurisy; and Phosphorus and Tartar emetic, where actual congestion of the lungs has taken place. Arnica, to cases from mechanical violence, or if attended with profuse spitting of blood ; Mercurius viv., if there are copious night sweats, not alleviated by Bryonia or Phosphorus; Lachesis, Nux vomica, or Opium, in, the pneumonia of drunkards, or for persons accustomed to the use of ardent spirits; Pulsatilla, for chlorotic females; and Lachesis, Arsenicum, and China, where there is threatened gangrene of the lungs. The characteristic rust-colored sputa, usually appears the second or third day; the crisis takes place on the seventh; and the patient often returns to his accustomed avocations on the fourteenth day, if otherwise healthy, and under homoeopathic treatment. AND THEIR DISEASES. 455 19.—Spurious Pneumonia. (Peripneumonia. Pneumonia Notha.) Usually affects the aged, seldom the middle aged or the young. It commences like a common cold, with cough, and alternate heats and chills. The cough is generally loose, the sputa white or yellow, slimy and bloody; breathing quick and laborious, with great sense of weight and oppression; pain at a small circumscribed spot, on taking a deep inspiration; aggravated by every thing which causes increased action of the lungs: lying on either side oppressive; patient generally lies on his back; pulse soft and quick; voice low and weak; skin damp, or nocturnal sweats, which afford no relief; symp- toms alleviated in the morning. Treatment.—First give Aconite or Mercurius viv., afterwards Belladonna. If this does not complete the cure, return again to Aconite, and after a few doses give Chamomilla. Arsenicum is a most important remedy, and will often restore the patient when all other remedies fail, and the case appears hopeless. Especially after Nux vomica, Ipecacuanha or Veratrum. Ipecacuanha, in repeated doses, when Mercurius viv. does not afford relief, and attended with anguish or anxiety. Or if the anguish increase, the extremities become cold, and paroxysms of suffocation threaten, give Veratrum. Nux vomica is called for when, with a dry cough and difficult expectoration, there is excessive tension, oppres- sion, and sense of fulness, with the sense of weight. Tartar emetic.—If there be excessive accumulation of mucus in the bronchial tubes. In some cases also Arnica, Phosphorus, Pulsatilla or Sulphur may be indi- 456 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, cated. See also the remedies under Bronchitis, Pneu- monia and Pleurisy. DOSE.—For any one of the above remedies, given in solution, one drop, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two to four hours, or if the danger be imminent, every half hour, or oftener, according to the symptoms. 20.—Typhoid or Congestive Pneumonia. In this disease the accompanying fever is of a low or typhoid character; the pulse slightly changed, or quick and very weak; lassitude; shivering; loss of appetite; skin rather dry and harsh than hot, or having a clammy feel; little or no pain; tongue dry and parched; urine scanty and high-colored; respiration often at first but little affected, but gradually becoming short, quick and laborious; great prostration, and often cerebral symp- toms ensue. It sometimes appears to succeed other diseases, as bilious or gastric affections, and is sometimes apparently epidemic. Patients at times survive weeks or months, and at times, at least under old school pre- scriptions, death takes place in a single day. Remedies.—Arnica, Arsenicum, Opium, Phosphorus, Rhus tox. and Yeratrum. Arnica has been recommended after Opium, when the disease is clearly defined, the typhoid and cerebral symptoms manifest, and the congested condition of the lungs rendered certain by auscultation and percussion. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum.—Pulse small and weak, or irregular; coldness; rapid failure of strength, and desire to lie down; sleep unrefreshing, uneasy, restless, agitated, with starts and fright; cold and clammy sweats; shiver- ings or heats, or burnings in the chest; lassitude and AND THEIR DISEASES. 457 oppression, with great prostration; coldness of the body or alternated with burning heat, or with sense of inter- nal heat; irritability or indifference; worse at night, or in bed, and after sleeping. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, in desperate cases every half hour, until amelioration, or change. Opium.—Respiration difficult, slow and intermittent, with weak and low voice; obstructed, suffocative, stifling respiration; head bewildered, with dizziness and vertigo; or with heaviness and congestions to the head; violent pulsations and constipation. DOSE.—The same as Arnica. Phosphorus.—In desperate cases, even with muttering delirium; picking at the bed clothes; suffocative parox- ysms ; debility and threatened paralysis of the lungs; and when auscultation and percussion reveal a congested or even an indurated condition of portions of the lung DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Rhus tox. will prove an efficient remedy, as it is clearly indicated by the dry, harsh skin; the scanty urination; dry and parched tongue; short, dry cough, with anxious expression; weakness; sanguineous con- gestion; prostration; heaviness and pressive fulness; also by its moral symptoms; anxiety; inquietude; stupe- faction; delirium. DOSE.—The same as Phosphorus. Veratrum is also chiefly indicated when the extremi- ties become cold; the lips and face livid, with clammy sweat on the forehead, and great weakness; sudden prostration; shivering, with slow pulse, almost extinct; delirium, and with desire to run away. DOSE.—The same as Arsenicum. 40 458 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, 21. —Pleurisy. The lungs have already been described, as dividing into two large branches, towards the right and left side of the thorax, or upper portion of the chest, above the abdomen, and surrounded by the ribs. Each of these branches is covered with an investiture, sac, or sheath, which serves a two-fold purpose; by its connections with the diaphragm, sternum, spine, and with the walls of the chest, to retain them in position; and also, to protect them from too close contiguity or contact with other organs. This covering, is a reflexion from the mem- brane or skin of the lungs, and also from the inner walls of the thorax. It is a muscular tissue, its surface being covered with a serous coat, from which is constantly exuded a lubricating fluid, calculated to give ease of motion to the constantly expanding and contracting organs it serves" to protect or support. This double sheath, covering, or sac, is called the pleura,—and inflammation of the pleura, is called pleurisy. It par- takes more of the nature of a rheumatic affection, than any of the diseases of the respiratory organs we have yet considered, and is characterised by pains of a rheu- matic character. These pains are catching, sticking, stitching, cutting, lancinating,—often confined to one spot in the side, arresting the breathing, and greatly aggravated by coughing, or by drawing in the breath. Respiration is difficult and anxious, but with less oppres- sion than in pneumonia; pulse quick and hard; cough short and dry; tongue parched; urine scanty and high colored; patient lies on his back, and if there be effu- sion in one spot, lying on the opposite side is very diffi- cult. The tendency of inflammation of the serous surfaces, no less than of the mucus surfaces, is to AND THEIR DISEASES. 459 produce effusion; but as the serous surfaces are all shut sacs, that is, have no opening to the external air, this exudation is usually removed by absorption. When, however, the case is neglected, or the absorbent powers weakened by blood-letting, blistering, and other similar expedients, the effused fluid, occupying the space between its own surface and the contiguous organ, gradually dries up, or changes its character, and becomes plastic,—an adhesion ensues, and the neighboring organ becomes closely cemented to the serous coat. In this way, the lungs have been cemented to the pleura, the pleura to the diaphragm and side, this again to the liver, the liver to the stomach, side, and back, laying the foundation sither for painful activity, or partial inactivity of these great and important organs. This, if the pleura be implicated, constitutes one of the forms of chronic pleurisy, which, although it may be alleviated, it is not often possible to cure. Other forms of pleurisy yield readily to medicine. Remedies.—Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Bryonia, Belladonna, Phosphorus, Rhus tox. and Sulphur. Aconite will almost always produce a favorable impression within the first twelve hours from its admin- istration, in acute cases; after which, the cure may some- times be completed with Sulphur. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, until ameliora- tion or change. Arnica, if from external injury, and after Aconite when soreness and pain on movement alone remain; or if pleuritis supervene upon long continued and laborious exertion, and to promote absorption when considerable effusion has taken place. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of 460 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, water, give a spoonful every throe hours for twelve hours, then every six hours, until the pains and soreness subside; afterwards give Sulphur or Arsenicum, if indicated. Arsenicum is a remedy on which we place great reliance in extreme cases, where much serous effusion has already taken place; where the respiration is obstructed, and there are asthmatic symptoms, with much prostration of strength. DOSE and Administration.—The same as Arnica. Bryonia, generally after Aconite, or often at the com- mencement, when the shooting, lancinating, burning pains are increased by every inspiration, or by move- ment; dry cough, or cough with dirty or bloody expec- toration, and great aggravation of pain; dry, cracked, brown, or yellow coated tongue; bitter taste, nausea, and perhaps vomiting; aching, painful pressure at the pit of the stomach, and hypochondria; intense thirst; constipation; giddiness, and confusion in the head, aching and shooting pains in the head as if it would burst, especially when coughing; disturbed sleep, with frequent startings; comatose sleep; delirium; burning heat of the skin, or clammy perspiration; aching in the limbs; cough on lying on the side, with impossibility of lying otherwise than on the back. DOSE.—Two drops of the dilution, or twelve globules, dissolved in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every hour, until amelioration or change. Belladonna, if there is great restlessness or sleepless- ness, or comatose sleep with delirium; or if the pains in the side are extreme and unendurable, increased by the slightest touch or movement; pains in the head and eyes; and if the pain and fever return after being alle- viated by other remedies. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every two hours, until alleviation or change. AND THEIR DISEASES. 461 Phosphorus, in cases complicated with pneumonia or bronchitis, and in all extreme cases, where the lungs also are implicated, will be found a valuable remedy. DOSE— The same as Belladonna. Rhus tox. is also a valuable remedy in pleurisy, even where adhesions have already taken place, and also if with the shooting, lancinating pains, there is tension, and short breath, with pressure; and in chronic cases relieved by walking and by vigorous exercise, but felt worse when beginning to move, and when at rest. Its symptoms are, shootings, drawings, tension and constric- tion, with sense of weakness. DOSE.—The same as Arnica. Sulphur in almost all cases, may follow Aconite or Bryonia, or if the fever be not violent, and we suspect effusion already to have taken place, it may be given at the outset, alone, or in alternation with Aconite, Rhus tox., or Bryonia, and be continued until the effusion shall dis- appear ; or it may be followed by Arsenicum, in cases where that remedy becomes indicated. Also, in cases complicated with pneumonia, to prevent solidification, and favor resolution, it is a most reliable remedy. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in six spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every four or six hours, if in alternation with some other remedy ; otherwise every two hours, in severe cases, until ameliora- tion or change. 22 —Asthma, Is an affection of the lungs and chest, characterised by difficulty of breathing, occurring in paroxysms, attended with suffocation, constrictive sensations, cough, and wheezing. The patient usually sits or stands, his arms elevated so as to lift upward and outward the walls of the chest; often requests the windows and doors to be opened, and makes frequent efforts to expel something 40* 462 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, from the air passages by hawking or coughing; the face has an anxious expression; the extremities are generally cold; and there is often cold perspiration on the fore- head, face or chest; there is frequently palpitation of the heart or arteries, the pulse is irregular, quick or inter- mittent, and expectoration does not always afford relief. It has been divided into the dry and the humid asthma; the attacks ofthe former are much more sudden, violent, and of shorter duration than those of the latter; the cough is slight, and the expectoration scanty; whilst in moist or humid asthma the attacks come on more slowly, and are more protracted, the cough is unusually more severe, expectoration commences early, and when it be- comes copious usually affords relief. The remedies most used by homoeopathic practitioners are Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Cuprum, Ipecacuanha, Lachesis, Moschus, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Sambucus, Tartar emetic and Veratrum. Aconite.—For persons of a full or plethoric habit; for young persons and children when there is active palpita- tion of the heart; congestion to the head; vertigo; or when the paroxysm follows some mental excitement. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, may be infused in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every half hour, or in extreme cases it may be given every fifteen minutes, or alternated with Ipecacuanha or Belladonna. Arsenicum.—Extreme agitation and moaning; exhaus- tion and anguish as if at the point of death, with cold perspiration; in confirmed asthmatics, and in old people, when the least exertion brings on a paroxysm; or when paroxysms recur soon after lying down, or with remis- sions, and continue until after a fit of coughing; a few lumps of viscid mucus filled with vesicles is expecto- rated ; also when paroxysms are liable to be brought on AND THEIR DISEASES. 463 by exposure to cold air, or to changes of temperature; sense of weakness or burning pain. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful to be given every four hours, or oftener, according to the urgency and severity of the symptoms. Belladonna.—For plethoric women, and for children of irritable habits, and if subject to spasms; constriction at the throat, with loss of consciousness, gasping for breath, and constant efforts to dilate the chest; constric- tion, and feeling as if suffocation would ensue. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Bryonia.—If with the asthmatic symptoms there are pains in the hypochondria, and inability to lie on the right side; or if the patient is constrained to lie on his back; shootings in the chest on breathing deeply, or on coughing, or from movement; difficulty of breath- ing, aggravated by talking or by movement; cough with expectoration, at first frothy, afterwards glutinous, attended at times with vomiting or retching. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every hour; in extreme cases, every half hour, until some change is manifested; after which, select some other remedy for the remaining symptoms. Cuprum.—For hysterical women after fright or anger, or before or during the menses, when there are spasms, oppression at the chest, with short dry cough, aggravated by talking. DOSE.—The same ns Belladonna. Ipecacuanha.—Spasmodic constriction of the throat in nightly paroxysms, with suffocation and rattling from an accumulation of mucus in the chest; redness and heat, or paleness and coldness, and ghastliness of the face; nausea, and cold perspiration on the forehead; coldness of the feet, anxiety, and dread of suffocation; spasmodic 464 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, rigidity; feeling as if dust were being drawn into the lungs. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of of water; give a spoonful every half hour, or oftener, for one or two hours, or until four doses are given; afterwards, alternate with Arsenicum, or some other indicated remedy. Lachesis.—Wheezing respiration after eating, or attacks of suffocation; worse when lying down, or after sleeping, with sensations of fulness or bloatedness; and for women after the change of life. DOSE.—Same as Belladonna. Moschus.—Asthma of hysterical females, with spas- modic constrictions, and paroxysms of suffocation, com- mencing with a fit of coughing, followed by distressing oppression, constriction, almost driving the patient to madness and distraction. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Nux vomica.—Suffocative tightness at the lower part of the thorax, near the stomach and hypochondria; aching and pressive pains in the region of the liver and stomach, with distension of the abdomen and stomach pit; flatulence; inability to endure the slightest pressure, even from the clothing around the chest or waist; clothing seems to press, even when loose; sufferings worse in the morning, or when walking in the open air, especially if cold; also after exertion; alleviated by lying on the back, or by frequently changing the position; for persons of irritable temperament, and for those addicted to the use of ardent spirits. Before or after Arsenicum. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every half hour during the paroxysm; to be continued after- wards every four hours if necessary; or give Nux vomica, a spoonful at three o'clock, in the afternoon, and at bed time, and Arsenicum at six and at ten o'clock in the morning, to overcome a predisposition to such attacks, every alternate four days, for one month, then wait till the next attack AND THEIR DISEASES. 465 Pulsatilla.—Asthma of females after cessation of the menses; or from suppression by cold; choking, suffocative paroxysms, with death-like anguish, and palpitation of the heart; much mucus expectoration, streaked with blood, which is at times coagulated, sense of fulness and pressure in the chest. Before or after Lachesis. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours until a change is effected. In severe cases alternate with Lachesis or Moschus. Also after Aconite. Sambucus.—If the respiration be rapid, laborious, wheezing, with anguish, and dread of suffocation; oppres- sion of the chest, as from a weight, and sometimes with swelling and lividity of the face and hands, some- times general heat, tremor, and inability to speak above a whisper; worse when lying down; also for children, when they wake from sleep in a start, and exhibit many asthmatic symptoms; also if there is much perspiration. Often useful after Ipecacuanha. DOSE.—The same as Ipecacuanha. Tartar emetic.—Oppression at the chest, with exces- sive secretion of mucus, low down in the bronchia; difficult breathing; suffocative cough; and anxiety at the praecordial region; especially for old persons and children, with paroxysms of retching, choking, and suffocation, especially in the evening. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour, or oftener, according to the symptoms. Veratrum.—In violent attacks of spasmodic asthma, with suffocative symptoms; coldness of the nose, ears, and feet, with cold perspiration especially in females, before the menstrual period; and if aggravated by movement. DOSE.—The same as Tartar emetic. 466 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, 23.—Determination of Blood to the Chest. (Congestion of the Chest.) This condition is distinguished by a sensation of fulness, with weight or pressure, throbbings and palpi- tation of the heart, attended with anxious expression and short, sighing, and difficult breathing; and sometimes with slight cough. It is most frequent in children and young people, and in persons of consumptive habit. Its exciting causes are undue activity; exposure to heat and cold; stimulants, such as coffee, spices, vinous and alco- holic drinks, or narcotic drugs; repressed eruptions; suppression of accustomed discharges, &c., &c. Remedies. — Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia, Ipeca- cuanha, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, and Sulphur. Aconite.—For plethoric persons, or with florid com- plexion; violent oppression, heat and thirst, cough, anxiety, and palpitation of the heart; congestion of females, before, and during the catamenia; followed by Mercurius or Belladonna, to complete the cure. DOSE.—One drop ofthe dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every half hour, for four hours, afterwards every two hours, until some other remedy be selected, or the more acute symptoms subside. Belladonna.—If, with the oppression, shortness of breath, and palpitation of the heart, there be throbbings in the chest, extending even to the head; cough, mostly at night; internal heat and thirst; also after Aconite, unless Mercurius be especially indicated. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration, or change. Bryonia.—When with the ordinary symptoms, as anxiety, oppression, palpitation, &c, there are burning AND THEIR DISEASES. 467 heats in the chest, sensation of tightness, and prickings during inspiration. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Ipecacuanha.—Often after Nux vomica, and for similar symptoms. Mercurius viv.—After Aconite, especially in cases of suppression of customary discharges in females, to complete the cure ; and also if there are burnings in the chest, with frequent desire to take a long breath; or expectoration streaked with blood. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Nux vomica.—When the affection has arisen from the use of stimulants, or from the suppression of hemor- rhoidal discharges; also for females accustomed to pro- fuse menstrual flow, and if the suppression be attended with severe constipation; in irritable, bilious subjects this remedy must always produce favorable results, and will often itself complete the cure. After Nux vomica, give Aconite or Sulphur. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Pulsatilla.—When with the constriction, difficulty of breathing, and palpitation, there is ebullition of blood to the chest, with external heat, and aggravation towards evening; also in phlegmatic persons, with hemorrhoidal suppression; and in females with suppres- sion of the menses, especially if they have been suddenly stopped, or if these sufferings appear before menstruation; it may be given after or in alternation with Aconite or Bryonia, after which give Sulphur to complete the cure. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Sulphur.—After any of the above remedies, and for 468 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, similar symptoms, but especially after Aconite, Nux vomica, Bryonia and Pulsatilla. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every four hours, four doses, afterwards even morning, to complete the cure. 24.—Spitting of Blood. (Haemoptysis.) Vomiting of Blood. (Hemorrhage from the Lungs.) Spitting of blood may be divided into three varieties: First, by effusion from the mucus surfaces. Second, by congestions, the substance, air vessels, or parenchyma of the lungs, being engorged; throat either in whole or in part, filled with the effused fluid, which is expectorated by coughing, &c. Third, by the rupture of a blood vessel in some dis- eased spot, usually in the body of the lungs, an occur- rence not uncommon in tubercular consumption. The first variety is not at all dangerous, the second but slightly so, and the third is rather an indication of the dangerous condition of the patient, than dan- gerous in itself. The first variety is perfectly under the control of medicine; the second generally so, and in the third variety, though a patient may die of strangula- tion, this but seldom happens, and much less frequently from loss of blood. In such cases do not act too hastily, as haste makes waste, but act calmly, prudently and rightly, and thereby save all the time that is possible. The most dangerous bleedings usually give us the most time, whilst the milder forms more frequently take us by surprise. Treatment.—Place the patient, as quietly as possible. in a half sitting, half lying posture, and let him remain perfectly at rest, without speaking or being spoken to, unless indispensably necessary, and send for a good AND THEIR DISEASES. 469 homoeopathic physician. But if no physician or other medicine is at hand, dissolve a spoonful of salt in a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful of the solution every five, ten, or twenty minutes, until other remedies can be obtained. Or ten drops of Sulphuric acid in a tumbler of water, from which give a teaspoonful as above, until relief is obtained. Remedies.—Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Belladonna, China, Ferrum, Ipecacuanha, Opium, Pulsatilla, Phos- phorus and Rhus tox. Aconite is indicated for plethoric individuals, or for persons of sanguine temperament, when there is ebullition of blood to the chest; blood gushing up at intervals, with fulness and burning; slight cough; or for the pre- monitory symptoms, in case of frequent attacks, such as shivering, palpitations, accelerated pulse, anguish, or anxiety, paleness of the face, and aggravations when lying down. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every ten or twenty minutes, for two hours; if not relieved give Ipecacuanha, or for tuberculous patients, Phosphorus. Arnica.—In all cases arising from external violence, as from a blow or strain; or for persons who play on wind instruments; and when effusion of blood into the substance (air cells) of the lungs is indicated by con- striction and burning low down in the chest, the expec- torated blood being warm, sweetish in taste, and with a sensation as if it came from some deep-seated source, or with pain in the region of the shoulders and back; also if there be expectoration of dark colored or coagulated blood, or mixed with mucus, especially if clotted; tick- ling behind the sternum, with weakness and syncope. Often useful after Aconite. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. 41 470 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Arsenicum, after Aconite, if the anxiety, anguish, and palpitation continue, and there be also extreme restless- ness, with dry, burning heat; also, after or in alterna- tion with Ipecacuanha, when that remedy has been found insufficient of itself; and after Nux vomica, to persons addicted to spirituous liquors, fermented drinks or coffee. If there should be a return of the symptoms after a temporary cessation, give Sulphur. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Belladonna is useful for women with profuse cata- menia, or at the change of life, and especially if there be cough, with tickling in the throat; sensation of fulness; pressing shooting pains, worse on movement. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every half hour, until amelioration, or change. Often useful after Aconite. China, if the patient has lost much blood, or is suffer- ing from debility, especially from debilitating discharges; dry, hollow, violent, and painful cough, with taste of blood in the mouth; shivering, with flushes of heat; faintness; cloudiness of sight, and roaring in the head, with sense of lightness and vivacity; short and transient inspirations. DOSE.—Same as Belladonna. After four or six doses, give at longer intervals, or select some other remedy. Ferrum, after China, if this has in severe cases relieved, but there remains great fatigue after talking; slight cough, with expectoration of scanty bright red blood; pain between the shoulder blades, and difficulty of breathing. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Ipecacuanha.—Taste of blood in the mouth; fre- quent short cough: nausea ; weakness; expectoration AND THEIR DISEASES. 471 mucus streaked with blood. Useful after Aconite, 01 before Arsenicum. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Opium.—Cough dry and hollow, with spitting of bloody and frothy mucus; weakness of the voice; drowsiness, with sudden starts; worse after swallowing; difficulty of breathing, with burnings in the region of the heart, and coldness, particularly of the extremities; tremors, especially in the arms. Useful in most difficult cases. For persons addicted to the use of spirituous liquors it may be followed by Nux vomica. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Nux vomica for persons of irritable temper, when caused by hemorrhoidal suppression, a fit of passion, or exposure to cold; dry cough, with headache; tickling in the chest; worse towards morning. After Nux vomica, Sulphur is almost always useful. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change. After Nux vomica, give Arsenicum or Sulphur. Phosphorus, in case of consumption, or ulceration of the lungs; also, after the discharge of blood has ceased to prevent inflammation, or degeneration into consump- tion, is a most useful remedy. DOSE.—The same as Nux vomica. Pulsatilla, for females, for suppression of the monthly discharge, or in cases of hemorrhoids; also, if there be expectoration of a dark coagulated blood, with shiverings towards evening, and at night; great anxiety; pain low down in the chest; flaccidity, and weakness at the epigastrium. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every two hours. Afterwards give Sulphur. 472 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, Rhus tox., if there be expectoration of bright red blood, with a sense of constriction, crawling, and short breath; or with pressure at the stomach pit, and desire to take a deep inspiration; weakness, and sensation of trembling; or sensation in the chest, as if something were torn away. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water ; a spoonful to be given every hour or two hours, until four doses are taken; after which give Sulphur or Arsenicum. Sulphur, always after treatment with other remedies; also, for persons subject to piles and hemorrhoidal affec- tions ; derangement of the menses; or when hcemoptysis arises from suppressed eruptions. To drunkards, it should be given in alternation with Nux vomica or Arsenicum, and continued some time after the affection ceases, at intervals of three or four days. DOSE.—The same as Rhus tox. A form of this affection, termed by some Apoplectic Haemorrhage, in which the patient loses his consciousness, looks as if suffocated, his eyes protruding from their sockets, and bloody mucus issuing from his mouth, is most immediately dangerous, and frequently fatal. The first remedy in this case is Aconite. If not better in thirty minutes, Opium, and afterwards Ipecacuanha. Keep the extremities warm by friction, downwards rather than upwards, and stimulate the circulation by hot bandages, cloths wrung out from hot water, to the head and stomach pit, especially if those parts are hot. Send immediately for a good homoeopathic physician. DOSE, and Administration.—First place a few globules of Aconite upon the tongue; then dissolve two drops or twelve globules, in four table- spoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every five or ten minutes. If not better in thirty or forty minutes, give Opium, in the same manner and afterwards Ipecacuanha. AND THEIR DISEASES. 473 25.—Consumption of the Lungs. (Phthisis Pulmonalis.) The symptoms of this disease in its earlier stages, are frequently obscure. When they become manifest the friends and physician too often allow themselves to give up in despair, whilst the patient generally continues to hope on, even to the close of life. In the earlier stages the affection is no doubt often curable. After disorganization of the lungs has taken place, and ulcera- tions have become established, although something may still be done, a cure is hardly to be expected. In this, as in all other cases, however, the Almighty has reserved the entirely hopeless cases to the moment of death, and no physician is justified in giving up a case to die, whilst the patient still lives. The earlier symptoms, a short, dry cough, or with a little frothy expectoration, are usually attributed to a cold; but if shortness of breath, with sensation of obstruction, only felt at first after exercise, or after a fit of coughing; fevers, with remissions, especially towards morning, and returning at noon; or remission at about five in the afternoon, and returning before midnight; flushes in the face, heat in the palms of the hands, and soles of the feet, with night sweats supervene, it is time to take the alarm, and seek for aid. These are the unmistakable symptoms of an approaching malady, which may require all the skill and wisdom of a most intelligent physician to meet and cure. If the above symptoms continue, the emaciation and debility increase; respiration is more difficult; the cough is more severe, and troublesome, especially at night, the fever, if shorter in duration, is followed with more pro- fuse sweats, and the pulse loses tone; the expectoration, at first viscid and frothy, becomes more free, copious 41* 474 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, thicker, and less transparent; a circumscribed red patch, often appears on the cheek, or the cheek is faded, and the countenance dejected; these symptoms indicate the commencement of the second stage. In the third stage, there is expectoration, at first, of cheese-like particles, afterwards mixed with pus, mucus, shreds, lymph, and blood, and at times portions of the tissue of the lungs themselves may be expectorated. The bowels which had been costive, are now relaxed; diarrhoeas are of frequent occurence, which with colliquative sweats, induce excessive weakness and prostration. The flesh becomes reduced; the face thin; the cheek-bones prominent; the eyes hollow; the hair falls off, the nails curve inwards, and are livid; the feet swell; yet the countenance may be clear, and the eyes have the lustre of health; the mind is often serene and hopeful; the patient seems unconscious of his danger, and often speaks and acts as if he expected a speedy recovery. In cases which make slow progress, the patient may have a troublesome cough, weakness, and emaciation, chiefly in the winter and spring, whilst he enjoys com- parative health in summer, sometimes even for several years. In this case he usually becomes careless of him- self, and often loses his life from neglect, or from some sudden attack of inflammation, arising from cold, or other causes. In other cases the disease makes rapid progress, and terminates in death, often in a few months. This, from the rapidity of its progress, as well as from the severity of its symptoms, has been, not inappropriately, termed galloping consumption. It is most common in young persons, in the periods of development, and in persons of sanguineous temperament, or of sedentary habits. AND THEIR DISEASES. 475 Tubercular consumption often appears to arise from the transfer of other diseases, such as scrofula, or king's evil, cancer, syphilis, various eruptive diseases, as itch, tetters, and eruptive fevers, as erysipelas, small-pox, scarlet fever, &c, to the lungs and chest. When these causes can be certainly detected, the disease might properly receive the name of scrofulous consump- tion, cancerous consumption, syphilitic consumption, &c, but these distinctions have not been sufficiently studied, to enable us to form an acurate diagnosis, and it is, no doubt, often from not understanding the cause, that physicians of every school have failed in curing con- sumptive diseases. Treatment.—In the treatment of consumption it may emphatically be said, consult causes, and if the disease or dyscrasia which has produced the consumptive cough, or tubercles,.or ulcerations, could be cured if it affected other organs or tissues, a cure should never be despaired of, because the lungs are the seat of the disease. The lungs often recover from the most severe forms of inflammation and congestion. Why should they not then, recover from other kinds of irritation? The interior surface or lining of the lungs, is a mucus surface, having a very close analogy to the interior surface of the mouth and throat, as well as to the skin. Why should not remedies, which given on the tongue, will cure ulcerations of the mouth and throat, and of the ex- tremities, even of the fingers and toes, also cure the same kinds of ulcerations, if they exist on similar surfaces, in the lungs and chest? Evidently they may do so, and the reason why consumption is yet reckoned among the incurable diseases, is because its cure has aever been attempted in faith, by any true student of 476 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, nature, in obedience to her law of cure; but looking upon consumption as a disease in itself, of some peculiar concealed, and fatal character, the physician has dis- charged his arrows in the dark, at a masked image, whilst the disease has been left to pursue its course, until the fountains of life have been broken, and death has secured another victim. I shall be excused, there- fore, in this place, for repeating, in the treatment of consumption, consult causes; and with a wise reference to these causes, prescribe your remedies, as if any other organ, having similar tissues, were similarly affected; continue your treatment, after it is wisely determined on, perseveringly, obstinately. You will often have success, where it is least expected. Again, it is not to be admitted, because allopathic physicians, relying upon external applications mainly in the cure of skin diseases, ulcerations and tumefac- tions, when they occur upon the external parts, have always been at fault when the same diseases occur upon any of the internal organs, and where direct application to the diseased surface is impossible, that therefore homoeopathy, which almost always succeeds in curing these external diseases by internal remedies, should imagine herself also unable to cure the same diseases, when they occur internally, and upon similar tissues. Every true homceopathist then should assume " con- sumption can be cured," and should enter upon a sys- tematic course of observations, trials and expedients, until he discovers the nature of the disease, and all the circumstances upon which a cure may be dependant. Treatment.—If consumption be a disease sui generis, to which the lungs and the internal organism are alone exposed, it is probable that the remedies necessary in AND THEIR DISEASES. 477 its treatment are but few, and their application simple. But if consumption be only a term indicative of a variety of morbid influences, any one of which, acting upon the complex and susceptible tissues of which the lungs and internal organs are composed, may produce degeneration and death, then the number of remedies applicable in the treatment will no doubt be increased, and more skill, knowledge and judgment will be neces- sary in their application. I shall in this treatise adopt the latter view, and in that view will remark that nearly all the remedies useful in coughs and other affections of the respiratory organs, nearly all the medicines adapted to ulcerations, tubercles, cancerous and syphi- litic affections, are likely to be called for in some of the forms of disease called consumption. We have room in this place to give the indications for but a few of these remedies, and must refer the reader to the chapters which treat on those diseases in other portions of this work, or to the pathogenesis of the medicines, for further information. The remedies I have selected from a great number which may be found useful, are Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Calcarea carb., China, Kali carb., Lycopodium, Phosphorus, Pulsatilla, Sepia, Stannum, Sulphur, and I doubt not there are forms of con- sumption to which Aurum mur., Bryonia, Nux vom- ica, Mercurius viv., Manganum, Nitric acid, Rhus tox., Sambucus, Tartar emetic, Silicea, and various other remedies are adapted. I shall give the symptomatic indications for Aco- nite, Belladonna, Calcarea carb., Lycopodium, Phospho- rus, Sepia, Stannum, Sulphur. Aconite is most frequently called for in the conges- tive variety, attended with considerable active inflamma- 478 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, tions, in persons of sanguineous temperament, and natu- rally of a full habit, in the so-called galloping consump- tion, to be given in alternation with Sulphur, when that remedy appears indicated ; also at times with Pulsatilla, or Sepia, to females affected with chlorotic symptoms; also, often in those protracted cases, worse in winter; and when there is a repercussion of some exanthemata. Belladonna is applicable to persons subject to ery- sipelatous inflammations, phlegmonous ulcerations, glan- dular swellings, &c.; also to cases following scarlatina, angina tonsilaris, and many other forms of glandular disease. It is thought to have cured a few cases, but in common with Aconite, is as yet known more as an adjuvant or a palliative to certain acute symptoms, and is usually administered in alternation with some other remedy. DOSE.—Give either of the above remedies, one drop, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Calcarea carb.—Cough, with irritation, as if pro- duced by feather dust; cough with mucus low down the throat; cough dry, violent, evening and night, with pulsations; cough dry, exhausting, with pain in the chest; cough day and night; rattling in the lower part of the windpipe, near the throat pit; expectoration offensive, brown and mixed with pus; violent cough by day, with rattling, sputa being lumpy, purulent, green- ish or yellowish, at times attended with vomiting; stitches in the chest and sides of the chest on coughing, breathing deeply, moving about, and bending towards the painful side; burning in the chest; chill with thirst; evening fever every third day, first heat in the face, then chills, night sweats; debilitating local perspiration on the chest at night; unquenchable thirst; diarrhoea, AND THEIR DISEASES. 479 with cutting pains; alternation of diarrhoea with constipa- tion ; disposition to hemorrhage; menstruation profuse every three weeks; disposition to weep; emaciation; want of strength; great exhaustion after exercise. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, in two spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every twelve hours, until amelioration, or change. Lycopodium.—Cough dry and violent at night, with expectoration by day, or day and night, or in the morn- ing ; purulent expectoration, with rattling on the chest, or expectoration of blood and pus, or of greenish, musty, rancid, greasy sputa, with putrid taste; the pains are stitching, burning, gnawing, with pressure; oppression, and difficult breathing; cannot lie on the left side; feeble pulse; chills towards evening, with flashes of heat; lin- gering fever and night-sweats; clammy sweat, constipa- tion, or purulent diarrhoea; discharges of blood, inward debility, loss of strength, emaciation; mental exhaustion, with apprehensions for the future; sadness, wilfulness, irritability and depression of spirits; the pains often extend through the chest from the front to the back. DOSE.—The same as for Calcarea. Phosphorus.—Cough, with tickling in the chest and throat; roughness; hoarseness ; dryness ; every word causes a short hacking cough; night cough, with stitches disturbing sleep; dry cough, or with bloody expectora- tion, or of pus and blood; yellowish, purulent, saltish, or greenish expectoration; or whitish, or of white mucus. Stitches in the chest, in the windpipe, about the pit of the throat, especially in the left side, a spot in the side being sensitive to the touch; sore pains, or burning pains in the chest, or pain under the left chest when lying on it, cannot lie well on the back, and not at all on either side; burnings, stingings, and soreness in the chest and side* difficulty of breathing, with oppression; lancina- 480 ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, ting, constricting, or oppressive pains, sense of pressure. Evening chills, with flashes of heat, or with dry heat, especially in the palms of the hands; circumscribed red- ness of the cheeks; morning sweats; night sweats; clammy sweats; irritability, fretfulness, anxiety. Certainly useful when there is a great amount of con- gestion, as if from chronic pneumonia, and in the inflam- matory variety, and probably when consumption arises from repercussion of some exanthematous disease, as scarlatina, measles, &c. In purulent tubercular consump- tion it will aid in overcoming the congested condition of those portions of the lung in immediate proximity to the tubercles, and in developing a more healthful action. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Sepia.—Hoarseness; agitation and painful soreness in the chest, with pains on motion; oppression, stitches in the left side when coughing or breathing; morning and evening cough, with saltish, tenacious sputa raised with difficulty; purulent sputa; night sweats; sour sweat in the morning; useful for females long subject to leucor- rhoea or to menstrual affections, also for some forms of eruptive disease. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Stannum.-—For mucus consumption, with tickling, scratching sensations in the throat, and when the cough is excited by talking, laughing, singing, &c; constant tendency to cough, with sensation of mucus in the chest, especially along the windpipe; cough night and morn- ing ; violent fatiguing, shaking cough, at one time dry, at another moist; at one time tenacious, at another loose; cough day and nights, with copious mucus expectoration, at times in lumps, yellow, offensive, or greenish, nauseous, and sweetish, at times watery and thin; chest raw and AND THEIR DISEASES. 481 sore; pains all over the chest, pressure as from a weight and tension; feeling of faintness as if numb, with weakness, or sensation of weakness; rattling breathing; oppression, dislikes to speak; difficulty of breathing when moving, and at night; tightness, want of air, and sense of suffoca- tion ; chills frequent over the back, with heat of the hands, or burning of the hands and feet; dryness of the mouth; seething of the blood; night and morning sweats; flashes of heat; small and quick pulse; weakness of the limbs; emaciation. DOSE.—The same as Belladonna. Sulphur.—Cough at any time of the day or night, short, barking, frequent, either dry or with expectoration; either of mucus or pus; thick, yellowish, or greenish, or bloody, or when whole lumps are coughed up; the sen- sations are oppressive, especially on drawing the arms together, feels as if the chest would split when coughing; gnawing burning sensations in the left side; difficult breathing, with tightness, or with burning, whistling and rattling in the chest; pressure under the breast bone; chills and sour night-sweats; can sleep only on the back; pains in the sacrum; weakness and languor, especially after exercise. DOSE.—Give a powder in the morning every four days. For Diet and Eegimen.—See Chronic Cough, page 399 and 400. 42 482 diseases of the CHAPTER X. DISEASES OF THE CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 1.—Angina Pectoris. This affection is usually confined to persons who have passed the meridian of life, who are of a rheumatic or gouty diathesis, or of a corpulent habit, exposed to much mental uneasiness, or addicted to intemperance. The following are the more common symptoms. Sudden paroxysms of agitation in the chest, felt more on the left side, near the lower portion of the sternum or breast- bone ; a sudden feeling of constriction and suffocation. so that if walking, the patient is obliged to stop; at first only brought on by extra exertion, but afterwards by the most trivial excitement, or mental effort, error in diet, or indigestible food; and finally coming on suddenly, and unexpectedly, without any assignable cause, even in bed, or when asleep. The pain is usually severe and ex- cruciating, at first confined to the chest, but afterwards extending to the left shoulder, the deltoid muscle, and frequently the entire length of both extremities. Parox- ysms may terminate in a few minutes, or continue for hours, or the patient may never be free from agonizing, constricting pains. In severe cases the countenance becomes pale, haggard, and contracted, with an expres- sion of extreme anguish, the eyes sunken, the body cold, and perhaps cold, clammy sweats, respiration difficult and CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 483 rapid, palpitation, and perhaps intermittent pulsations of the heart, anxiety, and a feeling as of approaching death; the pulse is usually slow, feeble, oppressed, and inter- mittent ; it may, however, be quick, strong, and irregular, when the skin is usually warm, and face flushed. The digestive functions also are often deranged. An attack may terminate as suddenly as it came on; or soreness may remain about the chest for considerable time. Remedies.—Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Digitalis, Ipecacuanha, Lachesis, Phosphoric acid, Sulphur, and Yeratrum. Aconite.—For recent cases, and for plethoric persons; or when paroxysms are attended with a full throbbing pulse, heat of the skin, flushed face, and rapid pulsations of the heart; and generally in the commencement of the treatment, will be found of service. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every fifteen minutes, in some acute cases, otherwise every half hour, or every two hours, until amelioration, or change. Arnica. — When the pains are constrictive and burning, as well as drawing and tearing; with anguish almost insupportable, extending to the back, and under the shoulder blade, also along the side, and down the left arm; with stiffness of the nape of the neck, and drawing towards the left side; numbness and prickings of the fingers, as if from a blow at the point of the elbow; accompanied with a smothering sensation at the heart, as if it had ceased to beat, relieved at times by pressure over the heart; especially in arthritic subjects, with tendencies to ossifications; and for persons subject to long continued and protracted labor in a sitting posture, with intermittent palpitations and pulsations. DOSE.—The same as Arsenicum. 484 DISEASES OF THE Arsenicum has been administered often, and with the best success, where there was excessive difficulty of breathing from the slightest movement, as from getting into bed, or from turning in bed; palpitations, with anguish, and feeling of approaching death; face pale and haggard; great debility; feeble, irregular, and intermittent pulse. If relief be not obtained, give Veratrum or Ipecacuanha. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, give a spoonful every half hour, for two hours, afterwards give a spoonful every four hours, until amelioration or change. Belladonna.—After Aconite, if the paroxysms return, and if there be a pain, with soreness, and sensitiveness to the touch, rather than a constrictive pain, in the region of the heart; other symptoms being similar to Aconite. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Digitalis. — For more advanced cases, when the attacks recur more frequently, and suddenly, without assignable cause, the pulse being intermittent and slow, palpitations violent, with shudderings; contractive and tearing pain; paralytic pullings and tearings in the arms and fingers, with numbness of the hands; drawing pains in the bones, and stiffness and tension in the muscles, and nape of the neck. DOSE.—The same as Arsenicum. Various other remedies have been recommended in this affection, and there are others which by their pathogenesis, would frequently seem to be indicated. Thus Hydrocyanic acid, or Kali Hydrocyanicum, when Arsenicum has failed to relieve. Veratrum if there is coldness of the extremities, cold sweats, and slow, de- pressed intermittent pulse. Lachesis to prevent returns, and for symptoms similar to Veratrum, especially if the CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 485 patient be worse after sleeping. Nux vomica and Sulphur, if the digestive functions are deranged, and if the attacks are attended or succeeded by flatulence. Also China, Ferrum, Nux vomica, Phosphoric acid, and Sulphur, if there are local congestions, combined with debility. Arsenicum, Aurum, Cannabis, Colchicum, Ignatia, Lactuca virosa, Natrum mur., Sepia, and Spigelia, are also remedies which may at times exert a beneficial influence; as may also Calcarea carb., and Lycopodium, and perhaps Phosphorus. 2-—Acute Pericarditis. (Inflammation ofthe investing membrane of the heart.) The pericardium encloses the heart and roots of the large vessels issuing from it, somewhat as the pleura encloses the lungs; and the interior surface next the heart, like the interior surface of the pleura, is a serous surface, constantly pouring forth a serous exudation. If the pericardium takes on inflammation it is called pericarditis; and it is manifest, that as inflammation may arise from various causes, so pericarditis may assume various forms, each form constituting a distinct variety of disease. The symptoms at times set in with marked severity, at other times they are so insidious and decep- tive as to produce considerable disorganization before attracting attention. Indeed, disorganizations have been found, on dissection, to have existed to a great extent, which have entirely escaped attention. The symptoms usually manifest are sharp, burning, pricking, darting pains in the region of the heart, with acute fever. The pains shoot to the left shoulder and shoulder blade, and frequently extend down the arm; are aggravated by deep inspirations, by pressure in the 42* 486 DISEASES OF THE spaces between the ribs, and in the region of the heart, or on the stomach pit. The patient cannot lie on the left side, but lies easiest on the back; breathing is rapid, irregular and laborious, especially on movement; a feeling of con- traction, restlessness, anxiety, and frequent syncope. The pulse is accelerated, at times hard, full and vibra- tory, at other times feeble, irregular and intermittent, whilst if the ear be applied to the region of the heart, its action may be found to be tumultuous and violent. This inequality is thought to be of great importance, as it will often enable us to decide in doubtful cases by comparing the strength of the action of the heart with that of the pulse. Again, when copious effusion has taken place, the practised ear will discover that the sounds of the heart appear distant, muffled and dis- guised, whilst they are heard, with their usual distinct- ness and intensity, near the upper part of the breast bone, in the carotid and subclavian arteries. This effu- sion, as in all inflammations of serous surfaces, consists of an increased secretion, which from the nature of the inflammation becomes a kind of plastic lymph, and ultimately creates adhesions, or it forms water, and lays a foundation for dropsy on the chest, or hydrothorax. The extremities not unfrequently become cedematous', or enlarged. The affection resembles pleuritis, both in its nature and duration, though differing in the name of the affection, and the organ implicated. Remedies.—Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Cannabis, Lachesis, Spigelia and Sulphur. Aconite should be given in frequently repeated doses in the acute inflammatory stage, and even if the case be impli- cated with previous disease of the heart, effusion may be prevented, and a cure speedily effected. For plethoric, circulatory apparatus. 487 sanguineous, lymphatic patients, give Belladonna in alternation with Aconite. If the action of the heart con- tinues tumultuous, with oppression, anxiety and constric- tion, give Cannabis also, if symptoms of effusion are manifest. Bryonia, instead of Cannabis, if there are sharp, pricking pains about the heart, increased by breathing, and by movement; also for slight effusions. Spigelia in the earlier stages, when there are severe lancinations in the cardiac region, or pain as if the heart were compressed or squeezed, distressing oppres- sion on movement or speaking, and when complicated with endocarditis. • ADMINISTRATION.—Any of the above remedies may be given, one drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoon- ful every three hours, until amelioration or change. After the above treat- ment, if the disease appears to be overcome, give Sulphur, a dose every twelve hours, for four days. Other remedies are Arnica, Arsenicum, Lachesis and Veratrum. ArNica.—If the disease arise from external injury, from long protracted labors, especially in a sitting pos- ture, with the head bent downwards, in arthritic sub- jects, and with liability to calcareous deposits; and if the patient complain of pains as from a bruise, painful prickings, or compression in the heart, with giddiness in the head. DOSE—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water, a spoonful to be given every two hours, for twelve hours, afterwards every four hours, until amelioration or change Arsenicum.—After Aconite, when there are strong pal- pitations, with rapid pulse, intense thirst, burning pains, anxiety, fainting, restlessness; or in a more advanced stage, when the respiration is hurried and laborious; worse when moving; inability to lie on the left side; pulse feeble and irregular. DOSE.—The same as Arnica. 488 DISEASES OF THE Lachesis may be given, if anxiety or vexation appear to have hastened the disease; if there is great oppression for breath, with fulness and pressure, or as if the chest were too full; palpitations with anxiety, and with cramp- like pains ; and cough with choking sensations, or with stitches, fainting fits, and cold sweat; also if there are pulsations extending into the ears; worse after lying down or after sleeping. DOSE.—The same as Arsenicum. Veratrum, if the extremities become cold, or a cold sweat covers the forehead or other parts; pulse slow and intermittent; nose sharp, and the features sunken and contracted. DOSE.—The same as Arsenicum, which it may follow in these all but hopeless cases. Pericarditis is most frequently met with, in connection with Acute Rheumatism. We should therefore, always examine the region of the heart in such cases, that the disease may not attain an incurable height before it is detected. When acute pericarditis is not complicated with previous organic disease of the heart, by the proper application of remedies, a cure may always be expected. Chronic Pericarditis, often exhibits nearly the same symptoms as the acute variety, differing only in duration, and perhaps in intensity, and liable to be frequently reincited by colds and other causes. If, in the progress of acute pericarditis, adhesions have formed between the apex of the heart and the pericardium, other serious organic lesions, as hypertrophy, and dilatation, are likely to follow. The signs by which these adhesions are detected, are not always distinctly marked. But when the pericardium is also adherent to the walls of the chest, and the adhesions are close and rigid, the heart will circulatory apparatus. 489 always be found pulsating in close contact with the ribs; its pulsations will be seen and felt more plainly than usual, drawing in the spaces between the ribs at each pulsation; and if enlargement of the heart, upwards and downwards ensue, a projection will be strikingly observable about the ends and the cartilages of the middle ribs. Treatment.—When the effused lymph has become organised, the adhesions being extensive, may so mate- rially interfere with the motions of the heart, as to be only susceptible of alleviations by medicine; but pre- vious to such organization, whilst the exudation is still partly of a serous character, even in chronic cases, a cure may sometimes be effected. The remedies usually appli- cable, are the same as in the acute variety, and perhaps, also, Aurum muriat., Calcarea carb. or Phosphorus, Lycopodium, Silicea, Colchicum, Ledum, and others. Arnica, Bryonia, and Sulphur, should never be forgotten. Remedies should be exhibited less frequently. Calcarea, Silicea, and Sulphur, only once in twenty-four hours; other remedies may be given every four hours, or as directed in acute pericarditis, for a few days; then omit medicine for a few days, then give again as before. 3—Inflammation of the Lining Membrane of the Heart. (Endocarditis.) The symptoms observable in this disease, are still more uncertain and obscure, except to a physician, than those of pericarditis. Tumultuous, irregular action of the heart from oppression; anxiety, faintness, some pain often referred to the sternum or epigastrium, are more commonly noticed. To a practised ear, the sounds of the heart are 490 DISEASES OF THE at first louder, the impulse greater, often attended with a vibration or tremor, but not always more frequent than in health. Afterwards, the sound seems double, pro- longed, rough, and finally blowing or grating, as if the blood were flowing back through the defectively closed valves. The exact location of the various abnormal sounds of the heart, is of little consequence, in domestic practice, and the limits of this work will not allow me to enter upon the description. When the above symptoms are present, we are justified in supposing the inflamma- tion to be in the tissues or substance of the heart; and although it is better to apply immediately to a physi- cian, the following remedies will generally be of service: Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Digitalis, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Spigelia, and Veratrum. Aconite is useful in acute cases, the pulse being hard, full, and vibratory; sharp, pricking pain in the region of the heart; and in alternation with Belladonna, if the brain also, is affected, causing delirium, and sometimes stupor; also, Aconite for pressing together in the region of the heart; palpitations, with anxiety; oppression of the chest, and relaxation of the limbs; slow throbs, near or in the heart; pain in the left side of the thorax; dis- proportion between the heart-beats and pulse-beats; pulse beats three times to the heart's once; enlargement or hypertrophy of the heart. DOSE.—Give one drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; a spoonful every hour, in very acute cases every half hour, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum.—Anxiety in the region of the heart; violent and irregular pulsations of the heart, with feeble- ness of the pulse; indistinctness or roughness of the sounds of the heart, heard loudest at the end of the third rib, near the left side of the sternum; frightful palpitations, CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 491 especially at night; irregular and violent; loss of con- tractile powers ; pinching, burning, and soreness around the heart. DOSE.—The same as Nux vomica. Belladonna.—Pains, aching or sore, or throbbing, in the left chest, or shooting and cutting, as from knives; also, around the heart; irregular, unequal contractions of the heart, with occasionally intermitting pulse; clucking, or trembling of the heart, with palpitation on ascending, as in going up stairs; throbbing pain under the sternum, near the epigastrium; violent and persistent throbbings and palpitations, with jarring even of the head and neck; adapted to congestions of the chest, to prevent and modify inflammations, rather than to subdue actual affections of the heart itself; but often controlling those exacerbations, which frequently light up the irri- tation anew. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. Digitalis.—Increased activity of the heart, with slow- ness of the pulse; palpitations which rouse one from sleep; commotion of the blood with great anxiety, forcing one to get out of bed, and quickness .of the pulse; con- gestions to the head; noise and roaring in the ears; beat- ings of the heart scarcely perceptible, very soft and weak; unequal intervals between the pulsations; very irregular pulsations; homoeopathic to dilatation, with thinning of the walls of the heart when the palpitations are feeble, oppressed, more or less distressing, frequent and pro- longed, the pulse soft and feeble, and if the debility of the heart be great. DOSE.—The same as Nux vomica. Nux vom.—Palpitation in frequent short paroxysms; pulsating throbs; great anxiety long continued spas- 492 DISEASES OF THE modic contraction, with difficult respiration and extinc- tion of the pulse; the face livid, the eyes protruded, and the hands clasped over the heart; exactly the opposite of Digitalis, it is homoeopathic to hypertrophy, and contrac- tion with thickening. DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of water; give a spoonful every two hours, until amelioration or change; should usually be given in the afternoon, and if adapted, Arsenicum may be given in the morning. Pulsatilla.—Passive congestions, with venous disten- sion, and tedious affections of the heart; hypertrophy, with dilitation of the right side of the heart; excessive accumulation and activity of the venous blood; useful when the right side of the heart is implicated; usually for females, and for persons of a quiet phlegmatic tem- perament. DOSE—The same as Aconite. Spigelia.—Increased impulse of the beats of the heart, elevating the walls of the chest; want of harmony between the beats of the heart and pulse; point or apex of the heart beats too near the nipple, and sometimes even out- side the nipple; valvular murmurs at different points; oppression and palpitation; violent and audible beatings felt through the clothing, with anxious oppression, espe- cially in the morning; wave-like, vibratory, or undulatory motion of the heart. DOSE.—Same as Nux vomica. Veratrum.—Affections of the heart, complicated with derangement of the stomach; nervous palpitations, worse after meals; the apex of the heart beats out of its usual place; bulging of the ribs over the heart; visible and violent action of the heart; sounds loud and clear, or with abnormal murmurs; intermittent pulse; nervous irritability. CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 493 DOSE.—One drop of the dilution, or six globules, in ten spoonfuls of of water, a spoonful to be given every half hour in extreme cases; ii. other cases, every two or four hours, until amelioration or change. A great number of other remedies are also homoeo- pathic to different forms of heart disease. In the earlier stages of endocarditis, Aconite and Belladonna will gene- rally be found of service. Arsenicum in complicated cases of long continuance, and when organic changes have taken place. Also, Bismuth, Calc. carb., Carb. veg., Colchicum, Croton, Digitalis, Graphites, Lachesis, Natrum mur., Nux vomica, Phosphorus, Ehus tox., and Sepia, will be care- fully studied by the physician, of which the limits of this work will not allow a more extended notice. Diseases of the heart are much more common than is generally supposed. They are not always immediately dangerous. They are thought most frequently to arise as a complication in the course of rheumatic and arthritic diseases, but may be incited by a variety of other causes. 4.—Carditis. (Inflammation of the substance of the Heart.) This is usually complicated with peri and endocarditis. If a large portion of the heart suffer severe acute inflamma- tion for a considerable period of time, a fatal result must no doubt be expected; but in a great number of cases, having the most acute symptoms, something may still be done. The symptoms and the indications for reme- dies are however the same as in pericarditis, and in endocarditis. These inflammations may produce hypertrophy, that is, thickening or enlargement of the substance of the heart, in which case there will be difficulty of breathing, and whilst the impulse of the heart's action will be increased, the natural sounds will be diminished, pulse full and strong, but vibratory. 43 494 DISEASES OF THE Bemedies most useful in this condition, are Arseni- cum, Bismuth, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Phosphorus, and Graphites. Dilatation, or enlargement of the capacity of one or both cavities of the heart, the symptoms of which are palpitation and difficulty of breathing on any sudden emo- tion ; impulse of the heart's action diminished; natural sounds increased, with soft, feeble, undulating pulse. Remedies.—Arsenicum, Aconite, Arnica, Belladonna, Digitalis, Lachesis, Pulsatilla and Spigelia. Disease of the valves of the heart, which may be inferred if by placing the hand over the region of the heart, a purring tremor, or inquietude, is felt under the fingers, or if by the ear a bellows sound or a rasping* sound can be distinguished; palpitations and difficulty of breathing, aggravated by exercise, or by mental exertions; swelling of the feet towards evening, and at length discoloration of the face, and of the extremi- ties ; dropsy of the feet and legs, and of the cavities of the body. Remedies.—Asafcetida, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Cro- ton, Digitalis, Graphites, Lachesis, Phosphorus, Pulsatilla, Rhus and Spigelia. Heart diseases, excited by the frequent use of Mer- curius, also in syphilitic patients, require Aurum mur., China, Hepar sulph., Lachesis and Nitric acid. In gouty subjects, Arnica, Colchicum, Calcarea carb., Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Rhus tox., Silicea and Sulphur. For rheumatic cases, Aconite, Arnica, Arsenicum, Bryonia, Belladonna, Colchicum, Lachesis, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Spigelia and Sulphur. For controlling attacks of congestion, Aconite, Aurum, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Cocculus, Coffea, Digital is, CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. 495 Lachesis, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Opium, Phospho- rus, Plumbum, Pulsatilla and Sulphur. Anuerism of the aorta, or enlargement (dilatation) of the great artery which conveys the blood from the heart, known by a loud wheezing or rustling at the upper part of the sternum or breast bone, perceived by placing the hand over the part; rattling at the throat; oppres- sion of the chest; pulse unlike at the wrists; if the anuerism is large, the pulsation will be single, and the sound dull under the sternum; whilst in a healthy state, the pulsation will be double, and the sound clear; or the pulsation may be single, the impulse increased, and the sound louder than when in health. The symptoms 'differ according to the situation, size and form of the anuerism; if it press against the gullet, it may impede deglutition, or occasion a constant guggling, clucking sound. If it press upon the spine, it may cause pains in the back, and various nervous phenomena, with debility. It may press upon one of the bronchial tubes, or involve a portion of the lung, and occasion cough, &c. Remedies.—Arsenicum, Arnica, Belladonna, Croton, Digitalis, Lachesis, Rhus tox., Zincum. Aneurism, or dilatation of an artery, is distinguished by the appearance of a tumor which pulsates, and which disappears on pressure, but returns as soon as the pres- sure is removed. Treatment.—Apply gentle pressure to the part, and treat with internal remedies, such as Arsenicum, Arnica, Carbo veg., Causticum, Digitalis, Lachesis, Rhus tox., Spigelia and Zincum. At times a number of small arteries and veins become enlarged and united together, forming a Pulsating Tu- mor of considerable size, in the treatment of which in 496 DISEASES OF THE CIRCULATORY APPARATUS. addition to the above remedies, Pulsatilla, Silicea and Thuja may be of service; also Hamamelis virg. Inflammation of the Arteries if in consequence of a wound, requires Rhus tox. If there be also contusion, Arsenicum; and if the inflammation extend towards the heart, Aconite. In advanced stages, Pulsatilla, or Arseni- cum may be required. Inflammation of the veins, when after external injury, burning pains are felt, deep in the right hypochondria, extending downward and backward, and towards the left side, or in the left side, near and below the kidneys, or in the abdomen, extending towards the stomach and liver; with distension of the right side; bitter taste; whitish, brown, or yellow tongue; vomiting; yellowness of the. eyes, and of the face; give Nux vomica ; or give Pulsa- tilla, Arsenicum, or Lachesis; and afterwards give Sulphur. In chronic inflammation of the veins, give Arnica, Carbo veg., Calcarea carb., Lycopodium, Plumbum. Swelling of the veins, (Varices or Varicose veins,) distinguished by chronic enlargement, dark blue or purple color of the veins, of the leg and other parts; often appearing in knots, or swollen spots, of large and uncertain size, in women during pregnancy, and at the change of "life, and often in men of hcemorrhoidal, venous, congestive habits, and terminating at times, in extensive oedema of the limbs, indolent or sloughing ulcers, with bleeding, and attended with burning, shooting, and sting- ing pains, is a very common affection, which may be greatly relieved, and oftentimes entirely cured, by the use of such remedies as Arnica, Arsenicum, Causticum, Lachesis, Lycopodium, Hamamelis vir., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Silicea, Sulphur, and Thuja; also, Apis mel., Millefolium, Carbo veg., and Zincum.—See Ulcers. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 497 For general inflammation of the veins, Tartar emetic For burning in the veins, Bryonia, Arsenicum: and if with stinging, Silicea. Pulsation of the veins, Belladonna, Graphites, Sepia, Pulsatilla. Any of the remedies above enumerated may be ad- ministered in water, for each of the above conditions, according to the directions given for pericarditis and endocarditis; administering medicines more frequently if the sufferings are acute, or the pains severe. CHAPTER XI. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM, INCLUDING THE BRAIN AND SPINAL CORD. 1.—Rush of Blood to the Head. (Congestio ad Caput.) Many individuals who lead a sedentary life, are subject to what is termed rushes of blood to the head. Causes.—Intense mental application, habitual use of wine and other stimulants, may be recorded among the exciting causes, particularly with those who inherit a predisposition to the disorder. Symptoms.—A sense of fulness of the head and neck, and also a conscious cognizance of the beating of the arteries throughout the body; heat, redness, and turgidity, or pallor and puffiness of the face; anxious expression of the countenance; frequent attacks of giddiness, par- ticularly after sleeping, or sitting in a warm room, or on 48* 498 DISEASES OF THE exposure to the sun when out in the open air, headache generally above the eyes in the forehead, aggravated by coughing or stooping; dimness of vision; buzzing in the ears; tightness around the throat; oppressed breathing; furred, red-pointed, or enlarged and very red looking tongue; dyspepsia and constipation; drowsiness by day, and restlessness at night. The principal remedies, are Aconite, Arnica, Bella- donna, Coffea, Chamomilla, Ignatia, Mercurius viv., Nux vomica, Opium, Pulsatilla. Aconite is the principal remedy to begin with in all new cases, or such as have very recently happened, and it generally proves the only remedy required, either for children or adults. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a spoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Use Belladonna, if necessary, as directed. Belladonna is useful after Aconite, when required. It is one of the most important remedies in the treatment of congestion of the head. It is indicated when there is great distension of the vessels of the head, attended with severe, pricking, burning pains in one-half of the head, aggravated by the slightest movement or the least noise; fiery redness of the face and eyes, and bloated; sparks before the eyes; dimness of vision; dark spots; buzzing in the ears; redness of the throat; attacks of fainting; and great inclination to sleep. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Arnica is more particularly indicated, when the rush of blood is occasioned by external violence; severe falls or bruises, followed by stupefaction; vertigo; sensation of pressure or coldness, over a small circumscribed space; disposition to close the eyes,—to be frightened, NERVOUS SYSTEM. 499 —and to vomit. This remedy is otherwise indicated, when there is heat in the head, with coldness of other parts of the body; sensation of obtuse pressure on the brain; painful burning or throbbing in the cranium; humming in the ears; vertigo, with confused vision, especially on assuming the erect posture after being for sometime seated. DOSE.—When the difficulty has been occasioned by a fall or blow, &c. Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours. At the same time prepare a lotion for external use, by adding five drops to half a tumbler of water, and bathe the head and back. When for other cases, dissolve as before, and give a teaspoonful every two hours until amelioration or change. Coffea may be used when the difficulty arises from excessive joy; when there is excessive liveliness, almost uncontrollable; great heaviness of the head; or aggrava- tion of the sensation when speaking; sleeplessness. DOSE.—The same as for Arnica. Chamomilla is called for, when the rush of blood is brought on by a fit of passion,—particularly in children. DOSE—The same as Coffea. Ignatia, when the difficulty has been brought on by stifled grief or vexation. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, to be given in a teaspoonful of water every night for a week, or until the patient is quite recovered. Mercurius viv. is indicated, when there is congestion with sense of fulness, or as if the head was compressed by a band; aggravation at night, with darting, piercing, tearing, or burning pains, and a proneness to perspira- tion. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Arnica. Nux vomica is very efficacious, when the difficulty arises from sedentary habits, intense study, or excessive indulgence in spirituous or vinous liquors, &c. It is accordingly, one of the best remedies for rush of blood 500 DISEASES OF THE to the head, induced by such causes. It is also of service in irritable persons, when the same arises from a fit of passion. It is especially indicated, when there is disten- sion of the veins, with violent pulsation in the head; heat and redness, or paleness, or sickly hue of the face; attacks of giddiness; violent headache, particularly in the forehead and over the eyes, aggravated by intense thought, or any attempts at mental application; also by stooping and coughing; disturbed sleep; nervous excita- bility, and disposition to be angry at trifles; constipation. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a spoonful every four hours during the attacks, but to prevent a recurrence of them, or to obviate a predisposition to them, give a spoonful at night, half an hour before retiring to rest. Opium is of great service, in congestion arising from fright, and one of the best remedies in serious conges- tions arising from other causes, such as from drinking iced water when heated, &c. It is indicated by vertigo, heaviness of the head, humming in the ears, dulness of hearing, stupor, or when the attack is occasioned by debauch, with pressure in the forehead, from within out- wards, with redness and bloatedness of the face, great depression, fugitive heat, violent thirst, dryness of the mouth, nausea or vomiting. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until manifest improvement or change. Pulsatilla is more particularly indicated, when con- gestion takes place in young girls at the critical age, or in all cases occurring in cold lymphatic temperaments, with the following symptoms: distressing pains in one side of the head, of a pressive character, or if the pain commence in the occiput and extends to the root of the nose, and vice versd; sense of weight in the head, aggra- NERVOUS SYSTEM. 501 vated when sitting ; vertigo; inclination to weep ; face pale, or red and bloated; coldness or shivering. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every four hours, until relieved. Several other remedies are useful in this difficulty, answering to the causes that give rise to it; as, Dulcamara, when brought on by getting the feet wet. Lycopodium, when dependent on habitual consti- pation. China, when brought on by debilitating losses. Sulphur, should for the most part follow China, four days after, and Calcarea after Sulphur. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, one drop, or six globules, in a spoon- ful of water, twice a day, until amelioration or change. Diet,—This should be strictly in accordance with the diet table of the first chapter. No stimulants whatever should be used. 2—Inflammation of the Brain and its Tissues.—Brain Fever. (Phrenitis. Encephalitis.) The characteristics of this disease are exceedingly various, as the symptoms are more or less modified by extent and duration of the disease, by age and sex, and by constitution and temperament; but the general symp- toms are, coma, or inclination to sleep; delirium, with signs of determination of blood to the head. When the tissues of the brain are involved, the pain is more violent, than when inflammation attacks the substance of the brain. But paralysis more frequently accompanies the latter form. Much assistance can be derived, in ascertaining whether the brain is the seat of the affection or not, by examining the eyes and general expression of the countenance. In 502 DISEASES OF THE the first stages, the pupils are observed to be more or less contracted, but as the disease advances, they often become dilated. Occasionally, there are premonitory symptoms, such as rush of blood to the head ; sense of weight or pressure, and sometimes shooting or darting pains in the head; and also, feverish symptoms, ringing in the ears for the space of a week preceding the attack. There are also, giddiness and sense of weight on the crown of the head; pulse rather quick, and the heat of the skin somewhat increased at night, attended with restlessness and tossing about; and moreover the patient is observed to be irritable and annoyed at trifles ; anoma- lies in the mental powers, may then be observed, such as stupefaction, drowsiness, and slight delirium, or great excitability, in which the patient is affected with the slightest noise, and there is a brilliant and animated expression of the eyes, which are blood-shot, with fierv redness of the face, and violent delirium. The accompanying fever is more or less according to the seat of the inflammation or the constitution and tem- perament of the patient; the pulse varies much in the course of the day; sometimes regular, at others intermit- ting; sometimes quick and weak, at others strong and slow; either a slow or rapid pulse indicates danger; the patient often complains of heat in the head when the extremities are cold; the eyes look heavy and void of expression when there is stupor or a tendency in this direction; sometimes there is uncontrollable vomiting, the stupor becomes more apparent, convulsions appear, and death sooner or later takes place. From the fact that children possess a more delicate structure of the brain and its membranes, they are more NERVOUS SYSTEM. 503 liable to inflammation of the organ, and it is well to observe critically the symptoms that sometimes affect them, such as heaviness and a tendency of the head to gravitate backwards, attended with pain, which can only be ascertained in young children by manifest inclination to raise their hands to the head; intolerance of light; poroxysms of temper, sometimes followed by vomiting and tendency to costiveness; drowsiness, wakefulness or starting during sleep. And again, when a child is observed to be continually boring its head against the pillow, or thrown into a fit of screaming from the slightest ray of light or noise, or is prone to a heavy sleep, having great heat in the head, swelling and redness of the face, throbbing of the blood- vessels of the head and neck, great agitation and con- tinual tossing about, particularly at night, or when the eyes are red and sparkling, convulsed or fixed, dilated pupils, which appear not to move, there is reason to fear that the brain has become involved in some febrile difficulty. Causes.—Inflammation of the brain may be the con- sequence of any thing tending to irritate it,—it may arise from the extremes of temperature,—from the abuse of ardent spirits, external injuries of the head, concussion or falls, intense mental emotions, and excesses of all kinds; overtasking the faculties of children is a fruitful source of the disease, repressed eruptions, contagious diseases or rushes of blood to the head, and sometimes a transfer of inflammation to the brain from the stomach or lungs. The remedies most to be relied upon in this affection are Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia, Cuprum met., Hyos- cyamus, Opium, Stramonium and Zincum. 504 DISEASES OF THE Aconite should be immediately called into requisition at the commencement of the attack, when the skin is hot and dry, rapid pulse, and the usual indications of inflam- matory fever. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until there is a diminution of the pulse, perspiration or moisture appears on the skin ; after which the inter- vals may be extended to six hours, and continued until general and pro- gressive improvement takes place, unless some other remedy seems to be indicated; in such an event select another remedy. Belladonna is one of the most important remedies in this affection. It is indicated when there is great heat in the head; redness and swelling of the face, with violent pulsation of the arteries of the neck; boring the head into the pillow, and increase of suffering from the slightest noise, and extreme sensitiveness to light; violent shooting and burning pains in the head; eyes red and sparkling, and protruded, with wild expression; contraction or dila- tion of the pupils; violent and furious delirium; loss of consciousness ; sometimes low muttering, convulsions, vomiting, and involuntary evacuations of faeces and urine. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change; if the first dose, or even the second or third, &c, appears to aggravate, discontinue until reaction takes place; but if improvement supervenes, repeat the medicine only once in six or eight hours, and so on until per- manent relief or change. Should repeated doses of this remedy fail of the desired result, proceed with the remedy which next follows. Bryonia will frequently be found of great efficacy in children, when Aconite and Belladonna have produced but trivial improvement, and the symptoms indicate a tendency to dropsy of the brain. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change; but if only partial relief should be obtained after giving four doses of Bryonia, wait three hours, and proceed with Hyoscyamus. CUPRUM metallicum.—Under the head of Scarlatina we mentioned the good effects of this remedy, when the NERVOUS SYSTEM. 505 eruption becomes repressed, and the brain becomes to a considerable extent involved in the difficulty, presenting certain characteristic symptoms. It is also called for in a peculiarly sensitive, rather than an irritable or inflam- matory condition of the brain, which not unfrequently appears in children during the course of difficult dentition, or during other acute sufferings. The fol- lowing symptoms will indicate its use, viz.: crossness and fretfulness, or apathy and indifference, restless and disturbed sleep. As the disease progresses, drowsiness and inability to sleep; not able to hold the head erect; a flushed face; dryness of the mouth, without thirst; dis- gust for food; nausea and vomiting; torpor of the bowels, except in some very rare cases of diarrhoea; shudderings, followed by heat, and occasionally burning; occasional perspiration; variable pulse, generally rapid, but not always full; augmenting of the fever towards evening and at night; twistings of the muscles, and grinding of the teeth during the aggravations. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, until the immediate symptoms yield ; then at intervals of six hours, until general improvement or change ensues. Hyoscyamus is indicated when there is drowsiness; loss of consciousness; delirium about ones own affairs; unable to articulate; tongue coated white; frothy mucus about the lips; pupils distended; eyes fixed; dry and parched skin; redness of the face, and picking of the bed-clothes. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Opium is indicated when there is lethargic sleep; half open eyes, and confusion and giddiness after waking; congestion of the brain; complete apathy and absence of all complaint. 44 506 diseases of the DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry, upon the tongue,) every two hours, until amelioration or change Stramonium is indicated when there is starting or jerking in the limbs when asleep; almost natural sleep, followed by absence of mind after waking, but sometimes attended with moaning and tossing about; eyes fixed; apprehension of some dreadful event; utters cries; red- ness of the face; feverish heat, with moisture of the skin. In many of the symptoms this remedy bears a elose resemblance to Belladonna, with the exception of being indicated by the more prominent existence of spasms, and less acuteness of pain in the head. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry, upon the tongue,) every three hours, until amelioration or change. Zincum.—This remedy may be employed after Bella- donna, or in alternation with it, in case that remedy pro- duces only partial relief. In those deep-seated affections of the brain, threatening paralysis of the organ, indicated by loss of consciousness, half-closed eyes, dilated pupils, and insensible to light, icy coldness of the extremeties, and perhaps of the entire body, blueness of the hands and feet, interrupted respiration, diminution and weak- ness of the pulse, this remedy has been found unusually efficacious. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, until amelioration, and after- wards every four hours. Three globules, dry, may be used at the same intervals. For those cases of inflammation arising from reper- cussed exanthemata, Rhus tox. has been found service- able. This remedy, with Belladonna, Lachesis and Mer- curius, will afford the principal remedial means to be employed in such cases. DOSE — Of the selected remedy, the same in all cases as directed for Cuprum metallicum. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 507 3.—Apoplexy. (Apoplexia.) Apoplexy is a sudden loss of consciousness and motion during which the patient to all appearance is dead, the heart and lungs however continue in motion, though somewhat disturbed. There are many forms of apo- plexy, and yet there can be no classification entirely void of objections. It is no easy matter to discriminate between the different kinds of apoplexy, for the external symptoms are not always such as tally with the internal injury. Thus, serous apoplexy may resemble sanguine- ous so perfectly in the appearance of the symptoms that it is utterly impossible to tell the difference. The same remark is true about congestion or effusion, it is im- possible to tell the difference from the symptoms. It is therefore requisite that we should treat the malady in accordance with the symptoms that manifest themselves. And as successful treatment must be had, if at all, (in many cases,) when the premonitory symptoms manifest themselves, they are as follows: great inclination to sleep: general feeling of dulness or heaviness; dimness before the eyes; buzzing in the ears; hardness of hearing; heavy, profound sleep, and snoring respiration; frequent yawn- ing, and fatigue after the least exertion; acute pains in the head; vertigo or giddiness; fainting, irritability of temper; loss of memory; forgetfulness of words or things; double or acute vision; difficulty of swallowing; numbness, torpor, or pricking sensation in the ex- tremities; rush of blood to the head, with beating of the temporal arteries; red face; quick pulse, hard and tense. Treatment.—The principal remedies employed in the treatment of this distressing disease, are Aconite, Bella- donna, Ignatia, Lachesis, Nux vomica and Pulsatilla. 508 DISEASES OF THE Aconite is indicated in all cases in which there is congestion of the head, with full, quick pulse; red face; throbbing of the arteries of the temples, neck, &c. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, morning and evening. Belladonna is indicated when the symptoms of congestion do not yield to Aconite, or in the event of there having been only a partial amelioration effected by the remedy, or further, if the following symptoms present themselves: redness or bloatedness of the face; injection of the conjunctiva; violent beating of the carotid and temporal arteries; noises in the ears; darting pains in the head; violent pressure in the forehead, aggravated by movement, by the least noise, or bright light; double vision, and almost all the symptoms relative to the eyes, mentioned in the premonitory symptoms of the disease; dryness of the nose, with unpleasant smell, and bleeding at the nose; difficulty in swallowing; slight attacks of paralysis of the face; and heaviness and paralytic weakness in the limbs. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful (or two globules, dry upon the tongue,) every six hours, until amelioration, or change. If there appears the slightest aggravation of symptoms, whether medicinal or not, the medicine should be discontinued, and Aconite substituted in its place. Ignatia is indicated when the premonitory symptoms are brought on by sudden grief, or from suppressed continual excitement, especially when there is moaning and sighing, DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in six teaspoon- fuls of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every four hours, or else, three globules, dry upon the tongue, at the same intervals, until amelio- ration, or change. Lachesis is indicated by vertigo confusion and humming in the ears; nausea, and inclination to vomit. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 509 It is especially suited to those who are accustomed to sedentary habits, and indulgence in wine and the pleasures of the table; particularly when there is frequent abstraction of mind; vertigo, with congestive pains deep in the brain, or severe, aching pains at the left side of the head, and lowness of spirits; face pale and puffy, or turgid and somewhat livid, pulse weak and slow. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every half hour, or two globules, dry on the tongue, every half hour, until the threatening symptoms pass away, and then, only every two hours, until a general amendment, or change results. Nux VOMICA is particularly indicated against threatened apoplexy in sedentary subjects, addicted to the use of ardent spirits, or too great indulgence in the pleasures of the table; or to those who have long been affected with dyspepsia, either bilious or nervous, and have conse- quently more or less of rheumatic or gouty disposition; and also when the following symptoms are present: deep-seated headache, at the right side, with vertigo; confusion and humming in the ears; nausea, and inclina- tion to vomit; turgescence of the capillaries of the face, or redness only of one cheek; drowsiness; feeling of languor, with great disinclination to exertion, either mental or bodily; cramps in the limbs, especially at night; weakness of the joints; constipation; retention of urine; irritability of temper; aggravation of the symp- toms in the morning, or after a meal, and also in the open air; bilious, sanguine, or nervous temperament. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours. If only a partial improvement is effected, within six hours after the fourth dose, follow with Lachesis. Pulsatilla is better adapted to complete apoplexy, than to remove the premonitory symptoms. Its use is 44* " 510 DISEASES OF THE indicated by lethargy; loss of consciousness; the patient lies speechless; bloatedness, and bluish red hue of the face, occurring after a full meal, which has been hurriedly swallowed; or sudden loss of the power of movement; palpitation of the heart; pulse almost entirely suppressed; snoring respiration. This remedy is best suited to the lymphatic, or phlegmatic temperament. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry,) every half hour, until the pulse improves, and afterwards every two.hours, until general amendment or change. If, after three doses of the remedy, the pulse exhibits no improvement, proceed with the use of Ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha is indicated when the attack has arisen from a full or hurried meal, and may be employed after or in alternation with Pulsatilla. DOSE.—In every respect as directed for Pulsatilla. Opium, in real Apoplexy, when the disease has attained considerable height, is regarded one of the most important remedies to commence with, when the attack has arisen from hard drinking, especially when the fol- lowing symptoms are present: slow, stentorious, or snoring breathing; red and bloated face; heat of the ■ face and head, which are covered with sweat; pupils dilated and insensible to light; stupor; tetanic rigidity of the entire frame, or convulsive movement and trem- bling in the extremities; foaming at the mouth. In elderly persons this remedy is of primary importance. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or three globules, dry, on the tongue,) every fifteen minutes, until the more alarming symptoms disappear, and after- wards every two hours, until prominent amendment or change results. Arnica is indicated in Apoplexy, when it comes on aiter a hearty meal, with loss of consciousness, drowsi- ness or stupor; snoring respiration, moaning or inarticu- NERVOUS SYSTEM. 511 late muttering; involuntary evacuations; paralysis of the extremities, or of the left side; strong and full pulse. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry, upon the tongue,) every twenty minutes. Belladonna for apoplexy, is indicated when there is deep sleep and loss of consciousness; speechless ; mouth drawn on one side; convulsive movement of the limbs, or muscles of the face; paralysis of the right side; dilated and stationary pupils; face red and bloated. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespsoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry, on the tongue,) every twenty minutes, until there is a change in the more alarming symptoms, of the pulse in particular, and then every two hours, until the patient exhibits signs ol returning consciousness. But if the paralysis of the right side remains, repeat the remedy every six hours, until some further signs of improvement. During the attack of apoplexy, the patient ought to be placed in a cool room, with the head raised, or put in such a position as will least favor determi- nation of blood to the head; the clothes ought to be loosened, especially about the neck, and the feet and legs allowed to hang down. It may also be well to apply friction to increase the force of the circulation in the feet and legs. In some cases perhaps it would be well to put the feet in a warm bath, stimulated with mustard. 4—Acute Inflammation ofthe Spinal cord and its Membranes. (Myelitis. Meningitis. Spinalis.) The entire length of the spine is liable to inflamma- tion, and it is indicated by pain more or less severe, either in the small of the back, or in the upper portion of the back and neck. The slightest movement aggra- vates the pain, and there is a marked increase of the sensibility of the skin in various parts, as may be 512 DISEASES OF THE inferred from the dread the patient manifests at the slightest touch. There is also sharp pain in the region above the stomach, sometimes spreading over the whole region of the bowels, that becomes augmented on pres- sure ; palpitation of the heart; sensation of constriction and weight in the forepart of the chest, with oppressed respiration; small, quick, hard pulse. If only a part of the cord is affected, the symptoms vary according to the locality of the inflammation. Thus when the inflammation is seated in the cervical portion of the cord, there is squinting, spasm of the pharynx, lock-jaw, loss of voice, spasm or other abnormal con- ditions of the muscles of the neck, chest and superior extremities, with general clonic convulsions. When the dorsal portion is implicated, there is a ten- dency of the body to bend backwards; there is also labored respiration, and sometimes great difficulty in breathing. When the lumbar region is the seat of the inflamma- tion, there is retention of urine, or paralytic or spasmodic affections of the pelvic viscera. It matters not which portion of the spinal cord is implicated, the extremities are either convulsed or para- lysed. When the membranes that invest the cord are the seat of the inflammation, the sensitiveness of the surface is very much augmented, and the spasms more frequently general and of a tonic character. When confined to the cord there is less sensibility, but the muscles of the extremities are affected with clonic spasms or paralysis, and only those of the back in a tonic state of contraction. When the membranes only are implicated, the bowels NERVOUS SYSTEM. 513 are constipated; when the cord is the seat of inflamma- tion, the bowels are subject to diarrhoea. The symptoms produced from inflammation of the (anterior) front part of the cord, and the (posterior) back part, are essentially different. One abnormally alters the power of motion, and the other of sensibility. Causes.—Exposure to cold, damp atmosphere, and external injuries, appear to form the leading exciting causes of this inflammation. 5.—Chronic Inflammation of the Spinal Cord and its Coverings. This difficulty is generally accompanied with a trivial degree of local pains, and its prominent features chiefly consist, in derangement of the functions of the viscera, deprivation or diminution of the sense of feeling, cramp, palsy, and emaciation. The chronic form is not only more tedious, but more dangerous, than the acute form of the disease. It may terminate when confined to the sub- stance of the cord, in softening, induration, suppuration, gangrene, in effusion of serum, pus, or blood; or when the membranes have been the seat of inflammation in the thickening of their structure. Treatment.—In the treatment of the acute form, Aconite, Belladonna, Bryonia, Hyoscyamus, Stramonium, and Sulphur, are the chief remedies. Aconite is indicated, in all cases where the accom- panying fever is present, and must be given in repeated doses. DOSE.—Of a solution of one drop or six globules, in two tablespoon- fuls of water, give a teaspoonful every two hours, until the fever subsides. If, after three doses, the fever is not allayed, discontinue for four hours, and commence again, and so on, until the fever subsides. Belladonna is indicated, when the cervical portion 514 DISEASES OF THE jf the cord is implicated ; if from the delirium there is apprehension of the inflammation extending to the brain. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour, until the more violent symptoms of inflammation subside ; (two globules dry, upon the tongue, may be admin- istered in the same way,) after which, give a teaspoonful every four hours, and continue until decided amendment or change. Bryonia is often of service, when there is delirium, anxiety for the future, the mind running on very anxious thoughts, and in a severe despondency; when there is severe dry heat of the whole body, the eyes being glassy, and apparently suffused with tears, are dull and turbid; the face burning and red, and the lips dry, cracked, and swollen; the tongue dry, or when there are convulsive movements in the arms, and -painful stiffness of the knees; hot, dark colored, and scanty stopls; short, interrupted, and oppressed breathing, with violent pulsation of the heart; this medicine being of service more particularly, when the upper portion of the cord is implicated. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, until a degree of improvement becomes apparent, and subsequently, if yet indicated, every six hours, until decided amendment or change. - Hyoscyamus is also required, when the inflammation is high up on the cord, and when there is violent jerking attended with cries; or when there is an unmeaning smile, quick pulse, and swollen turgid veins; redness of the tongue; spasmodic clenching of the eyelids, with dilated pupils; or red, immovable and convulsed eyes: difficulty in swallowing drinks; frothy saliva about the mouth; extreme sensitiveness of the stomach to the touch; and involuntary discharge of excrement and urine. The remedy is also indicated, when there is NERVOUS SYSTEM. 515 inflammation of the whole cord, that produces protracted spasms, and also, in cases where inflammation has been caused by external injuries. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in two tablespoon- fuls of water, and a teaspoonful, (or otherwise, three globules dry upon the tongue,) may be given every half hour, until amelioration of th« spasmodic symptoms, and otherwise as directed for Belladonna. Stramonium is particularly indicated, when the dorsal or cervical portion of the cord is implicated; when there are violent and frantic fits of delirium, the face being deep red, puffed and bloated, and the expression pecu- liarly vacant; grinding of the teeth, or great distortion of the features; suppression of the urine, and alvine discharges; trembling of the hands and feet, and con- vulsive jerking or spasmodic attacks, affecting the arms in particular, but sometimes also the legs; bending back- wards of the body, in the form of an arch; imperfect articulation, or total loss of speech; eyes sparkling and fixed, pupils dilated, insensible to light, no attention being paid to objects passed before the eyes. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a spoonful, (or ptherwise, three globules dry, on the tongue,) every twenty or thirty minutes, until the more urgent symptoms subside, or gene- ral change ensues; and subsequently, if still indicated, give a teaspoonful every three hours, until there is a decided amendment or change. Sulphur very frequently proves of service, either as an intermediate remedy, when some other remedy that appears to be indicated, seems to have little effect, or does not promptly moderate the symptoms; and also, when severe or general exhaustion appears to supervene, after severe attacks of inflammation of the upper or lower portion of the cord, or more particularly, when, notwithstanding the previously directed treatment, gene- ral convulsions take place, attended with clenching of the teeth; or when the' patient sinks into complete 516 DISEASES OF THE lethargy ; or when delirium of a low moaning kind, succeeds to more violent frenzy, the eyeis half open, the respiration snoring and difficult, and the body motionless and lying upon the back, except as it is slightly shaken by feeble jerkings of the limbs; incoherent attempts to communicate the wants and wishes; extreme sensitive- ness, or entire insensibility of the eyes to light; no motion of the pupils, which are dilated; trembling of the eyelids ; dry and cracked tongue ; putrid and frothy evacuations ; involuntary passing of urine. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful, (or otherwise, two globules, dry upon the tongue,) every twenty or thirty minutes, until a degree of improvement becomes apparent, or there is necessity for returning to one or more of the preceding remedies, if indicated by the symptoms; in which case discontinue the Sulphur, or otherwise continue its use, by giving a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration becomes decidedly manifest, or change. 6.—Palsy. (Paralysis.) Paralysis consists in being deprived of the power of motion, through the agency of the will. It for the most part comes on suddenly, but in some instances it is preceded by numbness, coldness, paleness, and slight convulsive jerking, or twitching in the parts affected. The treatment must be regulated according to the originating cause. When this difficulty arises from apoplexy, for its treatment see the article apoplexy. Treatment.—The chief remedies employed in the treatment of paralysis, are Arnica, Bryonia, and Sulphur. Arnica.—When the weakness affects the joints gene- rally, or the hip, and knee, in particular. DOSE.—Three globules, in a teaspoonful of water, or one drop in the same quantity of water, may be given night and morning, for a week, or until change, then pause for six days, and then repeat again, if there is not decided convalescence resulting from the first course ; if from the second course there is not decided improvement, proceed with the use of Sulphur. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 517 Bryonia is decidedly indicated when the paralysis affects the lower limbs, to greater degree than other parts of the body. DOSE.—In every respect as directed for Arnica, follow with Sulphur, if necessary, as there directed. Rhus tox. is the most preferable if the arms, hands, and fingers, are the chief seat of the paralytic affection, or if both upper and lower extremities are involved in the difficulty. DOSE—The same as directed for Arnica, and follow with Sulphur, as there directed, if necessary. Sulphur.—In all obstinate and protracted cases of paralysis, Sulphur is of paramount importance, and may be employed as directed, after each of the foregoing- medicines, or in alternation with either of them, and particularly after remedies that appear to have been indicated, and yet seem to have had little effect. DOSE—If this remedy is to be given after one that has previously been indicated, give one drop, or three globules, four days after the last dose of the former remedy, and then for three successive mornings give the same dose, and then discontinue for a whole week, and if necessary after this recur to the use of the remedy first indicated, or continue with the Sulphur, another course, and so on, until amelioration or change. This difficulty has sometimes been relieved, if not cured by electricity or galvanism, but to be of service, it must be moderately applied. There can be no harm in resorting to its use, when frequent painful jerkings take place in the affected parts. 7.—Tetanus. Spasm. This disease is characterised by general spasmodic rigidity of the muscles. There are four varieties noted by pathologists, viz.: Trismus. Lockjaw. Opisthotonos. When the body is bent backwards. A 45 518 DISEASES OF THE common affection that results from the spasmodic con« traction of the muscles, sometimes to such a degree that the back of the head touches the heels. Emprosthotonas, means when the body is bent in an opposite direction, or forwards; this a rare form of the disease. Pleurosthotonas, means when the body is bent one side. This is a still more rare affection or variety. Tetanus in either form is chiefly occasioned by expo- sure to cold, or else by irritation, resulting from some injury done to a tendon or nerve. When it results from cold, it is termed idiopathic tetanus; when from irritation from a local injury, it is termed traumatic tetanus. It is of much more frequent occurrence in warm than cold climates. In this and other climates the amputation of a limb, or the twitching of a nerve by a ligature, are not unfrequently the sources of the disease. When it occurs from an external cause, it sets in about the eighth day, sometimes later; but when it supervenes on exposure to cold, it usually declares itself much earlier. In some cases the attack comes on suddenly and with great vio- lence ; but it more generally comes on by degrees, only a slight stiffness being experienced at first in the back part of the neck, together with an uneasy sensation at the root of the tongue, difficulty of swallowing, and oppressive tightness of the chest, and a pain at the lower extremity of the breast-bone, extending to the back; impeded respiration, pale countenance, small pulse, high colored urine, and constipation of the bowels; a stiffness also takes place in the lower jaw, which after awhile increases so much that the jaws are compressed together so tightly that it is almost impossible to allow the smallest opening between them, and this is what is called lock- NERVOUS SYSTEM. 519 jaw. In some cases the spasmodic contractions extend uo farther, in others they return with great frequency and augmented severity, extending to the arms, back, abdominal muscles and lower extremities, so as to bend the body in either the one or the other directions described. Ultimately the tetanus becomes general, the eyes become fixed and immovable, the whole countenance frightfully distorted, and expressive of great anguish; irrregular pulse; severe exhaustion, and a fatal termination of the sufferings generally about the fourth day, if the case be acute, at which time it consists of one concentrated spasm. In some cases the fatal termination is protracted con- siderably beyond the stated period. The spasmodic action does not continue without remis- sion; sometimes the muscular contractions appear to have some abatement, but are immediately renewed when the patient attempts to drink, speak or move. Treatment.—The remedies for this severe malady are Arnica, Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Lachesis, &c. Arnica is indicated when the disease has been pro- duced from irritation, arising from local injury, which is by far the most dangerous form of the disease. It should be used internally and externally. DOSE.—For internal use, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every two hours, or three pellets dry on the tongue at the same intervals, until manifest improvement or change; but if no apparent benefit be effected in the course of twenty- four hours, pause six hours after the last dose, and proceed with some other remedy. Belladonna is one of the most useful remedies, in this distressing complaint, and particularly for that form brought on by a cold, or in lockjaw. It has also proved useful after Arnica, when the disease has been brought on by local irritation. The indicating symptoms are, 520 diseases of the sensation of constriction in the throat, with tightness at the chest; grinding of the teeth; spasmodic clenching of the jaws; distortion of the mouth; foaming, inter- rupted swallowing, and a renewal or aggravation of the paroxysms on attempting to drink. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful, if it is possible to introduce it into the mouth, every four hours, until a degree of relaxation becomes apparent, and afterwards, morning and evening, until some manifest change for the better or worse. The medicine, if more practicable, may be adminis- tered, by putting three globules at a time into the mouth or inside the lips, or if impossible to introduce into the mouth at all, the lips and nostrils may be moistened with the solution. Hyoscyamus is a remedy that may be used in connec- tion with Belladonna, in trismus or lockjaw, and other forms of tetanus. DOSE.—The same as directed for Belladonna, not to be used for four hours after the last dose of Belladonna. Lachesis is indicated, when the muscles of the back are contracted, so as to draw the head backwards towards the heel. Stramonium, Opium, and Rhus tox., are seve- rally remedies to be called in requisition for the treat- ment of the same symptoms. DOSE.—Of either, in all respects as directed for Belladonna or Arnica Mercurius viv., has been called into requisition, as an effectual remedy in trismus, of an inflammatory character, with swelling of the angle of the lower jaw, and tension of the muscles of the throat and neck from cold. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be dissolved in four teaspoonfuls of water, and a teaspoonful, (or otherwise, three globules dry, upon the tongue,) may be given every half hour, until a degree of relaxation takes place, and afterwards every two hours, until a change. Note.—When it is absolutely impossible, from the clenching of the jaws, to administer medicine by the mouth, the effect of olfaction or smell- ing must be tried, or the lips must be bathed with the solution, or it may be administered in the form of an enema, a few drops to a half pint of water; in this way, it has been found very efficacious. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 521 8.—Delirium Tremens.—Potatorum. (Mania s potu.) This is a disease brought on by persistent inebriation, and consists of an affection of the brain, and is peculiar to drunkards and opium eaters, and very rarely occurs except from these causes, although it is said, excessive bleedings or losses, may bring on an exhaustion that may prove the source of the disease; the intemperate use of ardent spirits, however, either vinous, malt, or distilled liquors, more frequently prove the exciting cause than any thing else. The disease generally comes on in drunkards, during the state of prostration which ensues, when they have in a great measure given up, or been suddenly deprived of their accustomed stimulus. The symptoms of delirium tremens, are extreme irri- tability of temper; weakness of memory, but constant activity of mind; anxiety, and uncontrollable restless- ness, with increased muscular motion. The appetite is generally good, though often impaired from the previous habits, and the tongue is sometimes foul but moist. Soon after these premonitory signs, wakefulness sets in, and not much sleep can be obtained afterwards;^and what is obtained, seems unrefreshing and disturbed by frightful dreams, imaginary visions and sounds; fixed ideas then take possession of the patient's mind, such as the supposition that some one is bent on accomplishing his downfall, by depriving him of liberty, or of doing him some other injury, &c; yet he generally dreads being alone; the speech is gene- rally stuttering and inarticulate ; the countenance quick, wild, and exceedingly variable, according to the pre- vailing impression of the mind; the face is generally pale and sallow; the eye rolling, restless, expressive; the skin damp, or covered with perspiration, and very rarely 45* 522 DISEASES OF THE above the natural temperature; there is commonly, a tremulous motion of the hands and muscles. As the disease advances, sleep is completely banished; great disposition to talk; constantly occupied; and when the disease is fully developed, delirium supervenes; the pulse soft and compressible, seldom quick. The cor- poreal activity in some respects, corresponds- to the restlessness of the mind, and it is difficult to confine the patient to his bed, or keep him in his room. At the same time, exhaustion is liable to come on very rapidly, and the patient is prone to lie down from fatigue. Convulsions sometimes take place, somewhat serious, but seldom fatal. The disease seems to be entirely confined to the nervous system, and the above symptoms will enable us to discriminate between this disorder and inflammation of the brain, or its meninges. Treatment.—The principal remedies employed, are Aconite, Belladonna, Calcarea, Nux vomica, Opium, Hyosyamus, Lachesis, and Sulphur. Aconite may be employed when there is any indica- tion of fever, or heat in the head, as may Belladonna, when there is, before the delirium sets in, severe pain in the head; when the eyes appear red, and the face flushed. DOSE.—Dissolve of either, one drop, or six globules, in three table- spoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until ameliora- tion or change. Calcarea. — After Sulphur has been employed in cases of long standing; this remedy may be given four days after the last dose of Sulphur, if the patient be of a full habit of body; or if the lymphatic constitution be a characteristic of the patient. Or this remedy may be used after any of the other remedies employed in the NERVOUS SYSTEM. 523 treatment of the disorder, if it be inveterate, and of long standing. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful four days after the last dose of the preceding remedy, and repeat every twelve hours, for two days, then discontinue for two days, and repeat, or recur to the former remedy, if still indicated. Nux vomica is one of the most important remedies in the commencement of the disease, and may be the means of arresting its further progress, when adminis- tered at this period. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, may be given, and repeated in twelve hours, and afterwards every twenty-four hours, (at bed time,) until the premonitory symptoms subside, or there is a change that calls for some other remedy. Opium is indicated when the disease becomes fairly established, and the patient is affected with delirium or convulsions, and we find an aggravated degree of all the symptoms observed at the commencement of the attack. Nux vomica may also be used in connection with Opium, when the digestive function is deranged. The remedies in such a case may be used alternately. DOSE.—Of Opium singly. Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful, and repeat in half an hour, and in one hour repeat again, artd then every three hours, until amelioration, or change. Or in alternation with Nux vomica every four hours, until decided amelioration, or change. Hyoscyamus and Lachesis are both useful in the treatment ofthe disorder, in. the stage when the delirium appears. DOSE.—The same as directed for Nux vomica. Sulphur, in some cases of long standing, and of an obstinate and untractable character, may be employed additionally, or in regular rotation with Nux vomica and Opium. DOSE.—The same as directed for Nux vomica. It sometimes happens that Nux vomica or some other 524 DISEASES OF THE remedy is indicated, and when administered according to directions, appears to produce but little effect; under, such circumstances, Sulphur or Calcarea may be employed as intermediary remedies; of either, give one drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, twelve hours after the last dose of the remedy that precedes, and then repeat in twelve hours; pause twenty-four hours, and recur to the remedy indicated as before. 9.—Epilepsy.—Fits. (Epilepsia. Morbus sacer.) The characteristics of this disease are convulsions, with loss of consciousness and voluntary motion, and generally by foaming at the moiith. • It usually comes on in suddeh attacks, or fits; some- times, however, it is preceded by pain in the head; dim- ness of vision; flashes or sparks of fire; (linitus aurium) palpitations; flatulency and languor, or by a peculiar feeling, partaking partly of pain, and partly of a sense of cold, beginning in some remote part of the body, as in the toes, abdomen or fingers, and proceeding gradu- ally upwards towards the heart or head; generally during the fit the muscles of one-half of the body are more severely agitated than those of the other, and those connected with respiration are always more or less implicated; the eyes are frightfully convulsed, and turned in various directions; at length they become fixed, so that the whites of them alone are seen; the fingers are firmly clenched, and the muscles of the jaw are often the seat of spasms, which often lacerate the tongue when it becomes thrust out, immediately before the violent or sudden closing together of the teeth. The mouth is frequently filled with phlegm, which requires considerable force to expel it; it generally becomes frothy by the effort. nervous system. 525 The face during the fit is of a livid color, dark-red, or pale, or alternately red and pale, or pale on one side and red on the other; the faeces and urine are sometimes passed involuntarily. On the abatement of the spasms, the patient gradually recovers. Sometimes vomiting will terminate the attack. The memory and judgment are often temporarily impaired for some little time after the fit, and a sensa- tion of languor, .or exhaustion, or uncomfortable feel- ing about the head, and weight, are sometimes com- plained of. But few patients die of a fit, yet it sometimes happens that they will occur in succession, or with increasing intensity, until a comatose state ensues, and the patient sinks. Idiocy often is the result of this disease. The disease is curable without much difficulty when it occurs before the age of puberty, and also when it is purely sympathetic, by the administration of homoeo- pathic remedies. When it occurs after the age of puberty, and is con- stitutional or hereditary, and has been of long duration, it is not easy to bring about a cure. It is, however, in the most inveterate cases, possible to lengthen the inter- vals between the attack, and also to bring about some mitigation of their violence, by persevering in judicious homoeopathic treatment. Treatment.—This disease must not be treated hap- hazard, for much depends upon a correct course, and this has to be regulated by the character and causes, as well as by the symptoms of the malady; the latter merely guides us in selecting one from a class of remedies. The remedies employed for the most part are Bella- 526 DISEASES OF THE donna, Cuprum, Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, Lachesis, Nux vom., Opium and Stramonium. Belladonna may be employed at the commencement of the attack, when there is a crawling and torpor in the upper extremities; jerking of the limbs, especially of the arms; convulsive movement of the face, eyes and mouth; rush of blood to the head, with vertigo; bloatedess and redness of the face; or on the other hand, paleness and coldness of the face, with shivering and dread of light, with fixed or convulsed eyes, dilated pupils; obstruction of the throat, rendering the patient unable to swallow; cramps of larynx and throat, and danger of suffocation; foam at the mouth; involuntary discharges from the bowels, and of urine; oppression of the chest and anxious respiration; renewal of the fits on the slightest contact or the least contradiction; loss of consciousness; unable to sleep after the fit is over; constant agitation and tossing, or deep lethargic sleep, with grimaces and smiles, and waking with starts and cries. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise four globules dry upon the tongue), immediately after the attack, and as a preventive of return ; repeat the dose night and morning for a week, until there is decided amendment or change. Cuprum.—When the commencement of the fit is in the fingers and toes, or in the arms, or retraction of the thumbs; this remedy is indicated, and especially when there is loss of consciousness and speech; salivation, sometimes of a frothy character; eyes and face red; recurrence of the fits about every moon, and especially at the menstrual period. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise thre^ globules dry upon the tongue), immediately after the attack, and give the same every night and morning for a week, before the anticipated attack begins again, take the medi-c.ine night and morning. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 527 Hyoscyamus.—This remedy is indicated when the face is bloated, and when there is bluish color of the lips; foam at the mouth; prominent eyes; convulsive move- ments of certain limbs, or of the whole body; violent tossing about; retraction of the limbs; renewal of the fits on attempting to swallow the least portion of liquid; cries; grinding of the teeth; loss of consciousness; unno- ticed emission of urine, cerebral congestion; deep and lethargic sleep, with stertorious breathing. DOSE.—As directed for Belladonna. Ignatia is indicated when the attack is brought on by grief, and when there are convulsive movements of the limbs, eyes, muscles of the face and lips; throwing back of the head; retraction of the thumbs; bluish or red face, or red on one cheek and paleness on the other; or redness and paleness alternately; frothing at the mouth; spasms in the throat and larynx, with threatening suffocation and difficult deglutition; loss of consciousness; frequent yawning or drowsy sleep; great anxiety and deep sighs between or before the attacks; paroxysms or fits every day. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, or otherwise three globules dry upon the tongue. Lachesis.—The indicating symptoms are loud cries; falling and want of consciousness; foaming at the mouth; cold feet; belchings from the stomach; pale face; dizzi- ness or vertigo; heaviness in the head, and sometimes pain; palpitation of the heart; distended abdomen; half sleep, or deep sleep; nausea, &c. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four teaspoonfuls of water, and give one immediately after the attack, and repeat night and morning after, unless more urgent symptoms should call for more frequent repetition; or if it suits better, four globules may be given dry upon the tongue, after an attack, and repeated every six hours, until amelioration or change. 528 DISEASES OF THE Nux vomica.—This remedy is indicated when there is shrieks, throwing back of the head, trembling or convul- sive jerks of the limbs or muscles; renewal of the fits after disappointments or contradictions, or from anger; unobserved passing of faeces and urine; sensation of numbness of the limbs; vomiting; profuse perspiration; costiveness; full of ill-humor between the attacks. DOSE.—-Give one drop, or four globules, after a fit, and repeat the dose twelve hours after; then, as a preventive, give a drop, or four globules, every evening for a week. Opium is the remedy when the fits occur at night or in the evening; throwing back of the head, or violent movement of the limbs, particularly the arms; loss of consciousness; closed fists; deep somnolency after the fits. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, may be given every four hours, until four doses have been taken, and then every twelve hours for four days, and so on after each attack, until a change Stramonium is more particularly serviceable when there is throwing back the head or convulsive motion of the limbs, and especially the upper part of the body and the abdomen; haggard and pale face; stupid expres- sion ; bloated; red face; unconscious, insensible, and sometimes cries, &c.; the fits come on by being touched, or by the sight of any brilliant objects. DOSE.—Precisely as directed for Opium. Arsenicum may be called into use when the fits are attended with burning in the stomach, vertebra and abdomen. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in four teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful (or otherwise three globules, dry, on the tongue,) every three hours, until amelioration or change. For Chronic Epilepsy, Sulphur, Calcarea, Silicea, Stan- num, Cicuta, Cocculus, Mercurius and Veratrum may be called into requisition. Sulphur is indicated when the attack is preceded NERVOUS SYSTEM. 529 by a sensation as if a mouse were crawling over the muscles. Calcarea, when the fits occur at night. Silicea is indicated in Chronic Epilepsy after Cal- carea. Stannum, for tossing about the limbs; retraction of the thumbs; paleness of the face; backward traction of the head; loss of consciousness, and the fits come on in the evening and at night. DOSE.—For either of the above remedies in Chronic Epilepsy, dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoon- ful night and morning, for a week, and then discontinue for a week, provided there is no recurrence of the fits, after which the course may be repeated, and so on until there is a permanent amelioration or change. During a fit the patient should be placed in a hori- zontal position, and such precautions should be taken as will obviate any injury which may be sustained by the violence of the convulsive movements; something should be inserted in the mouth to prevent any violence being done to the tongue; the cravat should be loosened or removed, and so should stays; cold water should be sprinkled over the face, especially when the breathing is much affected by a spasm of the muscles concerned in breathing: When the fit occurs in plethoric subjects, give a dose of Aconite and follow with Belladonna, if relief is not speedily brought about. Diet and Begimen.—Persons subject to fits ought to live on a plain diet, easy of digestion, and in great moderation. When there is plethora with a tendency to congestion, stimulants should be entirely avoided. Persons very much the opposite, require a more generous diet, but care should be taken not to overload the sto- mach ; excessive exertion of any kind must be abstained from. 46 530 DISEASES OF THE 10.—Neuralgia. (Nerve pain. Face ache. Tic doloreux. The meaning of the term neuralgia is pain in the nerve, and it is usually of an excruciating character; it is experienced with great acuteness under the eye, before the ear, shooting half over the face, into the eye, and into the brain. The paroxysms generally con- tinue for shorter or longer periods, sometimes days, some- times weeks, and even longer. It is not always confined to the face. As the nerves extend throughout the body there may be pain in the nerve in almost any part. The disease is obstinate, and sometimes baffles all attempts at cure. The principal remedies used in curing this distressing malady, are Arsenicum, Belladonna, China, Colocynth, Lycopodium, Platina, Spigelia, &c. Arsenicum is indicated when there is a tendency to periodicity in the attacks, and the pains are of a burn- ing, pricking and rending character, and are experienced around the eyes, and occasionally in the temples; aggra- vated by cold, and temporarily relieved by heat. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every three hours, until during the interum, beginning immediately after the paroxysm. Should the paroxysm not return so soon, or should it return earlier, discontinue the medicine for two days, and then commence again, if necessary. Belladonna is'indicated in facial neuralgia, when there are darting pains in the cheek-bones, nose, jaws, or temples, or in the neck, and clenching of the jaws; twitches of the eyelids, and excruciating pain in the ball of the eye; for almost every form of face-ache, or tic doloreux, this remedy is a poly crest. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or ten globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, for two days, unless there shouid be an earlier amelioration, in which case give a teaspoonful every twelve hours, or if it suits better, three globules dry on the tongue, every twelve hours, until complete amelioration or change. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 581 China is indicated in the same way as Arsenicum, when there is an apparent tendency to periodicity in the attacks, and when the pains are excessive, and there is extreme sensibility and soreness of the skin. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or ten globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful three times a day, during the intermissions, if the paroxysms should be retarded, or they should come earlier than expected, discontinue after three days' trial, for a week, and then, if necessary, begin again. Colocynth. is particularly indicated, when there is violent rending and darting pains, which chiefly occupy the left side of the face, aggravated by the slightest touch, and extend to the head and temples. Lycopodium is particularly useful when the symptoms are much the same as described under the preceding remedy, with the exception of the torpor and creeping, and particularly when the right side of the face seems to be the part affected. DOSE.—One drop, or ten globules, may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water, a tablespoonful may be given every evening for four days, or mtil a change, then pause two days, after which, proceed again, if neces- sary, until there is permanent relief. Pulsatilla is a useful remedy for facial neuralgia, when there is a feeling of coldness and torpor in the affected side of the face, with severe spasmodic pain in the cheek bone, with a sensation of crawling and aggra- vation, or renewal of the suffering in the evening, and when in a state of rest; lachrymation; redness of the face, &c. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Belladonna. Neuralgia is often attendant on other difficulties, such as Prolapsus uteri, in such cases, Sepia, Aurum, if pro- duced from taking the blue pill, China, if from mis- carriage, &c. DOSE._0f either, one drop, or four globules twice a day. 532 DISEASES OF THE Spigelia is also a useful remedy when the pain extends into the head, and is excruciating; aggravated by the slightest touch. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, every four hours, until a change. 11.—Chorea. St. Titus's Dance. This disease is characterised by regular and uncon- trollable movements of portions of the body, and some- times, though rarely, of the whole body; sometimes one entire side, and it has been observed that the left more frequently suffers than the right; at other times the affection is limited to certain parts, as the face, lower jaw, one arm or single muscles. The motions are most strange and fantastic, occasioning grimaces of the face, when limited to this region, and singular movements of the extremities, when they are particularly affected, &c. Treatment.—The remedies suited to other irritations of the nervous centres, are for the most part useful in this difficulty. The principal are Belladonna, Pulsatilla, Stramonium, Hyoscyamus, Nux vomica and Sulphur. Belladonna, if the face is implicated; Hyoscyamus, if the tongue or lower jaw; and also Stramonium, for the affection of any of the muscles about the head and neck. Pulsatilla, Nux vomica and Sulphur, if the extre- mities are affected. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, of the selected remedy, may be dis- solved in a spoonful of water, and given every morning. 12.—Stammering. This difficulty is a form of chorea, affecting the mus- cular organs of speech. The remedies found most use- ful are Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Sulphur, Causticum and Calcarea. NERVOUS SYSTEM. 533 DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every morning. To produce a useful effect in the treatment of this difficulty, it is necessary that the patient when taking remedies should subject the voice to exercise, observing to prolong the sound of the voice, and to speak often very slowly and distinctly, and persevere until ameliora- tion or change. v 13.—Headache. (Cephalagia. Hemicranea.) Headache is seldom a disease by itself, it is more a symptom of some constitutional difficulty, or of general disease, and under such circumstances has to be treated according to the other symptoms in connection. As for instance, when it arises from indigestion; derangement of the stomach; cpld in the head; mental emotions; fulness of the blood vessels of the head; or from any other disorders. The remedies most appropriate to the treatment of these different. disorders, will be the best suited to remove the headache. We may, however, subjoin a few remedies for head- ache in general, whether dependant on some other disease or not. Belladonna is indicated, when there is pain in the head that is nearly constant, increased by motion either of the head or body, and especially on stooping, or moving the eyes, or when a bright light or the most trivial noise tends to aggravate the pain, which consists of a dull pressure of the top of the head, or merely on one side; sometimes very violent, almost depriving the patient of consciousness, depriving him of rest, &c. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a tablespoonful every six hours, until amelioration, or change. 46* 534 diseases of the Bryonia is more particularly indicated, when there is aching, piercing, tearing pain, at a fixed spot, daily after a meal, or after sleep, or pain coming on in the morning and disappearing in the afternoon, and returning again in the evening with undue violence, with a sensation as if the head were pressed together, particularly at the temples; burning tearing pain over the entire head, and shootings in one side of the head, and all the pains are increased by motion, attended with chilliness or shiver- ing ; they are sometimes relieved or made to disappear by a fit of vomiting. If the remedy proves inefficient, follow with Nux vomica or Rhus tox. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, in a tablespoonful of water, may be given every four hours, until amelioration or change. In chronic cases, give a similar dose night and morning for several days. If no favorable change ensues, select another remedy. Rhus tox. is indicated, when there are rending and shooting pains, extending to the root of the nose ; head- ache after a meal, with desire to lie down; burning or pulsating pains; fulness and weight in the head, or when the headache is renewed on going into the open air; undulation of the brain when walking, at every step; sensation of motion in the head, as from water, or as if the contents of the cranium were in a loosened state; sensation as if something were crawling in the head. DOSE.—Three globules, in a teaspoonful of water, every four hours, in acute cases, or one drop in four spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful every four hours. In chronic cases, only once in twelve hours; in either case, until amelioration or change. Nux vomica is indicated, when the headache arises from cold; intense shooting pains ; piercing, rending, or stunning pain, confined to a small space, or single spot, which is sensitive to the touch; and for most of the NERVOUS SYSTEM. 535 Bymptoms arising from indigestion or cold, or from stimulating drinks. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, in acute cases, but every twelve hours in chronic cases, until amendment or change. Pulsatilla, for headache attendant upon the men- strual period, characterised by rending pains, with heavi- uess of the head, and for uncomplicated headache in persons of mild dispositions or lymphatic temperaments. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, for one day, and afterwards at intervals of twelve hours, until decided change. Sepia is indicated, for periodical headache, that comes on in paroxysms. It is better suited for persons of mild temperaments and females, and especially those subject to hysteria, and when the following symptoms are pre- sent ; viz., pain in the vertex and occiput, that disposes the patient to assume the recumbent posture; hemi- cranea, or pain in one side of the head; sharp, shoot- ing pains through the temples ; worse in the afternoon or evening, or early in the morning; sometimes pro- ducing nausea; sense of fulness, giddiness or vertigo, on rising, accompanied with coldness of the hands and feet. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, give a spoonful immediately after the paroxysm, and repeat night and morning for three days, and recur again to the remedy, at the first indication of a succeeding paroxysm, and so on, until amelioration or change. Chamomilla is indicated, for headaches that occur in impatient individuals, who become exasperated by the slightest pain, or who exhibit symptoms or expressions of suffering, apparently from the most trivial causes, and seemingly uncalled for; and also, for semilateral head- aches, of a rending or shooting character, sometimes 536 DISEASES OF THE extending into the upper and lower jaw; and also, when the head perspires during the continuance of the pain. DOSE.—^-Dissolve one drop, or eight globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours, (in acute cases,) until decided amelioration or change. In chronic cases, give a similar dose, at intervals of twelve hours, until decided relief or change. Sulphur is a useful remedy, in chronic headache, occurring daily, or every eight days; worse in the morning or at night; attended with heaviness and con- fusion of the head; incapability of mental exertion; pain as if the head would split, especially on moving about in the open air; great tenderness of the scalp and falling off of the hair. DOSE.—One drop or four globules, may be dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given every morning and evening, until improvement or change; then discontinue for a week ; if in the meantime, the improvement has been going on, there is reason for longer discontinuance; but if the improvement be only partial, which takes place during the first course, and remains stationary afterwards, recur again to the remedy as before. Calcarea is indicated, in chronic headache attended with a sensation of extreme coldness, either internally or on the scalp, when the pains affect the entire head, or merely the forehead, one side of the head, or the crown, and are of a stunning, aching, throbbing, or hammering description, compelling the patient to lie down, &c. DOSE.—The same in all respects as for Sulphur. Arsenicum, for periodical headaches, of an excrucia- ting and unbearable character, almost driving the patient to despair; aggravated by taking food, extending to the gums; tenderness of the scalp, temporarily relieved by cold applications to the head. DOSE.—In acute cases, give one drop or four globules, in a teaspoonful of water, every four hours, until decided amelioration or change. In chronic cases, this remedy may be used consecutively with Veratrum, at intervals of twelve hours, until decided amelioration or change. Aurum is indicated, for headaches in hysterical patients, attended with buzzing, or noises in the head, NERVOUS SYSTEM. 537 or pain as if the head had been bruised, especially on rising in the morning, or during mental occupation. DOSE.—As directed for Chamomilla, or Nux vomica. China, Lachesis, Mercurius, and Yeratrum, are remedies that may be consulted with reference to head- aches, according to indications. DOSE—Of the selected remedy, the same as directed for Arsenicum, in both the acute and chronic form. In the treatment of headaches, much advantage is to be derived from a knowledge of the causes which pro- duce them; we will therefore state concisely: 1. Headache from determination of blood to the head, Aconite, Belladonna, Pulsatilla, &c. 2. Headache from cold in the head or catarrh, Aconite, Arsenicum, China. 3. Headache from rheumatism, Bryonia, Chamomilla, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, &c. 4. Headache from disordered bowels, Ignatia, Ipecacu- anha, Nux vomica, Veratrum. 5. Headache from constipation, Bryonia, Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Opium, &c. 6. Headache arising from affection of the nerves, (Nervous Headache^ Aconite, Bryonia, Coffea, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Sepia, Sulphur, &c. 7. Headache caused by suppression of eruptions, Belladonna, Calcarea, and Sulphur. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, one drop, or six globules, may be dis- solved in half a tumbler of water, and a teaspoonful may be given every two, three, four, or six hours, according to the severity of the disease, until amelioration or change. 538 diseases of the nervous system. 14.—Sick Headache. This affection must be treated in accordance with the habit, temperament, and constitution of the patient, together with the accompanying symptoms. The most important remedies are Arsenicum, Bella- donna, Nux vomica, Sepia, Yeratrum, and Colocynth. (See dyspepsia.) The disease is often dependent upon other affections, such as disturbance of the uterine function, torpidity of the liver, and nervous irritability. Eemedies suited to these different complaints, will be the most effective in affording relief. 15.—Giddiness.—Vertigo. This difficulty arises from various causes, and is often connected with foul stomach, profuse evacuations, and the abuse of stimulants and narcotics. (See Dyspep- sia, &c.) When persons are subject to giddiness, which is not attendant upon constitutional derangement, Aconite, Arnica, Chamomilla, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, &c, may be employed as indicated. DOSE.—The same as directed for headaches. 16.—Weakness or Loss of Memory. This difficulty may occur from several causes, and should be treated with reference to the particular one producing the difficulty. 1. If produced from weakness or losses, China. 2. If from blows on the head, Arnica. 3. If from intoxication, Nux vomica. 4. If from grief, Ignatia, &c. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, the same as directed under headaches. DISEASES INVOLVING VARIOUS ORGANS, ETC. 539 CHAPTER XII. DISEASES INVOLVING VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. In the chapter on fevers, we treated of gout, rheuma- tism, &c, inasmuch as these diseases are uniformly de- pendent upon a peculiar febrile difficulty. We will now proceed to consider other difficulties, not yet considered. 1.—Inflammation of the Psoas Muscle. (Psoitis.) The indications of the presence of this disease, are pain in the region of the kidneys, hip, and downwards to the leg; the limb can neither be stretched out, or drawn upwards without pain; in walking there is hobbling in the gait, with the body inclined forward; turning in bed, or lifting aggravates the pain. Some- times there is external swelling. A psoas abscess is not usually dangerous, unless it discharges itself into the cavity of the abdomen, or produces caries. More frequently the abscess discharges in the groin, through the anus, perinaeum, or thighs. Treatment.—The remedies employed the most suc- cessfully, are Aconite, Belladonna, Colocynth, Hepar sulph., Silicea, and Staphysagria. Aconite is indicated when there is considerable degree of fever present in the commencement of the difficulty. This remedy should be followed by Belladonna. DOSE and Administration.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, of either remedy, and give a teaspoonful every 540 DISEASES INVOLVING three hours. If, after using the Aconite two days, and there is no amelio- ration, commence with the use of Belladonna in the same way, until it becomes necessary to resort to another remedy, or change. Colocynth. is indicated when there is a sense of con- traction in the psoas muscles when walking, and the disease is more of a chronic nature. DOSE._One drop, or four globules, dissolved in a spoonful of water repeated every six hours until amelioration, or change. Hepar sulph. is indicated when there are rigors, followed by throbbing and increase of pain in the affected part, and we are led to believe that suppuration is about taking place. It is well to precede the use of this remedy with a dose or two of Staphysagria. DOSE.—Dissolve, of Staphysagria, one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, for three days, and then Hepar sulph. in the same way, until suppuration takes place. Silicea is indicated when the bones become affected from the abscess, or when an abscess has arisen from diseased vertebrae. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, every night and morning. Staphy- sagria may follow this remedy when an offensive sanies is discharged. Hip Disease. Under the head of sciatic rheumatism, when treating of rheumatic fevers, we gave some of the characteristics of hip affections. There are, however, two other difficulties which sometimes affect the hip, more malignant and painful than sciatica, which we regard worthy of attentive consideration under the head of hip disease. 2.—Pain in the Hip. Hip-gout. Rheumatism of the Hip. (Coxalgia-coxagra.) The symptoms of this disease are pain in the hip-joint, dependent upon a true gouty inflammation, almost uni- versally of an acute description; the pain is extremely VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 541 violent, and extends from the hip-joint to the neighbor- ing parts, and renders motion exceedingly painful, either in walking, rising, sitting down, or turning in bed. Hip-gout usually assumes the irritable character, runs its course quickly, and forms an active local inflamma- tion, which speedily suppurates when unchecked. When suppuration takes place the pain becomes obtuse, pressing and throbbing; the inflammatory fever becomes suppurative in its character, which is evinced by shiver- ing and shuddering, alternately with heat, to which a number of other sufferings become adjoined, such as pain the knee, swelling, and spontaneous luxation. Treatment.—Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Chamo- milla, Colocynth., Hepar sulphur, Pulsatilla and Bhus tox. Aconite is useful when the affection is attended with considerable degree of fever, or inflammation of the joint itself exists from the first. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in three tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four liours, until amelioration or change. Arsenicum is one of the most useful remedies when the pain shoots along the interior of the thigh, like a stream of hot fluid, which augments on the slightest motion or change of temperature; great prostration of strength, which is not so much during the intervals between the paroxysms; paleness of the face; oppression at the chest; attacks of faintness from trifling exertion. DOSE.—In all respects as for Aconite. Belladonna is particularly called for during the mflammatory stage, when the patient suffers much from pain. It may be alternated with Mercurius, if the symp- toms are such as to call for their use in this way. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every four hours. If used in alternation with Mer- 542 DISEASES INVOLVING curius, give of the one remedy a teaspoonful, and four hours after one of the other, and so on every four hours, until amelioration or change. Chamomilla is of great efficacy in recent cases, where there is marked increase of pain at night in the bed. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every three hours. Colocynth.—In chronic cases, where the fever and pain are less severe, though constant, and the pain is of a squeezing description, as if the entire joint were pain- fully bound, and also when the attacks are brought on by violent emotion or anger. DOSE.—The same as directed for Belladonna. Hepar sulphur is called for in case of exudation, and may follow Mercurius. DOSE—One drop, or four globules, every six hours, until better or change. Mercurius is indicated when the disease is attended with halting in the gait, and sharp burning pains, worse at night and at every movement, attended with sweats at night; it is also useful when exudation is about to take place, or has taken place. DOSE.—The same as Aconite and Belladonna. Pulsatilla is of great service in mild cases of hip disease, that partake merely of a rheumatic character, when the patient has wrenching pains in the hip-joint, aggravated towards night, and even when in a state of rest. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, morning and evening. Bhus tox. is particularly called for when there are darting, tearing or dragging pains in the hip-joint, attended with tightness and stiffness in the muscles, aggravated or chiefly felt during rest; also great pain felt in the joint when rising from the seat. DOSE.—The same as Mercurius. various organs and regions. 54b Chronic inflammation of the hip-joint is what is most commonly called uhip disease? It is seated in the bones that form the joint, and particularly in the socket. When the disease is about making its appearance, the pain may be felt in the knee, hip-joint, or a slight weakness of the part affected, attended with limping; afterwards, emacia- tion and elongation of the limb itself takes place, and as the complaint progresses a severe pain is felt behind the head of the thigh bone, which becomes increased by pressing the bone towards the socket; the pain extends down to the knee, ankle and foot, accompanied by fevers, restlessness, and flattening of that part of the nates which is generally fullest and roundest, depression of the crest of the ilium, and distortion of the spine. The disease is most commonly found among children, but no age, sex, or station in life, is exempt from its attacks. It is peculiarly insidious in its approach, the pain in the knee being the first symptom denoting its presence, hence it is sometimes mistaken for disease of the knee-joint, but this would be an unfortunate mistake, for it is the only symptom of -the incipient stage of the disease, that may direct to a timely treatment, that may obviate the formation of matter in the socket, and the luxation of the joint. Causes.—Constitutional taint, such as scrofula, un- doubtedly is the frequent source of the disease; but it is more frequently attributed to mechanical injury, or exposures, &c. Treatment.—The principal remedies employed, are Belladonna, Colocynth., Bhus tox., and Sulphur. Belladonna is more especially called for in the inflammatory stage, when the patient suffers considerable pain. It may be well to alternate this remedy with Mercurius in the early stage of the disease. 544 DISEASES INVOLVING DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given three times a day, in a spoonful of water. Colocynth. has been found of much value in this disorder, either after Belladonna and Mercurius, or in preference from the first. Its use is indicated by a feeling in the hip-joint, as if tightly bound by an iron clasp, and pain extending down the limb, and stiffness in the hip-joint. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every six hours, until amelioration or change. Bhus tox. is particularly useful in the first stage of the disorder, when there is dragging or tearing pains in the hip-joint, aggravated by pressing the head of the femur into the socket, attended with stiffness of the muscles, most painful when in a state of rest, and severe pain on arising from a sitting posture. DOSE.—The same as for Colocynth. Sulphur, Calcarea, and Silicea, are required for the most part in chronic cases. Sulphur, if the disease arises from scrofula, or psoric metastasis. Calcarea is particularly useful after .the first stage has passed off. Silicea, when there is abscess or caries. There are other remedies that may be considered, as Hepar sulph., Phosphoric acid, Phosphorus, and Lachesis. DOSE.—Of the selected remedy, one drop, or four globules, every morning and evening. If, after two days, no improvement takes place, proceed with some one of the other remedies named, and so on in the same manner with others. 3.—Affections of the Knee. When the knee-joint is affected, particularly when the disease begins in the synovial membrane, Silicea forms one of the best remedies, and in addition, Aurum, Calcarea, Lycopodium, Nitric acid, and Phosphoric acid, VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 54o Calcarea and Sulphur may be used when the inflam- mation exists in consequence of the effects of mercury; and Bryonia, China, Nux vomica, Rhus tox., or Sulphur, when it results from gout or rheumatism; Sulphur and Calcarea are thought applicable to scrofulous enlargement of the knee. When there is suppuration, Mercurius and Hepar sulph., when serous infiltration, Silicea and Sulphur. In white, glossy, doughy swellings of the knee, Pulsatilla is an excellent remedy, whether the swelling be painful or otherwise. In persons of scrofulous habit, Iodine may be used in connection with Pulsatilla, a dose of one in the morning and the other in the evening. DOSE.—Of any of the remedies mentioned, when indicated, one drop, or six globules, in a spoonful of water, every twelve hours. Diet and Regimen.—In acute inflammatory difficul- ties of the hip-joint, the diet should be the same as in acute fevers, but in the chronic form, the diet should be light and nutritious, avoiding all stimulants. 1—Affection of the Organs of the Senses.—Diseases of the Eyes. In the treatment of diseases of the eye, great care should be exercised, to avoid all injurious applications. There is no salve or ointment, eye-water, or lotion, that is to be recommended for the eyes, for all of these preparations are deleterious, and should be avoided, and internal remedies should be relied upon. Cold water may be used freely, externally, unless the eyes are affected with erysipelas, which is known by the redness that usually surrounds them. It does good in common inflammations from a cold. Luke-warm water may also prove a source of relief 47* 546 DISEASES INVOLVING under circumstances where there is considerable heat in the eyes, and discharge of acid tears. Inflammation and Swelling of the Lids.—Some- times the lids are swollen and red, when the eyeballs are not affected. Treatment.—The remedies are, Aconite, Chamomilla, China, Euphrasia, Hepar sulph., Nux vomica, Mercurius, and Rhus tox. Aconite is indicated, for red, hard swelling, with burning heat and dryness; shining as if transparent; burning, with tension and copious secretion in the eyes and nose. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until change. Hepar sulph. if necessary, may be given after Aconite, to effect a cure. Belladonna is the remedy to be employed, if the lids are paralyzed, or the lids stick together, and are red and swollen. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Chamomilla is indicated, when the upper lids feel heavy as lead. DOSE.—The same as Aconite. China is indicated, when there is sense of crawling inside of the lid, increased in the evening, with running tears. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Hepar sulph. is a remedy that may be used after several of the other remedies, as Aurum, China, Bella- donna, &c, and is indicated when pressing pain remains, or the lids feel sore. DOSE..—One drop or four globules, to be given twelve hours after the last dose of the preceding remedy, and repeated every morning until a cure is effected. VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 547 Euphrasia.—This remedy is very useful in chronic inflammation of the eyelids, that is characterised by itching in the day time, and by their sticking together in the night; red, and somewhat swollen, with the edges ulcerated, wet and purulent, with dread of light, constant catarrh, attended with headache and heat of the head. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Rhus tox. is particularly useful for inflammation of the inner surface of the lid, and when the eyes are con- tracted as if by spasm, or when pus is discharged from under the lids. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Nux vomica is particularly indicated when the edges of the lids burn, itch, and feel very sore when touched, and stick together towards morning. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. This remedy may be used with advantage after Euphrasia. Mercurius viv. should be employed when the lids turn outwards, and there is pricking, burning and itch- ing, or when there is no pain. DOSE._The same as directed for Nux vomica. Stye.—Hordeolum. This is a little hard tumor, much like a dark red boil, generally in the corner ofthe eye, and although small, is sometimes attended with severe inflammation and fever, causing more or less pain and suffering. It is slow in suppurating, and seldom bursts spontaneously. Treatment.—The remedies are Pulsatilla, Staphysa- gria and Sepia. Pulsatilla is to be employed on the first appearance of the stye, and in most cases no other remedy will be required to remove it. 548 DISEASES INVOLVING DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, may be given every morning, until amelioration or change. If Pulsatilla is only partial in its effects, Staphy- sagria is the best remedy to proceed with. Staphysagria is particularly indicated when the swelling degenerates into a hard, white tumor, after the use of Pulsatilla. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Pulsatilla. Sepia is particularly applicable in scrofulous subjects, and in obstinate cases. DOSE.—The same as directed for Pulsatilla. Inflammation of the Eye.—Iritis. This affection affects both the eye-balls and lids in some instances, and at others only the eyes. Treatment.—The remedies employed are Aconite, Belladonna, Chamomilla, Euphrasia, Ignatia, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Rhus tox. and Yeratrum. Aconite is the best remedy for inflammation of the eyes, when the disease comes on suddenly, and increases rapidly, when the whole eye is red, or full of red veins, runs much and is quite painful, and also when the eyes are sore from cold, which is accompanied with catarrh, sore throat, &c. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Belladonna is indicated when the white of the eyes is quite red, or large red veins, discharge of acid tears, sensitiveness to the light, deep-seated spasmodic pains, with catarrh and excoriations of the nose. DOSE.—The same as for Aconite. Chamomilla is adapted to children when there is pricking, pressing and burning in the eyes, as if they gave out heat, lids swollen and closed in the morning, or very dry. DOSE—In all respects the same as forAconite. VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 549 Euphrasia is of great service when there is pressure in the eyes, increased secretion of acrid tears, contrac- tions of the lids, the eyes very red, and attended with headache and catarrh in the evening. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Ignatia is indicated when the white of the eye is affected and the pain is very severe; profuse discharge of tears; dread of light, attended with catarrh. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given in a spoonful of water, every twelve hours, until amelioration or change. Rheumatism affecting the Eyes. Nux VOMICA is indicated when the corners of the lids are exceedingly red, more so than the eyes, and the balls are blood-shot, and smart as if salt or sand were in them, and there is increased secretion of tears; the patient can- not bear the light, particularly in the morning; fever usually attends this condition of the eyes, and is worse in the morning and evening. DOSE.—Dissolve and take as directed for Euphrasia. Pulsatilla is very useful after the first inflammation has been removed by Aconite, when severe pains still remain of a piercing, boring and cutting character; cannot bear the light; pains worse in the afternoon and evening. DOSE.—In all respects as for Euphrasia. Rhus tox. and Bryonia may be employed after Pulsa- tilla has removed the pain, when there is redness remain- ing, burning, or sensation as from sand under the lids; worse in the evening and at night; the lids so swollen that opening the eyes give pain in the head. DOSE.—The same as for Euphrasia, for either remedy. Veratrum is particularly indicated when there is tearing pain interrupting sleep at night; intolerable 050 DISEASES INVOLVING headache; much heat in the eyes, and a sensation of dryness. DOSE.—As for Euphrasia. For simple, uncomplicated sore eyes, when small watery blisters are on the eyes, and the light becomes offensive, Euphrasia, Bryonia and Rhus tox. When the light be- comes less offensive, and the pain more violent, so that every vein can be seen, Nux vomica, Chamomilla and Ignatia. For scrofulous difficulties, see "scrofulous sore eyes." Gout affecting the Eyes. When gout attacks the eyes, the remedies found of the greatest service are Aconite, Antimonium crud., Bella- donna, Cocculus and Colocynthis. Aconite is useful as the first remedy, especially when there is heat and burning in the eyes, with pressive and darting pains, particularly on moving the eyes; redness and inflammation, with intolerable suffering; excessive flow of tears; sparks before the eyes; dread of light; weight and fulness in the forehead; strokes and beatings in the head. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four tablespoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Antimonium crud.—Cocculus or Sulphur may be ad- vantageously employed after Aconite, when there is nausea or vomiting; redness and inflammation of the lids, or canthi, with itching and sticking together of the lids at night. DOSE.—Of either, the same as directed for Aconite. Belladonna is of great service when the pain is very oppressive all around the eye, above it or alongside of it; pricking pain about it, sensation as if the eye were being VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 551 torn out or pressed in; when the pain is intermittent; flashing before the eyes; appearance of fog or mist before the eyes; and when the symptoms are accompanied with giddiness and headache so severely as to be deprived of consciousness. DOSE.—The same in all respects as directed for Aconite. Colocynthis is particularly indicated when the eyes are sore and inflamed, attended with severe cutting pains, which extend into the head, pressing particularly into the forehead or on one side ofthe brain, drawing pains extend- ing into the nose, causing great agitation and restlessness. DOSE.—The same in all respects as directed for Aconite. The remedy may be used in alternation with Belladonna. Scrofulous Sore Eyes.—Scrofulous Opthalmia, In scrofulous subjects, the disease often manifests itself in the eyes. It is met with in children who suffer from this complaint, or in grown persons who have had the taint of the disease in them from childhood. When the eyes have once become weakened from the disease, they are liable to subsequent attacks of the same disorder; from cold and other causes, the disease may be so excited as to affect the sight and produce ulcers on the ball of the eye. Treatment.—The remedies found most useful are, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Calcarea, China, Dulcamara, Hepar sulph., Mercurius, and Sulphur. Arsenicum is usually indicated, when the pains are of a burning character, as if produced by burning coals, and when spots are seen in the eye. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, may be given twice a day. Belladonna is of service, when there is a sensation of pressure in the eyes, which is worse when they are 052 DISEASES INVOLVING turned upward, and when red veins, ulcers, or pustules, can be seen on the eye-ball. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, three times a day. Hepar sulph. is useful after Belladonna, and espe- cially for children who have been dosed with calomel; when the lids are red and sore, and painful to the touch, as if bruised; and also, when from touch, they close convulsively, and can scarcely be moved; unable to bear light in the evening; dulness of the eyes, or other- wise, brilliant appearance of the eyes; spots on the ball; sensation as if the eyes were pressing from their sockets. DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, every morning for several days. Calcarea is indicated, when there are ulcers on the eyeball, attended with itching; burning when reading in the evening. DOSE.—In all respects as for Hepar sulph. China should be given, when there is considerable pain in the eyes, in the evening; sensation as if sand were in them; and also, when there is a dull or hazy appearance of the eye on inspection. DOSE.—One drop or four globules, every morning. Dulcamara is indicated, in scrofulous sore eyes, when cold is the exciting cause, and when there appears to be thick fog before the eyes, and flashes of light from them, attended with pain over the eyes, aggravated when at rest, and worse when the patient is quiet. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, morning and evening. Mercurius viv. is well suited to ^ the affections in children, who have taken no Mercury; when the pains are cutting, especially in straining the eyes; worse in the evening, and in a warm bed; the eyes full of tears; sen- sitive to light; burning in the open air; sight clouded; VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 553 small pustules on the ball of the eye, that occur at every fresh cold. This remedy is especially useful after Bella- donna. DOSE.—In all respects as directed for Dulcamara. Sulphur, is a remedy that will prove of service after the use of Mercurius or Belladonna, but not after Hepar, although it may take the place of this latter remedy. It is particularly indicated, when the lids are contracted in the morning, and the light of the sun is dreaded by the patient, on the account of its destroying the sight, and when there appears to be a mist before the eyes, dimness of the cornea, or when the white of the eye appears very red, bloodshot, and little spots upon it; when the flow of tears is increased; severe pressure in the eyeball. DOSE._One drop, or four globules, may be given every evening for a week, and then discontinue for the same length of time. If the patient is better, continue the intermission. Catarrhal Inflammation of the Eyes. This difficulty may arise from a common cold and obstruction of the tear passages, and may be cured by the use of Chamomilla, Lycopodium and Hepar sulph. DOSE.—Of either, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful morning and evening, until amelioration or change. Syphilitic Sore Eyes. This affection may be cured by Mercurius, if the patient has not been previously treated with mercury in the allopathic form; under other circumstances Nitric acid, Aurum, Sulphur, &c. DOSE.—Of either, dissolve one drop, or six globules, in four table- spoonfuls of water, and give one morning and evening; if after four days there is no decided improvement, proceed with the next remedy. Gonorrhceal Inflammation of the Eyes This difficulty can be eradicated generally by the use of Pulsatilla, Arnica and Sulphur. 48 554 DISEASES INVOLVING DOSE.—One drop, or six globules, of either, dissolved in a spoonful of of water, twice a day. Fungus cancer of the eyes (fungus haematodes,) will j require Thuja, Carbo animalis and Phosphorus, one dose j of either, every day, until change. Cataract. The remedies that have proved the most successful in this difficulty are Conium, Phosphorus, Cannabis, Sul- phur, &c. DOSE.—One drop, of either, or six globules, every twenty-four hours, dissolved in a spoonful of water. After the use of Conium for ten days, discontinue for about the same length of time, in order to allow the remedy sufficient time to act, and then if there has been little or no change, proceed with the use of Phosphorus or Sulphur. Specks on the Cornea. Opacity of the Cornea. These specks, sometimes left on the cornea from pre- ceding inflammation, may be removed by Belladonna, Euphrasia, Sulphur and Calcarea Squinting. Strabismus. The cure for squinting is seldom found among reme- dial agents, to be taken internally, still some remedies may afford material aid to the ordinary mechanical means resorted to in effecting a cure, and some cases have been radically cured by the administration of Hyoscyamus or Belladonna, when the affection had been of recent standing. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules ofthe remedy employed, in six teaspoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, for two days, and then discontinue the same length of time, and then proceed with the use of another remedy, if necessary. Weeping or Watery Eye. This difficulty consists in the continual flow of tears from either one or both of the eyes. It may proceed from an obstruction of the tear duct, or the cause may merely be a relaxed condition of the glandular aparatus VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 555 of the eye. If from an obstruction there is no remedy better adapted to effect a cure than Petroleum, but if this should not prove effectual, resort may be had to Stramonium, Calcarea, Pulsatilla, Sulphur, Lachesis, &c. But if the difficulty occurs from merely a relaxed condi- tion of the glandular apparatus, the most suitable reme- dies are Spigelia, Euphrasia, Pulsatilla, &c. DOSE.—The selected remedy may be given twice a day in doses of a drop, or four globules, until amelioration or change. The remedies may he tried in the order laid down above, each for two or three days, to be suc- ceeded by at least an interval of two days before another remedy is pro- ceeded with. Bloodshot Eyes. This derangement may arise from several causes, such as blows, falls, retching, straining, vomiting, coughing, crying, &c, and it usually disappears of itself. But in some rare instances it proves obstinate and requires remedial aid. In such an event, the external use of Arnica may facilitate a cure. In other cases, though rare, Belladonna, Chamomilla, Nux vomica, &c, may be required. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, every six hours, but if no relief i? obtained by the time the fifth dose is taken, proceed with the next remedy For external use, twelve drops may be dissolved in half a tumbler of water. Short or Near-sightedness. Myopia. This difficulty though dependent in a measure upon the peculiar structure of the lens, has been partially, and in some rare instances, completely removed by medi- cines, Pulsatilla, Sulphur, Carbo veg., Phosphoric acid, Petroleum. Of these, Pulsatilla and Sulphur. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in a half tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful every morning. If after using one remedy three mornings no improvement is produced, after two days proceed with another pemedy. 556 DISEASES INVOLVING Attacks of Blindness. This ephemeral difficulty may be produced from evo- lutions taking place in the system; it may come on suddenly or gradually towards evening. Aconite for sudden attacks, Belladonna or Veratrum for that which comes on towards evening. DOSE.__One drop, or.four globules, of Aconite, every three hours, and of Belladonna every six hours. If after two days there is no improvement, resort to other remedies. Hyoscyamus is a remedy that proves of great service under particular circumstances, when the patient sees spots or objects before the eyes. 5.—Inflammation of the Ear. (Earache. Otitis. Otalgia.) Inflammation of the ear is characterised by violent pain in the ear, with sensibility to noises, attended with more or less fever. Earache may also arise from tooth- ache, or be a purely neuralgic affection. When the pain is excessive, it may communicate with the whole head, and may bring on delirium, or even inflammation of the brain. Otitis.—The remedies employed in this difficulty are Belladonna and Pulsatilla, and protective means. Pulsatilla is regarded an effective remedy, and one - drop, or six globules, may be given every three hours; at the same time cover the ear with cotton, so as to protect it from noise and the air, if the seat of the inflammation be internal. Belladonna will be required if the pain penetrates into the brain, attended with great agitation, vomiting, coldness of the extremities, and other dangerous symptoms. DOSE—Of a solution of one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Should there be an aggravation after the first three doses, discontinue until a natural reaction takes place. VARIOUS ORGAN3 AND REGIONS. 557 Otalgia, when there is no inflammatory symptoms, but simply neuralgic pains in the ear. The remedies may be Arnica, Calcarea, China, Mercurius, Nux vomica, &c. Arnica is adapted to very sensitive persons, who experience a return of pain from every exposure, with oppression and stitches behind the ears; also tearing, heat, and irritability at any loud noise. DOSE.—Dissolve one drop, or six globules, in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonful every three hours, until amelioration or change. Calcarea carb. is useful when the pains are confined to one side, deep in the ear, so violent and painful as to drive the patient to distraction; especially when the pain is on the right side, or worse after midnight, or in the forenoon. DOSE.—One drop, or four globules, in a spoonful of water, every morning and evening, until amelioration, or change. China is suitable when the patient has more pain in the external ear, with redness, pricking, and tingling inside. DOSE.—The same as for Calcarea. Mercurius viv. is indicated if the patient perspires without being relieved; tearing pain, extending to the cheeks; burning externally, and feels cold internally. DOSE.—The same as for Arnica. Nux vomica is particularly indicated when violent earache occurs from a fit of passion, or in irritable angry persons. DOSE.—The same as for Arnica. Other remedies, such as Chamomilla, Dulcamara, Hepar sulph., Phosphoric acid, Pulsatilla, Platinum, and Sulphur, may be resorted to in particular cases. General Treatment.—Besort to no external appli- 48* 558 DISEASES INVOLVING cations. Oil introduced into the ear, may become injurious, heating vapors may weaken the organs of sense of hearing. Warm water applied on a sponge or soft linen cloth, may sometimes relieve the pain, without doing injury; avoid cramming cotton into the ear. Running of the Ears. Otorrhcea. This complaint results from a variety of causes, and in some instances, proves very obstinate and difficult to cure. It is better not to suppress the discharge, for this may produce serious consequences. The use of the syringe should be discarded, and oil is certainly of little avail, any article that becomes hard, is still worse; but the ear may be cleansed with luke-warm water, a little fine wool may be put into the ear, in winter, to protect it from cold, and during the summer, as a protection from flies, which sometimes deposit their eggs in them- but even this resort should be with great caution, when the discharge smells offensively. Treatment.—Belladonna, Calcarea, Mercurius, Pulsa- tilla, and Sulphur, are among the principal remedies. Belladonna is one of the remedies for running from the ears, after scarlet fever. It may be used in alternation with Mercurius. DOSE—Dissolve one drop, or six globules of Belladonna, in six tea- spoonfuls of water, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, for three days; and then dissolve of Mercurius, in the same way, and give a teaspoonful every six hours, for three days, and of Belladonna again, 291 Jaundice,............................................................................ 731 K. King's eviL........................................................................ 797 Kink in the neck,................................................................ 160 Kidneys, inflammation of,....................................................... 298 Knee, affections of the,......................................................... 544 L. Labia and vagina, inflammation ofthe,...................................... 656 Labor,................................................................................ 683 Labors, protracted,............................................................... 684 Lacerated wounds,.............................................................. 598 Laryngitis,... ...................................................................... 404 Laryngitis, chronic,.............................................................. 424 Larnyx, chronic inflammation of,............................................ 424 Legs, cramps in the.,.............................................................. 667 Leucorrhoea,........................................................................ 641 List of remedies,.................................................................. 47 Liver complaint, Liver complaint, (acute,)................................. 284 Liver complaint,................................................................... 289 Loins, pains in the,......................... .......................,............ 575 Lochia, ofthe,...................................................................... 689 Lock-jaw........................................................................... 742 Loss of flesh,....................................................................... 745 Lung fever,.......................................................................... 450 Luxations,.......................................................................... 603 Lumbago,............................................................................ 159 Lycopodium, range of use,...................................................... 778 Lymphatio tumours,............................................................. 345 M. Mania a potu,...................................................................... 521 Marasmus,.......................................................................... 745 Maternal marks, (Neavi,)....................................................... 714 Medicines best adapted to the different temperaments, habits, &c.,. 48 Medicines, the form of, for domestic practice,............................. 66 Medicines, preserving the purity of,.......................................... 67 Measles,............................................................................. 131 Meconium, of the,................................................................. 700 Memory, weakness or loss of,.................................................. 538 Mental emotions,.................................................................. 618 824 INDEX. Menstruation,...................................................................... 621 Menstruation, obstructed,...................................................... 622 Menstruation, tardy,............................................................. 625 Menses, suppression ofthe,..................................................... 627 Menstruation, too soon or too frequent,..................................... 631 Menstruation, too profuse,...................................................... 632 Menstruation, painful,............................................................ 634 Menstrual colic,.................................................................... 634 Menstrual, climacterae, (menopsia,)........................................... 636 Mental habits, of the,............................................................ 660 Menstruation, continued,........................................................ 663 Menorrhagia,....................................................................... 674 Mental emotions affecting the milk,................................... ..... 703 Mercurius vivus, range of use,................................................ 779 Method of noting diseases, observations on,............................... 49 Miliara purpura................................................................... 121 Miscarriage,......................................................................... 677 Milk fever,.......................................................................... 691 Milk, coming ofthe,.............................................................. 691 Milk, suppression ofthe,........................................................ 692 Milk crust,.......................................................................... 724 Modified smaU-pox................................................................ 143 Monstrosities,....................................................................... 714 Morning sickness,................................................................. 666 Mumps............................................................................... 183 Myelitis, meningitis spinalis,................................................... 511 Myopia,.............................................................................. 555 N. Nephritis,............................................................................ 298 Nervous fever,..................................................................... 76 Nervous system, diseases of,................................................... 497 Nettle rash,......................................................................... 118 Neuralgia, (nerve pain,).......................................................... 530 Nightmare,.......................................................................... 570 Nocturnal enuresis,............................................................... 318 Nocturnal urination,............................................................. 130 Notalgia,............................................................................ 575 Nose, bleeding ofthe,........................................................... 561 Nose, swelling ofthe,............................................................ 563 Nutrition table,.................................................................... 16 Nux vomica, range of use,...................................................... 781 INDEX. 825 o. Observations on air and exercise,........................................... 17 Observations on diet,............................................................ 5 Observations on sleep,........................................................... 30 Observations on occupations and professions,.............................. 33 Observations on the method of noting diseases,.......................... 49 Obstructed menstruation,...................................................... 622 Obstacles to nursing,............................................................. 702 Obstruction of the nose,......................................................... 719 Occupations and professions, observations on,............................ 33 Odontalgia, ......................................................................... 162 Of preserving the purity of medicines,....................................... 67 Of cold in general,............................................................... 378 Offensive breath,................................................................... 666 Of the meconium,.................................................................. 700 Of nursing,.......................................................................... 701 Opacity of the cornea,...........................................•.............. 554 Opium, range of use,............................................................. 783 Opthalmia, (opthalmia neonotorum,.......................................... 716 Organs, digestive,................................................................. 34 Organs respiratory,............................................................... 37 Organs, circulatory,.............................................................. 39 Organs, urinary,................................................................... 40 Organs, biliary,.................................................................... 40 Organs of respiration, and their diseases,................................... 368 Organs of respiration, general description of,.............................. 368 Organs respiratory, diseases of,............................................... 376 Organs of the senses, affection of,............................................ 645 Otitis, ..............................................................•................. 556 Otalgia................................................................................ 556 Otorrhcea,........................................................................... 558 Ovaries, inflammation of the, (ovaritis,).................................... 653 Ovaries, dropsy of,................................................................ 656 Overheating, ....................................................................... °7 P. Pain in the small ofthe back, neck, &c,................................... 159 ,. ................... 242 Painters colic, ............................................. . xl , . ........................ 540 Pain in the hip,............................................... Pains in the loins,............................................................. Pains in the back and side during pregnancy,............................. b'u , . ............................. 516 Palsy, paralysis,..................................... 826 INDEX. Panaris paronychia,........ ..................................................... 353 Parotitis,............................................................................ 183 Parturition,......................................................................... 683 Patients, examination of,........................................................ 60 Peritonitis,......................................................*................... 262 Perniones,........................................................................... 342 Peripneumonia, pnumonia notha,............................................. 455 Pharyngitis, inflammation ofthe pharnyx,................................. 430 Phthisis pulmonalis,............................................................. 473 Phrenitis,............................................................................ 501 Phimosis, ........................................................................... 730 Phosphorus, range of use,..................................................... 785 Physometra,..................................................................671, 276 Piles,................................................................................. 276 Pleurisy, pleuritis,................................................................ 458 Pneumonia,.......................................................................... 450 Pneumonia, typhoid or congestive............................................ 456 Potatorum,......................................................................... 521 Poisoned wounds,................................................................. 602 Principle of applying remedies,............................................... 47 Protrusion of the intestine,.................................................... 282 Prolapsus ani....................................................................... 282 Prurigo,.............................................................................. 355 Prolapsus uteri,.................................................................... 643 Pruritus, during pregnancy,................................................... 668 Pregnancy,.......................................................................... 657 Protracted labors,................................................................. 684 Prickly heat,....................................................................... 723 Pruritus,............................................................................. 729 Profuse urination,................................................................ 730 Psora,................................................................................ 350 Psoas muscle, inflammation of, (psoitis,)................................... 539 Pulsatilla, range of use,........................................................ 786 Putrid sore throat,................................................................ 172 Pustulo nigra...................................................,.................. 340 Pustular ring-worm,.........................'..................................... 358 Punctured wounds,............................................................... 600 Pyrosis,............................................................................... 201 Q. Quinsy................................................................................ 166 Quinsy malignant,................................................................. 172 INDEX. 827 R. Range of use ofthe more prominent remedies used in this work,.... 753 Rash, nettle,........................................................................ 118 Rash, scarlet,....................................................................... 121 Rash in children, (hives,)....................................................... 3b8 Rancitas,............................................................................. 401 Regurgitation of milk,........................................................... 718 Remarks,............................................................................ 688 Remedies, rule for the administrations of,................................. 65 Remedies, suitable to follow others,.......................................... 68 Remittent fever,......... ......................................................... 87 Repetition of remedies............................................................ 65 Respiratory organs,............................................................... 37 Retention of urine, or painful urination after delivery,................. 694 Retention of urine,............................................................... 730 Rheumatism, acute,............................................................... 753 Rheumatism, inflammatory,.................................................... 153 Rheumatism, chronic,........................................................... 157 Rheumatic fever,.................................................................. 153 Rheumatism, sciatic,.............................................................. 160 Rheumatism of the neck,........................................................ 160 Rheumatism ofthe hip,....................................................... 510 Rheumatism, affecting the eyes,............................................... 649 Rhus toxicodendon, range of use,.......................................... 787 Ringworm,........................................................................... 357 Ringworm of the scalp,.......................................................... 358 Rose.................................................................................. 138 Retention of urine................................................................. 307 Rubeola,............................................................................. 131 Rush of blood to the head....................................................... 497 Running of the ears,............................................................. 558 Rupture,............................................................................. 571 Rupture, (hernia,)................................................................ 715 Running from the ears, (otorrhcea,).......................................... 727 Rupture of the navel,............................................................ 727 s. Scarlet rash,....................................................................... 121 Scarlet fever,....................................................................... 123 Scarlatina,........................................................................... 123 Sciatica,.............................................................................. 160 828 INDEX. Scabies,.............................................................................. 850 Scrofulous sore eyes, (scrofulous opthalmia,), Scrofula,................ 797 Scurvy of the mouth,............................................................ Scurf on the head,................................................................ 723 730 Scanty and painful urination,.................................................. ,ou 208 Sea-sickness,....................................................................... Sepia succus, range of use,..................................................... 7oo Short or near sightedness....................................................... 656 Silicea, range of use,............................................................ 790 72 Simple fever,........................................................................ Simple inflammation of the throat,........................................... 431 Sick headache...................................................................... 638 on Sleep, observations on,........................................................... °" Sleeplessness,............................. ......................................... 669 Sleep,................................................................................. 71° 718 Sleeplessness,...................................................................... ' *° Small-pox, Small-pox modified,............................................... 143 Sore throat,......................................................................... 166 Sore throat, putrid,.............................................................. 17^ Sore throat, chronic,............................................................. 437 Sore nipples......................................................................... " _ Sore eyes,........................................................................... Soreness behind the ears,....................................................... 724 Soreness of the navel,............................................................ 728 Spasms ofthe stomach,......................................................... 202 Splenitis,............................................................................. 294 Spurious pneumonia, (peripneumonia,)..................................... 455 Spitting of blood,.................................................................. 468 Spasm,............................................................................... 51T Specks on the cornea, Squinting,............................................. 654 Sprains,............................................................................. 59"J Spasmodic pains,.................................................................. 68o Spasms or convulsions,........................................................... 73.) Spasms of the chest,............................................................. 743 Spongia tosta, range of use,.................................................... 791 St. Anthony's fire,................................................................ lg8 St. Vitus' dance, Stammering.................................................. 532 Stomach, affections ofthe,....................................................... 184 Stomachic headache,............................................................. 192 Stone,................................................................................. 305 Strangury,.......................................................................... 311 INDEX. 829 Strabismus,......................................................................... 554 Strangulated hernia,.............................................................. 572 Stye,.................................................................................. 647 Strains...............................................................................■ 595 Stings of insects,.................................................................. 608 Suppression of urine,............................................................ 314 Suppression of menses,.......................................................... 627 Suppression of the milk,....................................................... 692 Supplementary diet of infants,................................................. 707 Sulphur, range of use,........................................................... 792 Summer complaint, (cholera infantum,)..................................... 734 Sweating feet....................................................................... 668 Swelled testicle,................................................................... 332 Swelling of the nose,............................................................. 663 Swelling or enlargement ofthe womb,....................................... 647 Swelling ofthe veins,............................................................ 672 Swelling of the head, with enchymosis,..................................... 700 Swelling of the breasts.......................................................... 728 Swelling of the prepuce,........................................................ 730 Swooning, Syncope............................................................... 674 Syphilis,............................................................................. 334 Syphilitic sore eyes,.............................................................. 653 T. Table of digestion,................................................................ 1 fi Table of nutrition,.................................................................. Tartarus emeticus, range of use,............................................. 794 625 Tardy menstruation,...................................................•.......... 44 Temperaments,................................................................... Testis, inflammation of,........................................................ 591 Testicle, dropsy of the........................................................... ^ Tetauus..................................................................:::;:::::::: m Tetter....................................................................... 41 The nervous system,.......................................................... The special examination of disease,.......................................... The form of medicines for domestic use,.................................... Throat, simple inflammation of,..........................................' " ° Throat, chronic sore,.............................................. ....... Thrush'......"........................................................!"""'.'.'."'." 705 The choice of a nurse,....................................... The gum,.............................................................]!Z'.'.'.'.'.'."'. 530 Tic doloreux,..........................•••........................ 830 INDEX. Toothache,.......................................................................... 162 Toothache, during pregnancy.................................................. 670 Treatment, external,.............................................................. 343 Treatment after delivery,....................................................... 686 Treatment of the child after birth............................................ 597 Treatment of mothers who do not nurse their children,................ 704 Tussis.................................................................................. 393 Typhoid or congestive pneumonia,.............................................. 456 Typhus or typhoid fever,......................................................... 76 Tympanites of the womb,........................................................... 647 u. Ulcers, ulcera,...................................................................... 362 Ulcers, varicose,................................................................... 366 Umbilical cord,..................................................................... 727 Urinary organs,................................................................... 40 Urticara,............................................................................. 118 Urinary organs, diseases of,...................,................................ 298 Urinary calculus, ................................................................. 305 Urine, retention of,............................................................... 307 Urine, difficulty in discharging,................................................ 311 Urine, suppression of,............................................................ 314 Urine, incontinence of,.....................................................671...316 Urine, immoderate secretion of,............................................... 319 Urine, haemorrhage with the,................................................... 323 V. Vaccination,......................................................................... 750 Varicella,............................................................................ 142 Varioloid............................................................................. 143 Variola,.............................................................................. 143 Varicose ulcers,.................................................................... 366 Varicose veins,..................................................................... 672 Varicose tumors,................................................................... 672 Venereal disease,.................................................................. 334 Veratrum album, range of use,................................................ 795 Vertigo,.............................................................................. 538 Vertigo and headache,........................................................... 664 Vigilance,............................................................................ 669 Vomiting blood,............................................................. 210, 468 Vomiting mucus,................................................................ 209 INDEX. 33^ W. Waterbrash,......................................................................... 201 Wetting the bed............................................................. 318, 730 Weakness or loss of memory,................................................... 538 Weaning,............................................................................. 749 Weeping, or watery eye,......................................................... 554 Weaning, or period of suckling................................................. 709 Whitlow,.............................................................................. 353 Whites, (whitish discharge from the vagina,).............................. 641 White discharge from the private parts, (leucorrhoea,)................. 729 Worms,.............................................................................. 263 Womb, dropsy of,........................................................... 591, 648 Womb, falling ofthe,............................................................. 643 Womb, swelling or enlargement of,........................................... 647 Womb, tympanites of the,...................................................... 647 Wounds,.............................................................................. 695 Wounds, lacerated,................................................................ 598 Wounds, contused,................................................................ 599 Wounds, punctured,............................................................... 600 Wounds, gunshot,.................................................................. 601 Wounds, poisoned,................................................................ 602 Y. Yellow fever,....................................................................... 110 CATALOGUE OP HOMOEOPATHIC BOOKS, PUBLISHED BT WILLIAM RADDE, No. 635 Arch St., Philadelphia. The Homoeopathic Materia Medica, arranged Sys- tematically and Practically by A. Teste, M. D. Trans- lated from the French, by Charles J. Hempel, M. D. (634 octavo pages.) 1854. Bound, $2.50. This work is a valuable contribution to the literature of our School in more than one respect. It is the work of an original thinker, who is at the same time one of the most distinguished prac- titioners of Homoeopathy in France. In this work the principal drugs composing our Materia Medica are arranged in groups, each group containing those drugs which resemble each other in their effects upon the healthy body. This is a novel feature of the work, which will prove eminently suggestive to inquiring minds and sim- plifies to an astonishing degree the study of the drug-symptoms, which the Homoeopathic physician has to depend upon as thera- peutic indications, and which, in our present manuals and repertories, are not presented with sufficient clearness and practical simplicity. In Teste's work, the symptoms are no longer mixed up in one con- fused mass, but they are presented to the mind in a certain logical order based upon pathological as well as pharmacodynamic analogies. 1 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY The work is moreover distinguished by an extraordinary amount of valuable information concerning the history of every drug, and its use in alloeopathic practice. Teste shows, by the evidence of allceo- pathic authorities, that where ever a medicine exhibited striking curative virtues in a given disease, they were invariably traceable to its being Homoeopathic to the disease in the sense in which this term is understood by Hahnemann and his disciples. The intro- duction to Teste's work is a brilliant composition, full of sound reasoning, clearness of views and characterised by correctness and comprehensiveness in all its statements. We unhesitatingly com- mend this work to the profession as a most useful, instructive and eminently suggestive production. To the student of Homoeopathy this work will prove an invaluable guide to an intimate and philoso- phical acquaintance with our Materia Medica; in Teste's work the student will find combined in a clear and logical order, and with an unexceptionable simplicity, the symptomatic indications which are scattered with many repetitions through a whole series of volumes in Hahnemann's Materia Medica, or in Jahr's Symptomen-codex. The work is printed on beautiful paper; type and binding are perfect. ----<•»---- Organon of Specific Homoeopathy; or, an Inductive Exposition of the Principles ofthe Homoeopathic Heal- ing Art, 'addressed to Physicians and intelligent Lay- men. By Charles J. Hempel, M. D. (246 octavo pages.) 1854. Bound, $1.00. This is a handsomely bound volume, in large 8vo. of 216 pages, printed on paper of a superfine quality and in beautiful type. The work is divided in three parts and an introduction. The first part is a philosophical synopsis of Hahnemann's Organon and his doc- trine of chronic miasms; the second part is a searching and com- prehensive, but exceedingly consistent and logical review of the existing doctrine and practice of Homoeopathy; and the third part contains an inductive exposition of the fundamental principle of Homoeopathy as founded in nature and in man's intellectual and 2 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. physical organism. No one who has a knowledge of the leading works of our School, will deny that in point of deep and rigorous reasoning, beauty and vigor of composition and intensity of en- lightened faith in the truths of Homoeopathy, this work holds a deservedly high, and, in some respects, the highest rank. It is a work that should be studied with the most careful attention by ' every physician or student of medicine who is anxious to see the doctrine of Homoeopathy, divested of all human adulterations; presented to the mind in its genuine purity, as an imperishable and infinite science. This work is not written for a day or for a clique, but for all time and for every generous and independent lover of truth. «»---- The Homoeopathic Guide, in all Diseases of the Urin- ary and Sexual Organs, including the Derangements caused by Onanism and Sexual Excesses; with a strict regard to the present demands of medical science, and accompanied by an appendix on the use of Electro-Magnetism in the treatment of these dis- eases. By Wm. Gollmann, M. D. Translated, with additions, by Charles J. Hempel, M.D. (309 octavo pages.) 1854. Bound, $1 50. This important work is one of the most interesting volumes that has lately been published. No Homoeopathic work of this kind is superior to it. All the diseases of the urinary and sexual organs are described in this volume with scientific accuracy, and their treat- ment is indicated with the most minute precision. The dose of the various remedies recommended in this book is likewise carefully pointed out. The history of the most interesting diseases, such as syphilis, &c, is likewise furnished, affording room for philosophical thought and materially heightening the interest of this remarkable work. As regards treatment, it may be said that every thing known on this subject, both as respects remedies and general hygi- enic management, has been carefully and comprehensively stated. 3 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY The symptomatic indications of the various remedies, together with the doses to be prescribed, have been given with the most exem- plary correctness, and leave absolutely nothing to be desired. Dr. Hempel's additions to the work will be found highly valuable, and the appendix on electro-magnetism is likewise a most useful and interesting composition. Although the work is an eminently scientific treatise, yet its style is so simple and it is so perfectly free from all strange-sounding technicalities, that it may be read with profit even by those who do not make medicine their special study. The work is a large 8vo. volume of upwards of three hundred pages, beautifully bound, and printed on superfine paper, in the best type. The Homoeopathic Treatment of Acute and Chro- nic Diseases, by Emilius Kreussler, M. D. Trans- lated from the German, with important Additions and Revisions, by Charles J. Hempel, M.D. (190 pages.) 1854. Bound, 75 cents. This is a small 8vo. volume of 190 pages, close print. It is well bound and the paper is of superior quality. The author is a prac- titioner of great experience and acknowledged talent. This little work is distinguished by concise brevity and lucid simplicity in the description of the various diseases that usually come under the observation of physicians, and the remedies for the various symp- toms are carefully indicated. The reader is never troubled with abstract speculations concerning the nature of disease ; every state- ment in this little volume is to the point and of practical interest. Dr. Hempel, the translator of the work, has interspersed it with a number of highly useful and interesting notes, which cannot fail to enhance the value of this work to American physicians. The dose will be found indicated with sufficient minuteness to afford all neces- sary information to practitioners as well as to intelligent laymen. The reader will find a good deal of interesting and even important matter in this little volume that will be looked for in vain in our larger treatises. "We say to all the friends of Homoeopathy—buy this work and you will find it a profitable acquisition. 4 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 63o ARCH ST., PHILA. Manual of Homoeopathic Practice, for the use of Families. By A. E. Small, A. M., M. D., Professor of Physiology and Medical Jurisprudence, in the Homoe- opathic Medical College of Philadelphia, etc. (Fourth edition, 852 pages.) 1856. Bound, $2.00. This is the best work of domestic practice now in print. Its author is a gentleman of acknowledged experience in the homoeo- pathic treatment of diseases, and of a high order of scientific attain- ments. The work may be used by physicians as well as by lay- practitioners. It is entirely free from all Greek and Latin techni- calities ; every disease is described in plain English, although the general style of the work satisfies all the demands of elegant diction. It is a work which may either be consulted as the occasion requires, or it may be studied from beginning to end with pleasure and profit by any one who takes the least interest in medicine gene- rally, and in homoeopathic medicine in particular. Besides giving a correct and lucid description of the diseases which physicians are called upon to treat, this work likewise furnishes the reader an opportunity of becoming acquainted with the fundamental facts and principles of physiology, anatomy, and general hygiene, including many practical suggestions, regarding exercise, bathing, clothing, diet, etc., which cannot but prove valuable to all who use this work as a guide in practice. It must be universally conceded that the object which the author has sought to attain in arranging this book, has been achieved to the full satisfaction of an impartial and enlight- ened public. Medicine, and more particularly homoeopathic medi- cine, has been rendered accessible to the simplest understanding, so that, with this book before them, every intelligent parent will be able to prescribe for his or her family, if sickness should occur amongst them, and they should not wish to send for a physician, or be deprived of the opportunity of employing one. A characteristic feature of this work is not only to give a full account of every medi- cine that may have to be used in a case of sickness, but likewise to mention the dose of every remedy with minute exactness, and to indicate the diet which should be pursued in every case. We feel warranted in recommending this work, above every similar work of the kind, to all the friends of homoeopathic practice. 29 5 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY The Pocket Manual of Homoeopathic Practice, abridged from the " Manual of Homoeopathic Practice'' of A. E. Small, M. D., by Jacob F. Sheer, M. D., '126 pages.) 1856. Bound, 37| cents. This is an abridgment of Small's larger manual of homoeopathic practice, containing all that is immediately important and essential to practice, in a condensed form. As its name indicates, it may be conveniently carried about in one's pocket, together with a case of medicines corresponding to it. The dose of every remedy is care- fully indicated, and altogether this little work will be found admi- rably adapted to those who do not wish to take the trouble of consulting larger works. Diseases of Females and Children and their Ho- moeopathic Treatment, by Walter Williamson, M. D., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania. Second improved and enlarged edition. Containing also a full description of the dose of each medicine. (Over 250 pages.) 1854. Bound, 75 cents This is an admirable little volume, arranged by a gentleman who is amply able to do justice to the subject of which it treats. Dr. Williamson has enjoyed the most extensive opportunities of accumu- lating a vast amount of experience in the treatment of female dis- eases, and likewise of the diseases of children; and he has availed himself of this experience for the purpose of presenting the homoeo- pathic treatment of these diseases to professional as well as lay- minds, in a simple and concise, but nevertheless sufficiently compre- hensive form. The indications for the use of every remedy are clear and precise, and the dose is likewise indicated with much minuteness in every case. To married females and mothers who have children to bring up, or who are in delicate circumstances and subject to the various ailments incident to the process of utero-gestation, this WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. volume will prove a most valuable medical companion. Paper, type, and binding are unexceptionable. ------<♦»------ The Parent's Guide. Containing the Diseases of In- fancy and Childhood and their Homoeopathic Treat- ment. To which is added a Treatise on the Method of rearing Children from their earliest Infancy; com- prising the essential branches of Moral and Physical Education. By J. Laurie, M. D. Edited, with addi- tions, by Walter Williamson, M. D., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania. (460 pages.) 1854. Bound, $1 00. This admirable treatise should be in the hands of all those who have any thing to do with the education of children. It is pecu- liarly adapted to mothers, intelligent nurses and teachers. Wise rules for the rearing of children from infancy to the maturer age of childhood, may be found on almost every page of this interesting volume. The young mother may trust it as a safe guide in the various ailments and accidents incidental to pregnancy, and in the management of her little offspring. All the diseases to which chil- dren are liable, are described in this volume with remarkable con- ciseness and accuracy, and their treatment is indicated in such plain and precise language that no intelligent parent can have any difficulty in conducting it to a satisfactory termination in the various diseases described in this work. What will be peculiarly gratifying to those who avail themselves of this guide, is the detailed account given of the manner in which the^ different remedies should be administered. The omission of this information has been a great stumbling-block in other popular treatises on Homoeopathy; in the present Guide the mode of administering the remedy is carefully indicated from the beginning to the end of the disease. Dr. Williamson's additions will be found very valuable, and they, 7 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY together with Dr. Laurie's own eminently practical and lucid observations, make this work one of the most desirable treatises on the diseases of infancy and childhood, and their homoeopathic treat- ment, that our school can boast of. ■--------<•»--------- Caspari's Homoeopathic Domestic Physician, edit- ed by F. Hartmann, M.D., author of "The Acute and Chronic Diseases." Translated from the Eighth Ger- man edition, and enriched by a Treatise on Anatomy and Physiology, embellished with 30 illustrations by W. P. Esrey, M. D. With additions and a preface by C. Hering, M. D. Containing also a chapter on Mes- merism and Magnetism; directions for patients living some distance from a Homoeopathic physician, to describe their symptoms; a Tabular Index of the medicines and the diseases in which they are used; and a Sketch of the Biography of Dr. Samuel Hahne- mann, the Founder of Homoeopathy. (475 pages.) Third thousand. 1856. Bound, $1 00. This volume deserves the especial attention of the profession as well as of the laity. Its authors are men of the highest standing, in the homoeopathic ranks. Caspari, Hartmann and Hering, what- ever may have been their peculiarities as practitioners or theorists, it is an undeniable fact that these names are deeply interwoven in the framework of Homoeopathy. The diseases of which this volume treats, are arranged in alphabetical order, and will be found described as fully and with as many characteristic symptoms as is required for a lucid comprehension of the nature and phenomenal character ofthe disturbance. It is hardly necessary to add that men of such vast experience and so thoroughly acquainted with the Homoeopa- thic Materia Medica as Caspari and Hartmann undoubtedly were, could never stoop to get up a work even for the people that was 8 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. not replete with highly useful and practical information. Hering's own contributions to this work have of course enhanced its useful- ness. Esrey's additions, containing a synopsis of the elements of anatomy and physiology, will be found interesting, and may prove serviceable to practitioners as well as laymen. The anatomical section is enriched with suitable engravings. Paper, binding and type will be found satisfactory, even by the most fastidious. The work should be found in every Homoeopathic library, and may be studied and consulted with advantage by persons who do not wish to send for a physician on every occasion. The work is preceded by a very complete and highly interesting biographical sketch of the author of Homoeopathy. Laurie, Dr. J. Elements of Homoeopathic Practice of Physic. Second American edition, enlarged and improved, by A. Gerald Hull, M. D., and an Ap- pendix on Intermittent Fever, by J. S. Douglas, AM., M.D. 1853. 939 8vo. pages. Bound, $3.00. This is one of the best and most popular works on Homoeopathy ever issued in the English language. The author enjoys the reputa- tion of being one ofthe most distinguished Homoeopathic practitioners of Great Britain. This work has the double merit of being written for scientific physicians and intelligent laymen. The diagnosis of disease is given in clear and concise language; everything needful is fully and lucidly stated, and mere learned bombast is universally avoided as an unnecessary encumbrance. This work will be found an invaluable companion at the bedside of a patient, no matter what the character of the disease may be, whether a simple catar- rhal fever or a complicated inflammatory or nervous disorder. The work may be usefully and satisfactorily consulted by every non-pro- fessional gentleman and lady who take an interest in domestic practice, or whose circumstances compel them to depend upon their own resources in cases of sickness. This book will be found an interesting source of information concerning medical matters; it 29* 9 catalogue of books published by may be read and studied chapter by chapter, and the more it is studied the more benefit will be derived from the use of this and other kindred works. The work is got up in superior style, and at a very low price. It is needless to say that the notes which have been added by the American editor, enhance the value of the work, and render it as perfect as such a work can well be. For the con- venience of the lay-practitioner the dose has been indicated with great care and minuteness in every case. «•> Laurie, Dr. J. Elements of Homoeopathic Practice Of Physic. 1852. (642 pages.) Bound, $2.00. This is the same work as the former, without the notes, by Drs. A. G. Hull and J. S. Douglas. <»---- Materia Medica of American Provings. By C. Hering, M. D., J. Jeanes, M. D., C. B. Matthews, M.D., W. Williamson, M. D., C. Neidhard, M. D., S. R. Dubs, M. D., C. Bute, M. D. Containing the Provings of—Acidum benzoicum, Acidum fluoricum, Acidum oxalicum, Elaterium, Eupatorium perfolia- tum, Kalmia latifolia, Lobelia inflata, Lobelia cardi- nalis, Podophyllum peltatum, Sanguinaria canadensis, and Triosteum perfoliatum. Collected and arranged by the American Institute of Homoeopathy. With a Repertory by W. P. Esrey, M. D. Second Thousand. (300 pages.) 1853. Bound, $1. This volume was prepared and published under the auspices of the American Institute of Homoeopathy, and contains the provings of some of the most important homoeopathic remedies. The work is interspersed with a variety of practical suggestions and observe ticms concerning the use of the medicines proved, and may be cod- 10 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 63o ARCH ST., PHILA. gidered an indispensable addition to our Materia Medica. It is printed on excellent paper and the binding is unobjectionable. ----*»---- Homoeopathic Treatment of Diseases ofthe Sexual System, being a complete Repertory of all the Symp- toms occurring in the Sexual System of the male and female. Adapted to the use of Physicians and Lay- men. Translated, arranged and edited, with addi- tions and improvements, by F. Humphreys, M. D., Professor of Homoeopathic Institutes, Pathology and the Practice of Medicine in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania. Second Thousand. '144 pages.) Bound, 50 cents. This work is mainly derived from German sources. Its symptom- atology Will be found very complete, and for all practical purposes the work will prove a most excellent aid in the treatment of the diseases of the sexual and urinary organs. ----«» A Treatise on Anatomy and Physiology, by W. P. Esrey, M. D. With 30 Illustrations. (195 pages.) 1851. Bound, 50 cents. This treatise was originally added to Caspari's Domestic Phy- sician. It has been found advisable to strike off separate copies for the benefit of those who occasionally wish to consult a concise but very complete treatise on anatomy. The work is furnished with a large number of accurate and well-executed plates. The late author of the work is well known as an able and conscientious contributor to the stores of medical science. 11 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY The Philadelphia Journal of Homoeopathy. Edited by William A. Gardiner, M. D., Professor of Anatomy in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania, Alvan E. Small, A. M., M. 1)., Professor of Physiology and Medical Jurisprudence in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania, and John F. Geary, M. D.; assisted by the following contributors: Drs. B. F. Joslin, A. H. Okie, J. P. Dake, P. P. Wells, J. H. Henry, J. Beakley, W. E. Payne, C. Dunham, James Kitchen, W. S. Helmuth, S. R. Dubs, G. Lingen. 4 vols., 1856. Bound, $8 00. (Subscription price, bound, $15.00.) Of this valuable periodical there are four volumes completed They are replete with interesting and highly readable matter. Suffice it to say that such writers as Small, Helmuth, Kitchen, Hempel, Gardiner and others have been leading contributors to this publication. There is scarcely a medical subject of general or special interest that has not been discussed in one of these volumes with distinguished ability. We think that every friend of Homoeo- pathy should supply himself with a copy of this periodical; we are sure that no reasonable expectations as regards style, depth and correctness of reasoning, vastness and variety of information, will be left unanswered. The volumes are fitted up in a superior style. ----«•»---- The Homoeopathic Treatment of Indigestion, Constipation, and Haemorrhoids, by William Morgan, Member of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Edited, with notes and annotations, by A. E. Small, M. D., Professor of Physiology and Medical Jurisprudence in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania, and one of the Consulting Physicians of the Homoeopathic Hospital in Philadel- phia. (166 pages.) 1854. Bound, 75 cents. This excellent treatise may be consulted with advantage by all those who are suffering with dyspepsia, constipation and piles. Dr. Small, the American editor, has enriched it with valuable notes and suggestions from his own varied and reliable experience. 12 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. The Sides of the Body and Drug Affinities. Homoeopathic Exercises by C. von Bcenninghausen, M. D. Translated and edited by Charles J. Hempel, M. D. 1854. Paper cover, 25 cents. This little work is intended to show what medicines are particu- larly related to the respective sides and organs of the body; it likewise explains the affiuities existing between various drugs in their action upon the living organism. The work is exceedingly suggestive and interesting to the lovers of Homoeopathy. The Hand-Book to Veterinary Homoeopathy, or the Homoeopathic Treatment of Horses, Cattle, Sheep, Dogs and Swine, by John Rush, Veterinary Surgeon. From the Londou Edition. With numerous additions from the Seventh German edition of Dr. F. B. Guenther's Homoeopathic Veteri- nary, translated by Jacob F. Sheek, M. D. (150 pages.) Bound 50 cents. This is an excellent treatise of Veterinary Homoeopathy, and will be found very useful by those who wish to save animals the tortures of Alloeopathic practice in sickness. The diseases are accurately described, and the doses indicated with great minuteness in every case. Paper, print and binding are of superior quality. SMALL'S MANUAL IN GERMAN. Manual of Homoeopathic Practice, for the use of Families and Private Individuals. By A. E. Small, A. M., M. D., Professor of Homoeopathic Institutes, etc. Fourth enlarged edition. Translated into Ger- man by Charles J. Hempel, M. D. (572 pages.) 1856. Price $2.00. For a more extended notice of this work we refer the reader to the advertisement, page 5, of this catalogue. The translation has been arranged with great care, and the work is got up in a superior manner. It is undoubtedly the best Domestic now existing in the German language. The publishers ofthe English edition had so many urgent requests addressed to them by physicians and non- professional friends of Homoeopathy to issue this excellent treatise in German, that they considered it their duty to comply with the earnest demands of the public, and to have this translation per- fected by a gentleman fully competent to do justice to such a task. 13 CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY New Manual of Homoeopathic Veterinary Medi- cine, an easy and comprehensive Arrangement of Diseases, adapted to the use of every Owner of Do- mestic Animals, and especially designed for the Farmer living out of the reach of medical advice, and showing him the way of treating his sick Horses, Cattle, Sheep, Swine and Dogs, in the most simple, expeditious, safe and cheap manner. By J. C. Sch^e- fer. Translated from the German, with numerous additions from other Veterinary Manuals, by Charles J. Hempel, M. D., 1856. (330 pages.) Price, bound, $1.25. This excellent Manual supplies a desideratum, the absence of which has long been seriously felt by all those who take an interest in domestic animals. In this work it is shown in a practical and lucid manner how the blessings of Homoeopathy may be extended even to the brute creation. All the maladies to which animals are subject, are carefully described and their treatment is indicated with admirable precision. For the convenience of the reader the diseases of which this volume treats, have been arranged in alpha- betical order. This work contains everything interesting and useful that may be found in such works as Guenther, Haycock, Youatt, etc. The dose which should be prescribed is indicated in every case. We may safely affirm that this is the most comprehensive and at the same time the most concise and most practical Homoeo- pathic Veterinary Manual in existence. Paper, print and binding are all that can be desired. 14 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. The Homoeopathic Treatment of the Diseases of Females, and Infants at the Breast, by Dr. G. H. G. Jahr. Translated from the French by Charles J. Hempel, M.D., (447 octavo pages,) 1856. Bound, $2 00. This work deserves the most careful attention on the part of Homoeopathic practitioners. The diseases to which the female organism is subject, are described with the most minute correctness, and the treatment is likewise indicated with a care that would seem to defy criticism. The work is got up by the publishers in unexceptionable style, and should be procured by every one who takes an interest in the welfare of Homoeopathy. No one can fail to study this work with profit and pleasure. ------«♦> Diseases of the Nervous System, by A. E. Small, A. M., M. D., late Professor of Institutes, and Practice of Medicine in the Homoeopathic Medical College, at Philadelphia, Pa., to which is added, a Treatise on the Diseases of the Skin, by C. E. Toothaker, A.M., M.D., (216 octavo pages,) 1856. Bound, $1 00. This treatise is from the pen of the distinguished author of the well known and highly popular work, entitled " Small's Domestic Practice," it contains an elaborate description of the various diseases of the nervous system, together with a full statement of the reme- dies which have been used with beneficial effect in the treatment of these disorders. We commend it to the careful perusal of physicians and laymen. CATALOGUE OF BOOKS PUBLISHED BY Medical Reform, being an examination into the nature of the prevailing system of medicines; and an exposition of some of its chief evils; with Allo- pathic revelations. A remedy for the evil, by Samuel Cockburn, M. D., Licentiate of the Royal College of Surgeons, Edinburgh. First American edition, (190 pages,) 1857. Bound, 50 cts. This little work is an important addition to our list of books ; it is well calculated to advance the cause homoeopathy by appealing to the intelligence and common sense of the community, removing apparent difficulties by its plain and pointed arguments, at the same time convincing the mind of the necessity of a medical reformation, and establishing the fact that homoeopathy is emphatically the grand reformation of modern days. Every physician of our school should have his study table well supplied with copies, which should be handed to his friends and patients who, in their turn, should lend, or give them to every intelligent acquaintance to peruse. All have a health and life interest in the subject, all should therefore be well informed as to its merits ; and there is no work that we are ac- quainted with so well able to meet the case. A distribution of one hundred copies of this book cannot fail to advance the cause of truth and humanity, and prove a handsome investment for every physician who makes it. 13* WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. "WOKKS 03ST HOnSJTCEJOI'A.TH-Sr CONSTANTLY ON HAND AND TOE SALE, BY RADEMACHER& SHEEK, 239 Arch Street, Philadelphia. Becker, Dr. A. C, On Constipation. Translated from the German. 1848. Bound, 38 cents. Becker, Dr. A. C, on Consumption. Translated from the German. 1848. Bound, 38 cents. Becker, Dr. A. C, On Dentition. Translated from the German. 1848. Bound, 38 cents. Becker, Dr. A. C, On Diseases of the Eye. Translated from the German. 1848. Bound, 38 cents. Ig^ The above four works by Dr. A. C.Becker,can be had bound in one volume, at $1.00. Bcenninghausen's Essay on the Homoeopathic Treat- ment of Intermittent Fevers. Translated and edited by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1845. 38 cents. Bryant, Dr. J., A Pocket Manual or Repertory of Homoeopathic Medicine, alphabetically and nosologically arranged; which may be used as the physician's Yade-Mecum, the traveller's Medical Companion or the Family Physician; containing the principal remedies for the most important diseases, symptoms) sensations, characteristics of diseases, &c.; with the principal pathogenetic effects of the medicines on the most important organs and functions of the body; together with diagnosis, explanation of technical terms, directions for the selection and exhibition of remedies, rules of diet, &c, &c. Compiled from the best Homoeo- pathic authorities. Second edition. 1854. Bound, $1 25. Chepmell, Dr. E. C, Domestic Homoeopathy restricted to its legitimate sphere of practice, together with_ rules for diet and regimen. First American edition, with additions and im- provements by Samuel B. Barlow, M. D. 1849. Bound, 50 cents. 15 WORKS ON HOMCEOPATHY, FOR SALE BY Croserio, Dr. C, Homoeopathic Manual of Obstetrics: or a Treatise on the aid the art of Midwifery may derive from Homoeopathy. From the French by M. Cote, M. D. 1853. Bound, 75 cents. Curie's Practice of Homoeopathy. London. 1838. Bound, $2.00. Dudgeon, Dr. R. E., Lectures on the Theory and Practice of Homoeopathy. Delivered at the Hahnemann Hos- pital School of Homoeopathy. (565 pages.) 1854. Bound, $2. 50. Dysentery and its Homoeopathic Treatment. Containing also a Repertory and numerous Cases, by Fred. Humphries, M. D., Professor of Homoeopathic Institutes, Patho- logy and the Practice of Medicine in the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania. 1853. Bound, 50 cents. Epitome of Homoeopathic Practice. Compiled chiefly from Jahr, Rueckert, Beauvais, Bcenninghausen, &c. By J. T. Curtis, M. D., and J. Lillie, M. D. Second enlarged edition. 1850. Bound, 75 cents. Epps, Dr. J., Domestic Homoeopathy; or Rules for the Domestic Treatment of the Maladies of Infants, Children and Adults, and for the conduct and the treatment during Preg- nancy, Confinement, and Suckling. Fifth American from the Fourth London edition. Edited and enlarged by John A. Tar- bell, M. D. 1853. Bound, 75 cents. Flora Homoeopathica; or Illustrations and Descrip- tions of the Medical Plants used as Homoeopathic Remedies. By Edward Hamilton, M. D., F. L. S. The work is illustrated by Henry Sowerby, from Drawings made expressly for the Author. The Flora Homoeopathica contains a colored illustration and com- plete history of every plant generally employed in Homoeopathic Pharmacy, arranged in alphabetical order. The drawings are chiefly made from natural specimens, and to ensure correctness, the Author has secured the services of Mr. Henry Sowerby, the Assistant Curator of the Linnean Society. With a Preface, Glossary of Botanical terms and Index. London, 1853. Price for the whole work, containing sixty-six handsomely colored plates, elegantly bound, $18.00. Forbes, Dr. J., Homoeopathy, Alloeopathy, and Young Physic. 184(5. Paper cover, 19 cents. Guernsey, Dr. Egbert, The Gentleman's Hand-Book of Homoeopathy: especially for Travellers and for Domestic Practice. (255 pages.) 1855. Bound, 75 cents. 16 WILLIAM EADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. Guernsey's Homoeopathic Domestic Practice. Containing also Chapters on Anatomy, Physiology, Hygiene, and an Abridged Materia Medica. 1853. Bound, $1. 50. Hahnemann, Dr. Samuel, Materia Medica Pura. Translated by C. J. Hemfel, M. D. 4 vols. 1846. Bound, $6. Hahnemann, Dr. Samuel, The Chronic Diseases, their Specific Nature and Homoeopathic Treatment. Translated by C. J. Hempel, M. D., with a Preface by C. Hering, M. D., Philadelphia. 5 vols. 1849. Bound, $7. Hahnemann, Dr. Samuel, Organon of Homoeopathic Medicine, third American edition, with improvements and addi- tions from the last German edition, and Dr. C Hering's introduc- tory remarks. 1848. Bound, $1. Hahnemann, Dr. Samuel, The Lesser Writings of, collected and translated by R. E. Dudgeon, M. D. With a Pre- face and Notes by E. E. Marcy, M. D. With a beautiful steel engraving of Hahnemann, from the statue by Steinhauser. Bound, $3.00. gg° This valuable work contains a large number of Essays of great interest to laymen as well as medical men, upon diet, the prevention of diseases, ventilation of dwellings, etc., As many of these papers were written before the discovery of the Homoeopathic theory of cure, the reader will be enabled to peruse in this volume the ideas of a gigantic intellect when directed to subjects of general and practical interest. jggr The above four works of Dr. Samuel Hahnemann, are and will forever be the greatest treasures of Homoeopathy; they are the most necessary works for Homoeopathic Practitioners, and should grace the library of every Homoeopathic Physician. Hartmann, Dr. F., Acute and Chronic Diseases, and their Homoeopathic Treatment. Third German edition, revised and considerably enlarged by the author. Translated, with addi- tions, and adapted to the use of the American Profession, by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 4 vols. $5.75. Hartmann, Dr. F., Diseases of Children, and their Homoeopathic Treatment. Translated, with notes, and prepared for the use of the American and English Profession, by Charles J. Hempel, M. D. 1853. Bound, $2. Hempel, Dr. Charles Julius, A Treatise on the Use of Arnica, in cases of Contusions, Wounds, Sprains, Lacerations of the Solids, Concussions, Paralysis, Rheumatism, Soreness of the Nipples, &c, &c, with a number of cases illustrative of the use of that drug. 1845. 19 cents. 30 17 WORKS ON HOM(EOPATHY, FOR SALE BY Hempel, Dr. Charles Julius, Complete Repertory of the Homoeopathic Materia Medica. Being the Third volume of Jahr's New Manual, or Symptomen-Oodex, and the most impor- tant and complete work ever published, and indispensable for every Homoeopathic Practitioner. (1224 pages.) 1853. Bound, $6. Hempel's Boenninghausen's Therapeutic Pocket Book, for Homoeopathic Physicians; to be used at the bedside of the patient, and in studying the Materia Medica Pura. 1 octavo vol., most complete edition, including the Concordance of Homoeopathic Remedies. Translated and adapted to the use of the American profession, by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1847. Stitched, $1.50. Bound, $-2.00. Hempel's Homoeopathic Domestic Physician. 1850. Bound, 50 cents. Henderson, Dr. Wm., Homoeopathic Practice. 1846. 50 cents. Henderson, Dr. Wm., Letter to J. Forbes. 1846. 19 cents. Helmuth, Dr. William T., Surgery and its adapta- tion to Homoeopathic Practice. Illustrated with numerous engravings on wood. (651 pages.) 1855. Bound, $3.50. Hill, Dr. B. L., and Hunt, Dr. Jas. G. The Homoeopathic Practice of Surgery, together with Operative Surgery, illustrated by 240 engravings. (First Part, Homoeo- pathic Practice of Surgery, 431 pages. Second Part, Operative Surgery, 223 pages.) 1855. Bound, $3.00. Holcombe, Dr. Wm. H., Yellow Fever, and its Homoeopathic Treatment. (Pamphlet of 72 pages.) 1856. Price, 37£ cents. Homoeopathic Cookery. Second edition with addi- tions, by the Lady of an American Homoeopathic Physician. Designed chiefly for the use of such persons as are under Homoeo- pathic treatment. Bound, 50 cents. Hooker, Dr. Worthington, Homoeopathy; An Exami- nation of its Doctrines and Evidences. Second edition, 1852. Bound, $1.50. Humphreys, Prof. Dr. F., The Cholera and its Homoeopathic Treatment. 1849. Bound, 38 cents. 18 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., Clinical Guide, or Pocket Re- pertory for the Treatment of Acute and Chronic Diseases. Translated from the German, by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1850. Bound, $1.50. Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., Diseases of the Skin: or Alphabetical Repertory of the Skin-symptoms and external alterations of substance, together with the morbid phenomena observed in the glandular, osseous, mucous, and circulatory systems, arranged with pathological remarks on the diseases of the skin. Edited by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1850. Bound, $1.00. Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., and Gruner's New Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia and Posology, or the Mode of Preparing Homoeo- pathic Medicine, and the Administration of Doses; compiled and translated from the German works of Buchner, Gruner, and the French work of Jahr, by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1850. Bound, $2. Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., and Possart's New Manual of the Homoeopathic Materia Medica, arranged with reference to well authenticated observations at the sick bed, and accompanied by an Alphabetical Repertory, to facilitate and secure the selection of a suitable, remedy in any given case. Fourth edition, revised and enlarged by the Author, and translated and edited by Charles J. Hempel, M, D. 1863. Bound, $3.00. Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., New Manual: originally published under the name of Symptomen-Codex (Digest of Symptoms). This work is intended to facilitate a comparison of the parallel symptoms of the various Homoeopathic agents, thereby enabling the practitioner to discover the characteristic symptoms of each drug, and to determine with ease and correctness what remedy is most Homoeopathic to the existing group of symptoms. Trans- lated, with important and extensive editions from various sources, by Charles Julius Hempel, M. D., assisted by James M. Quinn, M. D., with revisions and clinical notes by John F. Gray, M. D.; contributions by Drs. A. Gerald Hull, George W. Cook, and B. F. Joslin, of New York; and Drs. C. Hering, J. Jeanes, C. Neidhard, W. Williamson, and J. Kitchen, of Philadelphia; with a Preface by C. Hering, M. D. 21 vols. 1848. Only a few copies of the Symptomen-Codex being left, the Pub- lisher has raised the price to (bound) $14.00. I^° JAHR'S New Manual, or Symptomen-Codex, is published in three volumes, of which the third was issued as a separate work, under the title of Complete Repertory of the Homoeopathic Materia Medica. By Charles J. Hempel, M. D., 1224 pages. Price $6 00, or all three volumes at $20 00. 19 WORKS ON HOMEOPATHY, FOR SALE BY Jahr, Dr. G. H. G., New Manual of Homoeopathic Practice; edited, with Annotations, by A. Geraed Hull, M. D. From the last Paris edition. This is the fourth American editioti of a very celebrated work, written in French by the eminent Homoeopathic Professor Jahr, and it is considered the best practical compendium of this extraordinary science that has yet been composed. After a very judicious and instructive introduction, the work presents a Table of the Homoeopathic Medicines, with their names in Latin, English and German; the order in which they are to be studied, with their most important distinctions, and clinical illustrations of their symptoms and effects upon the various organs and functions of the human system. The second volume embraces an elaborate Analysis of the indications in disease, of the medicines adapted to cure, and a Glossary of the technics used in the work, arranged so lumi- nously as to form an admirable guide to every medical student. The whole system is here displayed with a modesty of pretension, and a scrupulosity in statement, well calculated to bespeak candid investigation. This laborious work is indispensable to the students and practitioners of Homoeopathy, and highly interesting to medical scientific men of all classes. 2 volumes. 1850. Bound, $6. Joslin, Dr. B. F., Homoeopathic Treatment of Epi- demic Cholera. Third Edition, with additions, 1854. Bound, $1. Joslin, Dr. B. F., Principles of Homceopathia. In a series of lectures. 1850. Bound 75 cents. Laurie's Homoeopathic Domestic, by A. Gerard Hull, M. D. Small edition. 1848. Bound 75 cents. Laurie's Homoeopathic Domestic Medicine. Arranged as a practical work for students. Containing a Glossary of medical terms. Sixth American edition, enlarged and improved, by A. Gerard Hull, M. D. 1853. Bound, $2. Laurie, Dr. J., Elements of Homoeopathic Practice of Physic. An Appendix to Laurie's Domestic, containing also all the Diseases of the Urinary and Genital Organs. 1849 Bound, $1.25. Madden's Uterine Diseases, with an Appendix con- taining abstracts of 180 cases of Uterine Diseases, and their Treatment, together with Analytical Tables of Results, Ages, Symptoms, Dose, etc., to which is added a Clinical Record of interesting cases treated'in the Manchester Homoeopathic Hos- pital. 1852. Paper cover, 50 cents, 20 WILLIAM KADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. Malan's Family Guide to the Administration of Homoeopathic Remedies. Bound 25 cents. Marcy, Dr. E. E., Homoeopathy and Alloeopathy; Reply to an Examination of the Doctrines and Evidences of Homoeopathy, by Worthington Hooker, M. D. 1853. Bound, 50 cents. Marcy, Dr, E, E., The Homoeopathic Theory and Prac- tice of Medicine. 1850. Bound, $2. Mariner's Physician and Surgeon; or a Guide to the Homoeopathic Treatment of those diseases to which Seamen are liable. By Geo. W. Cook, M. D. 1850. Bound, 37£ cents. Mure, Dr. B., Materia Medica, or Provings of the Principal Animal and Vegetable Poisons of the Brazilian Empire, and their application in the Treatment of Disease. Translated from the French, by Charles J. Hempel, M. D. Illustrated. (220 pages.) 1854. Bound, $1. Peters, Dr. John C, A Treatise on the Diseases of Females. Disorders of Menstruation. 1853. Bound, 75 cents. Peters, Dr. John C, A Treatise on the Diseases of Married Females. Disorders of Pregnancy, Parturition and Lactation. (191 pages.) 1854. Bound, 75 cents. Peters, Dr. John C, A Treatise on Internal Diseases of the Eyes, including Diseases of the Iris, Crystalline Lens, Choroid Retina, and Optic Nerve. (128 pages.) 1856. Bound, 75 cents. Pulte's Homoeopathic Domestic Physician, containing the Treatment of Diseases ; with popular explanations of Anat- omy, Physiology, Hygiene and Hydropathy ; also an abridged Materia Medica. Illustrated with anatomical plates. Fourth edition. 1853. Bound, $1.50. Pulte's Woman's Medical Guide; containing Essays on the Physical, Moral and Educational development of Females, and the Homoeopathic Treatment of their Diseases in all periods of Life, together with Directions for the Remedial use of Water and Gymnastics. 1853. Bound, $1. Rapou, Dr. Aug., Treatise on Typhoid Fever, and its Homoeopathic Treatment. Translated from the French, by Arthur Alleyn Granville. 1853. Bound, 50 cents. Eau, Dr. G. L., Organon of the Specific Healing Art of Homoeopathy by C. J. Hempel, M. D. Bound, $1.25. 30* 21 WORKS 0:s HOMEOPATHY, FOR SALE BY Rueckert, Dr. Th. J., Apoplexy and Palsy. Succes- ful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeopathic periodicals. Translated and edited by J. 0. Peters, M. D. With full descriptions of the dose to each single case. 1853. Bound, 75 cents. Rueckert, Dr. Th. J., Diseases of the Eye and Ear. Successful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeo- pathic periodicals. Translated and edited by J. C. Peters, M. D. With full description of the dose to each single case. 1854. Bound, 75 cents. Rueckert, Dr. Th. J., Diseases of the Stomach. Suc- cessful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeopathic periodicals. Translated and edited by J. C. Peters, M. D. With full descriptions of the dose to each single case. 1854. Bound 75 cents. Rueckert, Dr. Th. J., Inflammation and Dropsy of the Brain. Successful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeopathic periodicals. Translated and edited by J. C. Peters, M. D, With full descriptions of the dose to each single case. 1854. Bound, 73 cents. Ruecker, Dr. Th. J., Nervous Diseases and Mental Derangements. Successful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeopathic periodicals. Translated and edited by J. C. Peters, M. D. With full descriptions of the doee to each single case. 1854. Bound, 75 cents. Rueckert, Dr. Th. J., Treatise on Headaches; includ- ing acute, chronic, nervous, gastric, dyspeptic or sick headaches; also congestive, rheumatic and periodical headaches. Based on clinical experience in Homoeopathy. With Introduction, Appen- dix, Synopsis, Notes, Directions for doses, and 50 additional cases, by John C. Peters, M. D. 1853. Bound, 75 cents. Rueckert, Dr. Ernest Ferdinand, Therapeutics; or Successful Homoeopathic cures, collected from the best Homoeo- pathic periodicals. Translated and edited by C. J. Hempel, M. D. 1 large 8vo. vol. 1846. Bound, $3.50. Ruoff's Repertory of Homoeopathic Medicine, noso- logically arranged. Translated from the German by A. H. Okie, M. D., translator of Hartmann's Remedies. Second American edition, with additions and improvements by G. Humphrey, M. D. 1845. Bound, $1.50. Sharp's Twelve Tracts on Homoeopathy: "What is Homoeopathy? The Defence of Homoeopathy. The Truth of Homoeopathy. The Small Dose of Homoeopathy. The Difficul- ties of Homoeopathy. The Advantages of Homoeopathy. The 22 WILLIAM RADDE, NO. 635 ARCH ST., PHILA. Principles of Homoeopathy. The Controversy on Homoeopathy. The Remedies of Homoeopathy. The Provings of Homoeopathy. The Single Medicine of Homoeopathy. The Common Sense of Homoeopathy. Single Tracts, C% cents. Per set, 62£ cents. Per 100 selected numbers, $4.50. Staff, Dr. E., Addition to the Materia Medica Pura. Translated by C. J. Hempel, M. D. Bound, $1 50. Tarbell, Dr. J. A., Sources of Health, and the Preven- tion of Disease. 1850 Bound, 50 cents. Tessier, Dr. J. P., Clinical Kemarks concerning the Homoeopathic Treatment of Pneumonia ; preceded by a retro- spective view of the Allceopathic Materia Medica, and an explanation of the Homoeopathic Law of Cure. Translated from the French by C. J. Hempel, M. D. (131 pages.) 1855. Bound, 75 cents. / Tessier, Dr. J. P., Clinical Researches concerning the Homoeopathic Treatment of Asiatic Cholera; preceded by a Review on the abuse of the numerical method in medicine. Translated from the French by C. J. Hempel, M. D. (109 pages.) 1855. Bound, 75 cents. Teste, Dr. Alph., A Homoeopathic Treatise on the Diseases of Children. Translated from the French by B. H Cote, (342 pages.) 1854. Bound, $1.25. Wiegand, Dr. Henry, Croup and its Specific Eemedy. 1846. Bound, 19 cents. Wilkinson, Dr. J. J. G., War, Cholera, and the Ministry of Health. An Appeal to Sir Benj. Hall and the British People. (Pamphlet of 80 pages.) 1855. Price 25 cents. HOMCEOPATHIC JOURNALS. The North American Journal: a Quarterly Magazine of Medicine and the auxiliary Sciences. Conducted by E. E. Marcy, M. D., New York, John C. Peters, M. D., New York, Wm. II. Holcombe, M. D., Waterproof, La., and Henry C. Preston, M. D., Providence, R. I. Subscription, $3 per year, payable in advance. Physicians will be regularly supplied by remitting $3 to Rademacher & Sheek, who have yet a few copies of volumes 1st, 2d, 3d, and 4th on hand, which they offer at $10. The 5th volume of the North American Journal will commence in August, 1856. The British Journal of Homoeopathy, edited by J. J. Drysdale, M. D., J. R. Russell, M. D., and R. J. Dudgeon, M. D. Subscrip- tion, $3.32 per year, for 4 quarterly numbers, including postage. The volumes from 1849 up to the present time are on hand, and can be furnished at $3 per volume. 23 JUST PUBLISHED THE PORTRAITS OF THE FOLLOWING PjROFESSOES OF THE HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF PENNSYLVANIA. WALTER WILLIAMSON, M. D., PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. ISAAC M. WARD, M. D., PROFESSOR OF OBSTETRICS AND THE DISEASES OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN. ALVAN E. .SMALL, M. D., ' PROFESSOR OF PHYSIOLOGY AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. MAT1HEW SEMPLE, M. D., PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY AND TOXICOLOGY. JACOB BEAKLEY, M. D^ PROFESSOR OF SURGERY. WILLIAM A. GARDINER, M. D.,_, .PROFESSOR OF ANATOMY. These portraits are executed by one of the best artists in Ger- many, after daguerreotypes taken by Messrs. McClees & Germon, who have the reputation of making the best likenesses in the city ; they were lithographed and printed in one of the most celebrated lithographical establishments in Europe, and are pronounced as good likenesses as ever were drawn after daguerreotypes, in fact, they are as true copies of the originals as can be made. Price op each Portrait, 50 cents.—Per set, $2.00. Physicians wishing a set will please remit a good $2 bill, and we promise to forward them a set by mail, free of expense, packed so as not to be injured. WILLIAM RADDE, ' 635 Arch St., Philadelphia. 24 pa NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE NLM DE5E13Eb E NLM025213262